Category: Economy

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Verizon updates broadband strategy to bring more choice, flexibility and value to millions

    Source: Verizon

    Headline: Verizon updates broadband strategy to bring more choice, flexibility and value to millions

    Key Takeaways:  

    • Verizon reaches fixed wireless access subscriber target 15 months ahead of schedule
    • Customer demand for broadband solutions accelerates fixed wireless and fiber rollout
    • Fixed wireless subscribers on path to double to 8-9 million by 2028
    • Fiber network expected to expand to 35-40 million passings over time

    NEW YORK, N.Y. – Verizon Communications Inc. (NYSE, Nasdaq: VZ) today announced an update to its broadband strategy, with new fixed wireless subscriber goals, household targets and broadband offerings to accelerate its premium broadband and mobility services to millions more customers nationwide. Verizon has more than 11.9 million total broadband connections as of the end of third-quarter 2024, up nearly 16 percent year over year. The update was given today at a sell side analyst event following the release of the company’s third-quarter 2024 results.

    “This is a game changing moment for Verizon and for connectivity across the country,” said Hans Vestberg, Verizon Chairman and CEO. “Our ambitious targets for fixed wireless access, combined with our fiber expansion including the planned Frontier acquisition, will bring unmatched broadband coverage to millions more homes and businesses nationwide. We are creating an integrated connectivity experience that gives customers freedom in how they connect and use our services. This is about delivering the network of the future, and setting a new bar for the entire industry.”

    Fixed Wireless subscribers on path to double by 2028

    • At the end of third-quarter 2024, the company had nearly 4.2 million fixed wireless subscribers, representing an increase of nearly 57 percent year over year. The company hit its previous goal of 4-5 million subscribers 15 months earlier than expected due to the demand from consumer and business customers as they continue to trust the reliability of the product and speed and ease of deployment.
    • Verizon is expecting 8-9 million fixed wireless subscribers, doubling its current base, by 2028 and accelerating coverage to 90 million households in the same time period. 
    • Verizon will commercially launch its advanced mmWave solution for apartment and office buildings to address high population areas. The technology leverages existing infrastructure making it less expensive to build and faster to deploy. Continued deployment of C-band and mmWave will provide the performance and capacity needed to meet these goals and deliver the best-in-class experience that customers expect from Verizon. 

    Fiber network expected to grow to 35-40 million passings

    • Verizon will continue to look for opportunities to accelerate its ongoing Fios builds within the current footprint in nine states and Washington, D.C., giving more customers access to the industry-leading product. Verizon’s recent agreement to acquire Frontier, the largest pure-play fiber internet provider in the U.S., is expected to expand Verizon’s share of the nationwide broadband market, building upon Verizon’s two decades of leadership at the forefront of fiber.
    • Upon closing, Frontier is expected to bring in approximately 9-10 million fiber passings. 
    • In 2025 Verizon is targeting an expansion of Fios builds to up to 650,000 passings annually. Following the closing of the Frontier acquisition, Verizon expects the combined build to be up to 1 million or more passings annually. 
    • Verizon is expecting more than 30 million fiber passings in the combined Verizon/Frontier footprint by 2028. Over time, Verizon is expecting 35-40 million fiber passings. This will significantly expand Verizon’s fiber footprint, accelerating the company’s delivery of premium mobility and broadband services to current and new customers.
    • Frontier’s consumer fiber network can be immediately and seamlessly integrated upon closing directly into Verizon’s award-winning Fios network, meeting existing Fios standards.

    Outlook and Guidance: Priorities remain unchanged 

    • The company will maintain its capital allocation priorities, characterized by prudent investment in the business, a commitment to maintaining an industry-leading dividend, continued debt reduction, and efficient return of cash to shareholders, with buybacks to be considered when net unsecured debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio* is at 2.25x.  
    • For 2025, the company expects capital expenditures of $17.5-$18.5 billion, consistent with historical levels of capital intensity.
    • Revised net unsecured debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio* target of 2.0 to 2.25x. 

    *Non-GAAP financial measure. See http://www.verizon.com/about/investors for additional information about non-GAAP financial measures.


    Forward-Looking Statements 

    In this communication we have made forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our estimates and assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations. Forward-looking statements also include those preceded or followed by the words “anticipates,” “assumes,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “hopes,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” or similar expressions. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The following important factors, along with those discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), could affect future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements: the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, including the inability to successfully respond to competitive factors such as prices, promotional incentives and evolving consumer preferences; failure to take advantage of, or respond to competitors’ use of, developments in technology and address changes in consumer demand; performance issues or delays in the deployment of our 5G network resulting in significant costs or a reduction in the anticipated benefits of the enhancement to our networks; the inability to implement our business strategy; adverse conditions in the U.S. and international economies, including inflation and changing interest rates in the markets in which we operate; cyber attacks impacting our networks or systems and any resulting financial or reputational impact; damage to our infrastructure or disruption of our operations from natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other hostile acts and any resulting financial or reputational impact; disruption of our key suppliers’ or vendors’ provisioning of products or services, including as a result of geopolitical factors or the potential impacts of global climate change; material adverse changes in labor matters and any resulting financial or operational impact; damage to our reputation or brands; the impact of public health crises on our operations, our employees and the ways in which our customers use our networks and other products and services; changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate, including any increase in restrictions on our ability to operate our networks or businesses; allegations regarding the release of hazardous materials or pollutants into the environment from our, or our predecessors’, network assets and any related government investigations, regulatory developments, litigation, penalties and other liability, remediation and compliance costs, operational impacts or reputational damage; our high level of indebtedness; significant litigation and any resulting material expenses incurred in defending against lawsuits or paying awards or settlements; an adverse change in the ratings afforded our debt securities by nationally accredited ratings organizations or adverse conditions in the credit markets affecting the cost, including interest rates, and/or availability of further financing; significant increases in benefit plan costs or lower investment returns on plan assets; changes in tax laws or regulations, or in their interpretation, or challenges to our tax positions, resulting in additional tax expense or liabilities; changes in accounting assumptions that regulatory agencies, including the SEC, may require or that result from changes in the accounting rules or their application, which could result in an impact on earnings; and risks associated with mergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions, including our ability to consummate the proposed acquisition of Frontier Communications Parent, Inc. and obtain cost savings, synergies and other anticipated benefits within the expected time period or at all.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: WTO regional trade policy course underway in Saudi Arabia

    Source: World Trade Organization

    Throughout the course, experts from the WTO Secretariat, regional institutions and King Saud University will share their expertise on tariff schedules, agriculture, trade remedies, services, intellectual property rights, e-commerce and fisheries subsidies, among other topics. The course will provide an opportunity for increased collaboration and knowledge-sharing.

    Commending Saudi Arabia’s active participation in the WTO, WTO Director-General Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala told participants in a video message: “These regional trade policy courses were set up over 20 years ago to address the realities and interests of member economies across various regions. … We hope that it will also serve as a platform for you to discuss ways to strengthen, reform, and modernize the multilateral trading system – a crucial conversation that your respective representatives are actively pursuing in Geneva, as they work to ensure the organization is fit for purpose in the face of emerging challenges.”

    DG Okonjo-Iweala also encouraged all WTO members to ratify the Agreement on Fisheries Subsidies promptly, highlighting its significance for the sustainability of ocean resources.

    In his opening address, the President of King Saud University Dr Abdullah Alsalman emphasized how the WTO – as a forum for international cooperation – aligns with “Saudi Vision 2030“, under which the government is implementing initiatives to diversify the country’s economy: “Our effort to host this WTO initiative is part of our university’s contribution to achieving the goals of “Saudi Vision 2030”. More than ever, this vision seeks to strengthen the nation’s cooperation with the WTO and boost international trade. Saudi Arabia is both a benefactor and a beneficiary of a prosperous and regulated global economy.”

    Share

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Dot plots for the Eurosystem? | Speech at Harvard University

    Source: Bundesbank

    Check against delivery.

    1 Introduction

    Ladies and gentlemen,

    it is a great pleasure to be at Harvard again, to meet long time companions like Hans-Helmut Kotz and to exchange ideas with top scientists such as Benjamin Friedman. When I was in this round two years ago, we were dealing with an unprecedented global inflation spike.[1] Fortunately, the worst is behind us, and inflation in the euro area is heading back to the Eurosystem’s target. We have not brought the inflation ship safely back into the 2% harbour, but the port is in sight. Thus, I can focus on another question today.

    Before I do that, let me share an analogy to set the stage for my discussion. Back in the 1970s and 1980s, the field of economics was split into two seemingly incompatible schools of thought: New Keynesian and New Classical. Their proponents were not too polite in their language, calling assumptions “foolishly restrictive” or comparing an opponent to someone attempting to pass himself off as Napoleon Bonaparte.[2] But, over time, ideas from both camps ultimately merged to form a consensus called the New Neoclassical Synthesis, the very foundation of modern macroeconomics.[3] Gregory Mankiw neatly described this story in his essay “The Macroeconomist as Scientist and Engineer”.[4]

    The takeaway from this analogy is that complex issues are rarely black or white. With this in mind, I want to explore whether the conduct of monetary policy in the euro area could be enhanced by offering more detailed and nuanced information regarding its future outlook. More specifically, today I will address the following question: Should the Eurosystem introduce dot plots?

    To explore this, I will first examine current experience with dot plots and other forms of forward guidance in both the United States and the euro area. I will then evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of incorporating dot plots into the Eurosystem’s communication strategy. In this analysis, I will concentrate on the implications for policymakers’ independence, the effectiveness of monetary policy and the management of uncertainty.

    2 The dot plot and other forms of forward guidance

    Let me begin with some basics. Most central banks in advanced economies have a clear mandate to keep prices stable. They do this mainly by setting the policy rate and communicating their decisions in order to manage the expectations of economic agents, including market participants, households and firms. When central banks provide explicit signals about the future path of the policy rate, we call it forward guidance.

    We can classify forward guidance into two ideal types: “Odyssean” and “Delphic”.[5] Odyssean forward guidance means the central bank makes a firm commitment to a future course of action, like promising to keep interest rates at a certain level for a certain time. Like Odysseus, who famously tied himself to the mast of his ship to resist the call of the sirens, central banks are committing to staying on course – whatever the future brings.

    In contrast, Delphic forward guidance is conditional and involves sharing information about the central bank’s economic outlook and policy intentions without making firm commitments. This term comes from the Oracle of Delphi, famous for its prophecies and predictions, which were so ambiguous and open to interpretation that they always seemed to be borne out in hindsight. A prime example of Delphic forward guidance is the policy rate forecasts published by central banks such as Norges Bank and Sweden’s Riksbank.

    A more subtle way of monetary policy communication is through the central bank’s reaction function. A reaction function indicates how the central bank adjusts its policy rate in response to key macroeconomic variables like the inflation rate or economic growth. When economic agents have a clear understanding of this reaction function, communication about the expected development of these macroeconomic variables can also help shape their expectations regarding the future trajectory of the policy rate.

    2.1 The Fed’s dot plot

    To consider if the Eurosystem should introduce dot plots, let me briefly recall what the Fed dot plots are and how market observers view them. Twelve years ago, the Fed began publishing the federal funds rate projections of the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) participants. Its intention was to boost transparency and communication with financial markets and the general public. On the other side of the Atlantic, the Eurosystem has, from its inception, held public press conferences and published monetary policy statements, the minutes of its meetings, and the results of its quarterly macroeconomic projections.

    As you are well aware, before the FOMC meeting, FOMC participants share their individual assessment of the appropriate level of the fed funds rate for the end of the current year, the end of the coming two to three years and over the longer run. The longer run projection refers to “each participant’s assessment of the value to which each variable would be expected to converge, over time, under appropriate monetary policy and in the absence of further shocks to the economy.”[6]

    Due to its visual representation in the Summary of Economic Projections (SEP), the combined projections of all FOMC members are known as the dot plot. These dots complement the FOMC participants’ projections for GDP growth, unemployment and inflation. While each FOMC participant submits their funds rate projection together with corresponding projections for macroeconomic variables, these correspondences are not revealed by the SEP. Accordingly, market observers cannot directly link the interest rate projections to the projections of the other macro variables.

    The dot plot was meant to complement the Fed’s communication, not to replace the forward guidance it provided in the monetary policy statement at that time during the press conference. For example, in January 2012, the FOMC statement provided explicit forward guidance on rates, saying that the Committee “[…] anticipates that economic conditions […] are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through late 2014.”[7] During the accompanying press conference, Chairman Ben Bernanke introduced the dot plot, observing that “[…] eleven participants expect that the appropriate federal funds rate at the end of 2014 will be at or below 1 percent, while six participants anticipate higher rates at that time.”[8]

    Although the Federal Reserve did not introduce the dot plots as an explicit tool for forward guidance, many market analysts began to interpret them as such. When the forward guidance in the statement and the dot plot sent mixed signals, FOMC chairs often downplayed the dot plot’s importance.

    In 2014, Janet Yellen famously stated: “[…] one should not look to the dot plot, so to speak, as the primary way in which the Committee wants to or is speaking about policy […].”[9] Similarly, in 2019, Jerome Powell noted that “[…] the dot plot has, on occasion, been a source of confusion. Until now, forward guidance in the statement has been a main tool for communicating committee intentions and minimizing that confusion.”[10]

    And this is also how Fed watchers now see the dot plot, ranking it as the Fed’s fifth most important communication tool.[11] The top communication tools are the press conference, the Summary of Economic Projections (excluding the dots), the FOMC statement, and speeches by the chair.

    Numerous studies show that the Fed has successfully used monetary policy communication to influence long-term interest rates and other asset prices.[12] And some research suggests that the dot plots significantly and independently influence market interest rates. [13] But there is a fundamental issue about these results: it is very challenging to determine how much each communication channel contributes to the overall effect.

    To identify the causal effect of monetary policy, scholars often define a so-called event window around central banks’ monetary policy meetings. Changes in market interest rates during this event window are then attributed to monetary policy.

    But there is a problem: when the dot plot is released, it is published together with the monetary policy statement. That makes it hard to determine which one caused the interest rate changes observed during the event. And because of this, it is unclear whether those channels actually provide complementary information or are just substitutes.

    2.2 Monetary policy communication at the Eurosystem

    So, what does the Eurosystem’s monetary policy communication look like? The Eurosystem began using explicit forward guidance in the introductory statement to its July 2013 meeting. At that time, inflation in the euro area was low, and the Eurosystem expected underlying price pressures to stay subdued in the medium term. Interest rates were already at the effective zero lower bound.

    To provide further accommodation, the ECB’s Governing Council, which is the counterpart of the FOMC, announced in its July 2013 meeting that it “expects the key ECB interest rates to remain at present or lower levels for an extended period of time.”[14] The Governing Council continued to use variations of this statement for almost a decade. And there is now also ample evidence that the Eurosystem has been successful in implementing its forward guidance.[15]

    With the resurgence of inflation in 2021 and high uncertainty caused by major shocks and structural changes, the Eurosystem shifted to a data-dependent, meeting-by-meeting approach, largely stepping away from explicit forward guidance.

    More specifically, we now base our interest rate decisions on three elements: first, our assessment of the inflation outlook in light of the incoming economic and financial data, second, the dynamics of underlying inflation, and third, the strength of monetary policy transmission. These three elements can be seen as a further specification of our reaction function. However, the Governing Council does not pre-commit to any specific rate path.

    Taken together, apart from the publication of the dot plot, the approaches to monetary policy communication taken by the Federal Reserve System and the Eurosystem are largely comparable. Both institutions regard the monetary policy statement and the press conference as their primary communication tools. And both central banks have recently shifted from explicit forward guidance towards a data-dependent meeting-by-meeting approach.

    But the Eurosystem also continues to provide signals about future policy rates. It simply does it more implicitly. For example, the wording of the monetary policy statement and the answers of the ECB President during press conferences provide insights into future policy rates. As do speeches and interviews given by Governing Council members. Additionally, the Eurosystem influences market expectations through its quarterly staff projections.[16]

    Unlike some other central banks, the Eurosystem uses the interest rate implied by financial market prices on a specific cut-off day as a conditioning assumption for its macroeconomic projections. Specifically, this means that our medium-term inflation forecast aligns with market expectations for a particular policy rate path. Market participants can subsequently compare the exogenous path for the policy rate, as embedded in our macroeconomic projections, with our actual monetary policy decisions, in order to gain insights into our reaction function.

    You could say that the Eurosystem provides Athenian communication. Athena was known as the Goddess of wisdom and as a protector and guide to many Greek heroes. Rather than communicating directly with those she protected, Athena often used indirect guidance. And through her subtle guidance, Athena empowered the heroes she protected to take decisive action and make wise choices.

    3 A dot plot for the Eurosystem?

    Now, let us get to the heart of the matter. Should the Eurosystem introduce dot plots? Although this question can only be answered “yes” or “no”, complex issues are rarely black and white, as mentioned earlier.

    In the following, rather than simply listing the pros and cons of introducing dot plots in the Eurosystem, I will structure my discussion around three themes: First, the impact dot plots could have on the independence of the Eurosystem. Second, the potential for dot plots to improve the effectiveness of our monetary policy communication. And third, the role dot plots could play in capturing projection uncertainty around our baseline forecasts.

    Throughout, I will only consider adding projections for the policy rates to the existing macroeconomic projections by Eurosystem staff. For simplicity, I will not consider whether to also complement our current consensus projections for macroeconomic variables with individual macroeconomic projections.

    3.1 Independence

    Let me begin with the theme of independence. The ECB’s Governing Council consists of the six ECB Executive Board members and the 20 governors of the euro area’s national central banks. Although this setting may resemble that of the Federal Open Market Committee, which includes Federal Reserve Bank Presidents, there is a significant difference.

    The euro area is not composed of regions within a single country but of individual countries within a larger union, each with its own fiscal authority and national laws, as well as considerable differences in economic size and performance. Therefore, within the Governing Council we have a strong interest in finding and communicating a consensus perspective. This is, for example, enshrined in our statute, which states that the proceedings of the meetings of the Governing Council are confidential.

    When we discussed introducing ECB accounts from our Governing Council meetings – comparable to the published minutes of FOMC meetings – about a decade ago, we aimed to balance two things: On the one hand, to clearly articulate the consensus perspective. Yet on the other hand to represent the full spectrum of views in order to help market participants better understand the ECB Governing Council’s decision-making process.[17]

    In the end, the Eurosystem decided to represent the full spectrum of the discussion without naming individuals. Nevertheless, despite the anonymity of the arguments presented, markets and the media alike continue to attempt to discern the identities of the individuals behind them. Given that numerous members of the Governing Council express their views on monetary policy through speeches and interviews, identifying their positions is not a particular challenge.

    If there were anonymous dot plots of Governing Council members, media and the markets alike would probably attempt to match individual members to each dot as well. The primary distinction between speeches and dot plots is that Governing Council members deliver speeches voluntarily. In contrast, dot plots would force all Governing Council members to regularly articulate their perspectives on the future trajectory of interest rates. And this could potentially influence the Governing Council’s independence.

    Once national stakeholders become aware of “their” representative’s views on future interest rates, they may exert pressure on the representative to align with national interests. I am confident that, even if we were to publish dot plots, every member of the Governing Council would continue to act independently and in the best interests of the entire euro area. However, I believe we are well advised not to put ourselves in a situation that might increase pressure on us to act in ways others want us to.

    3.2 Effectiveness of monetary policy communication

    My second theme is whether a dot plot could significantly enhance the Eurosystem’s effectiveness of monetary policy communication. And here I am sceptical. To begin with, there is the previously discussed issue: the dot plot may conflict with the consensus message conveyed in the monetary policy statement. But the main reason for my scepticism is that comparative studies on different methods of monetary policy communication are inconclusive.

    A BIS working paper shows that interest rate projections provide additional information to macroeconomic projections, meaning that they are not redundant.[18] That could be seen as an argument for introducing dot plots. However, while market participants in countries that publish both interest rate projections and macroeconomic projections prefer the former, they might still be able to obtain sufficient information from macroeconomic projections alone.

    Furthermore, research on central bank communication in Norway and Sweden shows that publishing interest rate projections has not improved market understanding of what new macroeconomic information implies for future interest rate.[19] In other words, the publication of interest rate paths did not help market participants better understand the central banks’ reaction functions.

    This finding aligns with research published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand that shows that announcements with interest rate forecasts and those with only written statements lead to similar market reactions across the yield curve.[20] The authors pointedly conclude that, while central bank communication is important, the exact form it takes is less relevant.

    This result echoes a seminal study by Blinder and co-authors, who concluded back in 2008 that there was no consensus on what constitutes an optimal communication strategy.[21]

    All things considered, I see no compelling evidence that the Eurosystem’s monetary policy communication would be significantly enhanced by the introduction of a dot plot.

    3.3 Projection uncertainty

    Now to the third and final theme – uncertainty. I am quite sure that the Eurosystem has room to improve how we handle projection uncertainty. Currently, the ECB’s Governing Council summarises its view on the uncertainty surrounding economic growth and inflation in the risk assessment section of its monetary policy statement. More specifically, the Eurosystem addresses the uncertainty around its baseline inflation forecast in two ways.[22]

    First, it produces fan charts with symmetric ranges around the point forecast, based on past projection errors. In this setup, past projection errors act as a catch-all proxy for uncertainty. Second, it occasionally publishes risk scenarios, conditional on assumptions different from those in the baseline projection. For instance, during the pandemic, the Eurosystem began using alternative assumptions about the future path of infections and contact restrictions to illustrate macroeconomic uncertainty.

    Could the use of dot plots enhance the communication of inflation forecast uncertainty within the Eurosystem? Given that dot plots offer only an indirect method for conveying uncertainty about the inflation outlook, there may be more effective alternatives.

    One might be to enhance the communication of our existing measures of uncertainty. Another might be to develop new measures, such as scenario and sensitivity analyses, as well as improved fan charts. We must carefully evaluate the pros and cons of each approach.

    Hence, it is quite fitting that the Eurosystem is currently performing an interim strategic review, which includes an analysis of how risk and uncertainty should inform both policy decisions and policy communication. I’m already looking forward to the results.

    4 Conclusion

    Ladies and gentlemen, let me conclude. I began my talk by discussing different schools of thought – New Keynesian and New Classical – and argued that complex issues are rarely black or white. When it comes to central bank communication about the future, there are certainly many promising approaches. And, undoubtedly, dot plots are an intriguing instrument for central bank communication.

    However, given the prevailing evidence, I do not see a compelling case for introducing dot plots for the Eurosystem.

    On the other hand, I firmly believe that we can and should enhance how we account for uncertainty in our macroeconomic projections. I have outlined a few options which the Eurosystem will address in the ongoing strategy review.

    Footnotes:

    1. Nagel, J. (2022), The ECB’s mandate: maintaining price stability in the euro area, speech at the Minda de Gunzburg Center for European Studies, Harvard University.
    2. Mankiw, G. (2006), The Macroeconomist as Scientist and Engineer, Journal of Economic Perspectives, Vol. 20(4), pp. 29-46.
    3. Goodfriend, M. and R. King (1997), The New Neoclassical Synthesis and the Role of Monetary Policy, in: NBER Macroeconomics Annual, Bernanke, B. and J. Rotemberg (eds.), MIT Press, pp. 231-283.
    4. Mankiw, G. (2006), op. cit.
    5. Campbell, J. et al. (2012), Macroeconomic Effects of Federal Reserve Forward Guidance, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Vol. 43(1), pp. 1-80. Another distinction is between time-dependent (or calendar-dependent) and state-dependent forward guidance. The former ties monetary policy to a specific time frame, whereas the latter ties future policy actions to specific economic conditions or thresholds. The concepts can overlap and be used in combination.
    6. SEP: Compilation and Summary of Individual Economic Projections, 24-25 January 2012.
    7. FOMC Statement, 25 January 2012.
    8. Bernanke, B. (2012), Transcript of Chairman Bernanke’s Press Conference, 25 January 2012,
    9. Yellen, J. (2014), Transcript of Chair Yellen’s Press Conference, 19 March 2014.
    10. Powell, J. (2019), Monetary Policy: Normalization and the Road Ahead, speech at the SIEPR Economic Summit, Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research, Stanford, California.
    11. Wessel, D. and S. Boocker (2024), Federal Reserve communication – survey results, Hutchins Center on Fiscal and Monetary Policy at Brookings.
    12. See, for example, Gürkaynak, R. et al. (2005), Do Actions Speak Louder Than Words? The Response of Asset Prices to Monetary Policy Actions and Statements, International Journal of Central Banking, International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 1(1), pp. 55-93; Wright, J. (2012), What Does Monetary Policy Do to Long‐term Interest Rates at the Zero Lower Bound?, Economic Journal, Vol. 122(564), pp. 447-466; and Swanson, E. (2021), Measuring the effects of federal reserve forward guidance and asset purchases on financial markets, Journal of Monetary Economics, Vol. 118(C), pp. 32-53.
    13. See, for example, Couture, C. (2021), Financial market effects of FOMC projections, Journal of Macroeconomics, Vol. 67 and Hillenbrand, S. (2023), The Fed and the Secular Decline in Interest Rates, Accepted, Review of Financial Studies.
    14. Draghi, M. and V. Constâncio (2013), Introductory statement to the press conference (with Q&A), Frankfurt am Main, 4 July 2013.
    15. See, for example, Altavilla, C. et al. (2021), Assessing the efficacy, efficiency and potential side effects of the ECB’s monetary policy instruments since 2014, ECB Occasional Paper, No. 278; Andrade, P. and F. Ferroni (2021), Delphic and Odyssean monetary policy shocks: Evidence from the euro area, Journal of Monetary Economics, Vol. (117), pp. 816-832; Kerssenfischer, M. (2022), Information effects of euro area monetary policy, Economics Letters, Vol. 216(C); and Monetary Policy Committee, Taskforce on Rate Forward Guidance and Reinvestment (2022), Rate forward guidance in an environment of large central bank balance sheets: A Eurosystem stock-taking assessment, ECB Occasional Paper No. 290.
    16. The Eurosystem produces macroeconomic projections four times a year. ECB staff produces them in March and September. In June and December, they are co-produced by ECB and national central bank staff.
    17. See Morris, S. and H. Shin (2005): Central Bank Transparency and the Signal Value of Prices, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Vol.36(2), pp. 1-66 for a general treatment of the role of transparency.
    18. Hofmann, B. and D. Xia (2022), Quantitative forward guidance through interest rate projections, BIS Working Paper No. 1009.
    19. Natvik, G. et al. (2020), Does publication of interest rate paths provide guidance?, Journal of International Money and Finance, Vol. 103.
    20. Detmers, G.-A (2021), Quantitative or Qualitative Forward Guidance: Does it Matter?, Economic Record, Vol. 97(319), pp. 491-503.
    21. Blinder, A. et al. (2008), Central Bank Communication and Monetary Policy: A Survey of Theory and Evidence, Journal of Economic Literature, Vol. 46(4), pp. 910-945.
    22. See ECB (2024), ECB staff macroeconomic projections for the euro area, March 2023, box 6 for a rundown.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Breaking the vicious circle between banks and sovereigns for good | Joint guest contribution by Joachim Nagel and Nicolas Véron, op-ed for Politicoby Politico

    Source: Bundesbank

    Twelve years after its initiation, it is time to complete the banking union

    In the early hours of 29 June 2012, boldness and clarity came together. After a long night of negotiations, European leaders laid the foundations for the banking union project. They found strong and clear words on its purpose, stating it is imperative to break the vicious circle between banks and sovereigns.

    The decision was taken in the aftermath of a twin crisis that had shaken the euro area – a sovereign debt crisis coupled with a banking crisis. The close links between sovereigns and banks had created a “doom loop”: sovereigns bailed out teetering banks, straining public finances, and rising sovereign yields put pressure on banks’ home-biased sovereign exposures. Such loops emerged as a particular vulnerability of the euro area, with its unique institutional setup as a monetary union of otherwise sovereign states, increasing the pressure on the Eurosystem to save the day. The banking union was conceived as the sword that would sever the doom loop.

    Today’s banking union is primarily the result of intensive legislative efforts between 2012 and 2014. They established a complete framework for supervising European banks, and an incomplete one for dealing with banking crises. This helped to mitigate the vicious circle, in particular by creating the Single Supervisory Mechanism under the European Central Bank and the national supervisory authorities. That has proven its effectiveness, but the vicious circle has not yet been broken.

    Before the lessons of 2012 are forgotten, the new EU term offers an opportunity to finish the task and break the vicious circle between banks and sovereigns for good. Action must go both ways. First, block the direct contagion channel from banks to sovereigns. Taxpayers should not have to suffer when banks run into problems. Second, close the contagion channel from sovereigns to banks. A sovereign credit event cannot and should not be ruled out in a monetary union with sovereign fiscal policies at the national level. At the same time, it must not be permitted to drag down banks with it and thus further jeopardise financial stability.

    The first aim calls for strengthening the crisis intervention framework. Valuable progress has been made with the establishment of the Single Resolution Board and the Single Resolution Fund. The latter reached its target level, currently at €78 billion, after a decade of build-up. However, a more streamlined and predictable framework is needed. Specifically, resolution should be a credible and feasible option to manage more, if not all, failing banks under EU law, instead of the current confusing mix of European and national procedures that leaves too much scope for national state aid and moral hazard.

    The reform of the framework for crisis management is closely linked to deposit insurance. A common European deposit insurance mechanism would strengthen confidence in depositor protection and thus reduce the risk of bank runs. It is intended to weaken the link between banks and their national sovereigns and thus to contribute to making the euro area as a whole more resilient. The two of us have different views on how it should be structured, whether fully centralised or a hybrid involving national authorities. However, we share the firm conviction that deposit protection needs a European level. All banks in the euro area should participate in it. Its funding can and should be risk-based, taking into account arrangements such as the institutional protection schemes that play a significant role in Austria and Germany.

    Under that mechanism, certain risks would be shouldered jointly within the EU. Conversely, risks that are within the remit of the individual Member States must be appropriately limited. To reduce negative spillovers from sovereigns to banks – the second aim – it is crucial to avoid large and undiversified exposures of bank balance sheets to a single sovereign. Concentration limits and capital charges can serve as effective tools here. With adequate calibration and a transition phase, these tools could incentivise banks to diversify their sovereign exposures, thereby gradually overcoming home bias.

    As it turns out, the issues of crisis management, deposit insurance and banks’ sovereign exposures are intertwined. Attempts to make progress have so far failed, not least because they were not comprehensive enough. Part of why the European Commission’s 2015 legislative proposal on deposit insurance was shelved is because banks’ concentrated sovereign exposures were not tackled at the same time. It seems that Member States are unwilling to make concessions if the outcome is merely a halfway house. A comprehensive approach that addresses the interlinked issues holistically is worth considering. It could complete the work that began with a promise twelve years ago – to break the vicious circle between banks and sovereigns.

    Nicolas Véron is a French economist. He is a senior fellow at Bruegel in Brussels, which he co-founded in 2002–05, and at the Peterson Institute for International Economics in Washington DC.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Small business group advances work programme, focuses on business support organizations

    Source: World Trade Organization

    Thematic discussions: Business support organizations

    The meeting shed light on the work of business support organizations, such as the Enterprise Europe Network (EEN) and the International Trade Centre, in connecting small businesses with partners to help them export to international markets and utilise opportunities provided by free trade agreements.

    It was noted that business support organizations play an important role in facilitating the information flow between the public and private sectors, particularly small business, in addition to gathering feedback and providing advisory services to MSMEs to help them access financing opportunities.

    The session was in response to a proposal by the United States (INF/MSME/W/51), which suggested exploring how small businesses are linked to the mechanisms that shape trade policy through local chambers of commerce, trade associations, and/or other local business support organizations.

    Success stories

    As part of its efforts to strengthen engagement with the private sector, the Group invited Mr Aziz Ndiaye, Founder and Owner of ANEP Company, a small business headquartered in Switzerland, to present his enterprise. ANEP Company specializes in the import and export of exotic fruits and vegetables from Senegal, Côte d’Ivoire, Burkina Faso, Togo and  Benin and seeks to deliver positive social impact for the communities benefiting from these trade opportunities.  

    The two winners of the Small Business Champions initiative (CLAC – Coordinadora Latino americana de Comercio Justo and O’KANATA) presented their winning projects to the Group. Their projects are aimed at helping indigenous people trade internationally through needs assessment surveys, technical assistance and online platforms.

    Dr Ayman El Tarabishy, President and CEO of the International Council for Small Business (ICSB), spoke to the Group about the ICSB’s efforts to advance small business research and good practice.

    Future work

    The Group’s next meeting on 10 December will focus on good regulatory practices for MSMEs and trade digitalization in response to a proposal put forward by the United Kingdom (INF/MSME/W/52).

    The UK will explain how MSMEs’ interests are considered in regulatory development, referencing Annex 4 of the December 2020 MSME package. The UK will also discuss various processes and tools used in domestic regulatory procedures that may benefit MSMEs. Various speakers will be invited to talk about the importance of trade digitalization for small businesses and how trade digitalization efforts can be accelerated.

    Work is underway to build on the compendium of special provisions on the integration of MSMEs into Authorised Economic Operators programmes published earlier this year. A joint study by the World Customs Organization and the International Chamber of Commerce is being prepared on this issue, using a recent survey as a basis for the report.

    New proposal

    The Russian Federation presented a proposal (INF/MSME/W/58 – INF/TGE/COM/10) to have a compendium of educational programmes aimed at empowering women entrepreneurs in finance and marketing. The compendium’s objective is to help women-owned businesses participate in international trade and assist governments in drafting supporting policies.

    Updates

    Members shared updates on their implementation of the December 2020 MSME package of recommendations aimed at helping small businesses trade globally. China reported on its ninth Trade Policy Review (TPR), where measures taken to integrate small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in its policies were included in its report. Such measures include the provision of policy support documents, tax extensions and the establishment of funds.  

    China also highlighted its efforts to create a business-friendly environment, such as addressing financing challenges and supporting research and development.

    The ITC provided updates on the Global Trade Helpdesk, an online platform intended to bring together trade and business information for companies, especially MSMEs. The ITC noted an increase in the usage of the platform in the United States, India, China and Indonesia, and highlighted recent events including the launch of Bahasa and Chinese versions of the HelpDesk.

    MSME-related discussions in the Technical Barriers to Trade Committee and Government Procurement Committee were also shared with the Group. This included a new good practice guide on how to comment on members’ notifications, focusing on the ability of the private sector to provide feedback and track such notifications and on the adoption of a best practice report on measures facilitating the participation of SMEs in government procurement.

    Share

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Verizon delivers strong third quarter results with customer growth in mobility, extending industry leadership

    Source: Verizon

    Headline: Verizon delivers strong third quarter results with customer growth in mobility, extending industry leadership

    Download News Release PDF

    Download Infographic PDF

    Download 3Q Financials PDF

    Download Non-GAAP Reconciliations PDF

    3Q 2024 Highlights 

    Wireless: More than doubled wireless postpaid phone net additions year over year

    • Total wireless service revenue1 of $19.8 billion, a 2.7 percent increase year over year.
    • Retail postpaid phone net additions of 239,000, and retail postpaid net additions of 349,000. 
    • Retail postpaid phone churn of 0.89 percent, and retail postpaid churn of 1.16 percent.

    Broadband: Achieved fixed wireless subscriber target 15 months ahead of schedule

    • Total broadband net additions of 389,000. This was the ninth consecutive quarter with more than 375,000 broadband net additions.
    • Total fixed wireless net additions of 363,000. At the end of third-quarter 2024, the company had a base of nearly 4.2 million fixed wireless subscribers. The company reached its fixed wireless subscriber target 15 months ahead of schedule, which is a reflection of the product’s popularity and customer demand for high quality broadband services.
    • Total broadband connections grew to more than 11.9 million as of the end of third-quarter 2024, representing a nearly 16 percent increase year over year. 
    • Fixed wireless revenue for third-quarter 2024 was $562 million, up $215 million year over year. 

    Consolidated: Sustained focus on profitable growth

    • Total operating revenue of $33.3 billion, essentially flat compared to third-quarter 2023. 
    • Consolidated net income for the third quarter of $3.4 billion, down from consolidated net income of $4.9 billion in third-quarter 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by severance charges of $1.7 billion related to separations under the company’s voluntary separation program for select U.S.-based management employees as well as other headcount reduction initiatives. Consolidated adjusted EBITDA2 for the third quarter of $12.5 billion, up from $12.2 billion in third-quarter 2023.
    • Earnings per share of $0.78, compared with earnings per share of $1.13 in third-quarter 2023; adjusted EPS2, excluding special items, of $1.19, compared with $1.22 in third-quarter 2023.

    NEW YORK – Verizon Communications Inc. (NYSE, Nasdaq: VZ) reported third-quarter 2024 results today with customer growth in mobility and broadband. The company also continued its momentum in its three financial priorities of wireless service revenue, consolidated adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow.

    “This has been a pivotal quarter for Verizon, with transformative strategic moves and continued operational excellence. We continue to deliver strong results in mobility and broadband, and we are on track to meet our full-year 2024 financial guidance, with wireless service revenue and adjusted EBITDA trending at or above the midpoint of the guided range,” said Verizon Chairman and CEO Hans Vestberg. “Our new products — myPlan, myHome and Verizon Business Complete — and our brand refresh are resonating with customers. Through our pending acquisition of Frontier Communications, and our agreement for Vertical Bridge to lease, operate and manage thousands of wireless communications towers, we have set Verizon up for disciplined growth, now and into the future.”   

    For third-quarter 2024, Verizon reported earnings per share of $0.78, compared with earnings per share of $1.13 in third-quarter 2023. On an adjusted basis2, excluding special items, EPS was $1.19 in third-quarter 2024, compared with adjusted EPS2 of $1.22 in third-quarter 2023. 

    Reported third-quarter 2024 financial results reflected $2.3 billion in charges related to special items. This included a severance charge of $1.7 billion related to separations under the company’s voluntary separation program for select U.S.-based management employees as well as other headcount reduction initiatives; an asset and business rationalization charge of $374 million predominantly related to the decision to cease use of certain real estate assets and exit non-strategic portions of certain businesses; and amortization of intangible assets of $186 million related to Tracfone and other acquisitions. 

    Consolidated results: Financially disciplined, consistent with overall strategy 

    • Total consolidated operating revenue in third-quarter 2024 was $33.3 billion, essentially flat compared to third-quarter 2023, as service and other revenue growth was offset by declines in wireless equipment revenue.
    • Total wireless service revenue1 in third-quarter 2024 was $19.8 billion, a sequential increase of $70 million, and an increase of 2.7 percent year over year. This increase was primarily driven by pricing actions implemented in recent quarters and growth from fixed wireless connections.
    • Cash flow from operations year-to-date3 totaled $26.5 billion, compared with $28.8 billion in 2023. This result reflects higher cash taxes, as well as higher interest expense primarily driven by the decrease in capitalized interest and higher interest rates.
    • Capital expenditures year-to-date3 were $12.0 billion. 
    • Free cash flow2 year-to-date3 was $14.5 billion, compared with $14.6 billion in 2023.
    • Consolidated net income for third-quarter 2024 was $3.4 billion, down from consolidated net income of $4.9 billion in third-quarter 2023, and consolidated adjusted EBITDA2 was $12.5 billion, up from $12.2 billion in third-quarter 2023.
    • Verizon’s total unsecured debt as of the end of third-quarter 2024 was $126.4 billion, a $1.1 billion increase compared to second-quarter 2024, and approximately $70 million lower year over year. The company’s net unsecured debt2 at the end of third-quarter 2024 was $121.4 billion. At the end of third-quarter 2024, Verizon’s ratio of unsecured debt to net income (LTM) was 12.3 times and net unsecured debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA ratio2 was 2.5 times.

    Verizon Consumer: Seventh consecutive quarter of year over year growth in postpaid phone gross additions

    • Total Verizon Consumer revenue in third-quarter 2024 was $25.4 billion, an increase of 0.4 percent year over year as gains in service revenue were partially offset by declines in wireless equipment revenue.
    • Wireless service revenue in third-quarter 2024 was $16.4 billion, up 2.6 percent year over year, driven by growth in Consumer wireless postpaid average revenue per account (ARPA) from pricing actions and continued fixed wireless adoption. 
    • Consumer wireless retail postpaid churn was 1.07 percent in third-quarter 2024, and wireless retail postpaid phone churn was 0.84 percent. 
    • In third-quarter 2024, Consumer reported 81,000 wireless retail postpaid phone net additions, compared with 51,000 net losses in third-quarter 2023. This improvement was driven by a 5.9 percent year over year increase in postpaid phone gross additions. This marks the seventh consecutive quarter of year over year growth in postpaid phone gross additions. Excluding the contribution from the company’s second number offering, Consumer reported 18,000 wireless retail postpaid phone net additions. Verizon expects to have positive Consumer postpaid phone net additions for full-year 2024, with and without the contribution from the second number offering. 
    • In third-quarter 2024, Consumer reported 80,000 wireless retail prepaid net additions, excluding Safelink, Verizon’s brand offering access to government-sponsored connectivity benefits and programs. 
    • Consumer reported 209,000 fixed wireless net additions and 39,000 Fios Internet net additions in third-quarter 2024. Consumer Fios revenue was $2.9 billion in third-quarter 2024. 
    • In third-quarter 2024, Consumer operating income was $7.6 billion, an increase of 0.8 percent year over year, and segment operating income margin was 30.0 percent, an increase from 29.9 percent in third-quarter 2023. Segment EBITDA2 in third-quarter 2024 was $11.0 billion, an increase of 1.8 percent year over year. This improvement can be attributed to service and other revenue growth partially offset by lower upgrade volumes. Segment EBITDA margin2 in third-quarter 2024 was 43.4 percent, an increase from 42.8 percent in third-quarter 2023.

    Verizon Business: Continued mobility and broadband growth

    • Total Verizon Business revenue was $7.4 billion in third-quarter 2024, a decrease of 2.3 percent year over year, as increases in wireless service revenue were more than offset by decreases in wireline revenue. 
    • Business wireless service revenue in third-quarter 2024 was $3.5 billion, an increase of 2.9 percent year over year. This result was driven by continued strong net additions for both mobility and fixed wireless, as well as benefits from pricing actions implemented in recent quarters. 
    • Business reported 281,000 wireless retail postpaid net additions in third-quarter 2024. This result included 158,000 postpaid phone net additions. The company experienced sustained growth in phone net additions across its small and medium business, enterprise, and public sector customers throughout the quarter.
    • Business wireless retail postpaid churn was 1.45 percent in third-quarter 2024, and wireless retail postpaid phone churn was 1.12 percent.
    • Business reported 154,000 fixed wireless net additions in third-quarter 2024.
    • In third-quarter 2024, Verizon Business operating income was $565 million, an increase of 4.8 percent year over year, and segment operating income margin was 7.7 percent, an increase from 7.2 percent in third-quarter 2023. Segment EBITDA2 in third-quarter 2024 was $1.6 billion, a decrease of 3.7 percent year over year, driven by continued declines in wireline revenues. Segment EBITDA margin2 in third-quarter 2024 was 21.8 percent, a decrease from 22.1 percent in third-quarter 2023. 

    Outlook and guidance: Verizon is on track to meet financial guidance 

    The company does not provide a reconciliation for any of the following adjusted (non-GAAP) forecasts because it cannot, without unreasonable effort, predict the special items that could arise, and the company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information.  

    • For 2024, Verizon continues to expect the following: 
    • Total wireless service revenue growth1 of 2.0 percent to 3.5 percent.
    • Adjusted EBITDA growth2 of 1.0 percent to 3.0 percent.
    • Adjusted EPS2 of $4.50 to $4.70.
    • Capital expenditures between $17.0 billion and $17.5 billion. 
    • Adjusted effective income tax rate2 in the range of 22.5 percent to 24.0 percent.

    1 Total wireless service revenue represents the sum of Consumer and Business segments.
    2 Non-GAAP financial measure. See the accompanying schedules and http://www.verizon.com/about/investors for reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures cited in this document to most directly comparable financial measures under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
    3 Nine months ended September 30, 2024.


    Forward-looking statements

    In this communication we have made forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our estimates and assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations. Forward-looking statements also include those preceded or followed by the words “anticipates,” “assumes,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “hopes,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” or similar expressions. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The following important factors, along with those discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), could affect future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements: the effects of competition in the markets in which we operate, including the inability to successfully respond to competitive factors such as prices, promotional incentives and evolving consumer preferences; failure to take advantage of, or respond to competitors’ use of, developments in technology and address changes in consumer demand; performance issues or delays in the deployment of our 5G network resulting in significant costs or a reduction in the anticipated benefits of the enhancement to our networks; the inability to implement our business strategy; adverse conditions in the U.S. and international economies, including inflation and changing interest rates in the markets in which we operate; cyber attacks impacting our networks or systems and any resulting financial or reputational impact; damage to our infrastructure or disruption of our operations from natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other hostile acts and any resulting financial or reputational impact; disruption of our key suppliers’ or vendors’ provisioning of products or services, including as a result of geopolitical factors or the potential impacts of global climate change; material adverse changes in labor matters and any resulting financial or operational impact; damage to our reputation or brands; the impact of public health crises on our operations, our employees and the ways in which our customers use our networks and other products and services; changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate, including any increase in restrictions on our ability to operate our networks or businesses; allegations regarding the release of hazardous materials or pollutants into the environment from our, or our predecessors’, network assets and any related government investigations, regulatory developments, litigation, penalties and other liability, remediation and compliance costs, operational impacts or reputational damage; our high level of indebtedness; significant litigation and any resulting material expenses incurred in defending against lawsuits or paying awards or settlements; an adverse change in the ratings afforded our debt securities by nationally accredited ratings organizations or adverse conditions in the credit markets affecting the cost, including interest rates, and/or availability of further financing; significant increases in benefit plan costs or lower investment returns on plan assets; changes in tax laws or regulations, or in their interpretation, or challenges to our tax positions, resulting in additional tax expense or liabilities; changes in accounting assumptions that regulatory agencies, including the SEC, may require or that result from changes in the accounting rules or their application, which could result in an impact on earnings; and risks associated with mergers, acquisitions and other strategic transactions, including our ability to consummate the proposed acquisition of Frontier Communications Parent, Inc. and obtain cost savings, synergies and other anticipated benefits within the expected time period or at all.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Union Minister Jyotiraditya M. Scindia launches ‘International Incoming Spoofed Calls Prevention System’

    Source: Government of India

    Union Minister Jyotiraditya M. Scindia launches ‘International Incoming Spoofed Calls Prevention System’

    Another step by Department of Telecom (DoT) to protect Citizens from cyber frauds

    The system identifies and blocks the incoming international calls posing as Indian phone numbers

    System identified and blocked about 1.35 crore calls as spoofed calls in last 24 hrs, which are 90 % of all the incoming international calls

    Posted On: 22 OCT 2024 6:28PM by PIB Delhi

    Shri Jyotiraditya M. Scindia, Minister of Communications and Development of North Eastern Region today launched ‘International Incoming Spoofed Calls Prevention System’, in the presence of Minister of State for Communications & Rural Development Dr Pemmasani Chandra Sekhar. The launch ceremony was attended by Secretary Telecom and other senior officers. This is another milestone of DoT’s efforts towards building a safe digital space and protecting citizens from cyber-crime.

    Of late, cyber criminals have been committing cyber-crimes by making international spoofed calls displaying Indian mobile numbers (+91-xxxxxxxxx).  These calls appear to be originating within India but are actually being made from abroad by manipulating the calling line identity (CLI) or commonly known as phone number.

    These spoofed calls have been used for financial scams, impersonating government officials, and creating panic.  There have also been cases of cyber-crime threatening disconnection of mobile numbers by DoT/TRAI officials, fake digital arrests, drugs/narcotics in courier, impersonation as police officials, arrest in sex racket etc.

    Department of Communications (DoT) and Telecom Service (TSPs) have collaborated and devised a system to identify and block such incoming international spoofed calls from reaching the Indian telecom subscribers. The system was made operational and it has been observed that within 24 hours of operation of the system, about 1.35 crore or 90% from all the incoming international calls with Indian phone numbers were identified as spoofed calls and blocked by TSPs from reaching Indian telecom subscribers. Indian telecom subscribers should see a significant reduction in such spoofed calls with +91-xxxxxxx numbers with implementation of this system.

    Despite such best efforts, there could be cases where fraudsters succeed through other means. For such calls, you can help by reporting such suspected fraud communications at Chakshu facility on Sanchar Saathi (http://www.sancharsaasthi,gov.in ). The DoT remains committed to proactively combating cybercrime.

    For those who have already lost money or been victims of cybercrime, please report the incident at the cybercrime helpline number 1930 or website  https://www.cybercrime.gov.in

    <><><>

    ******

    SB/DP/ARJ

    (Release ID: 2067113) Visitor Counter : 20

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Experts of the Human Rights Committee Commend Greece on Measures Taken for Unaccompanied Minors, Raise Questions on Domestic Violence and Allegations of Border Pushbacks

    Source: United Nations – Geneva

    The Human Rights Committee today concluded its consideration of the third periodic report of Greece on how it implements the provisions of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights.  Committee Experts commended Greece for the measures taken for unaccompanied minors, while raising questions on domestic violence, and allegations of pushbacks at the border. 

    One Committee Expert said the Committee welcomed measures taken by the State party, including the establishment of the Special Secretariat for the Protection of Unaccompanied Minors, the Emergency Response Mechanism, and law 4960/2022 on the establishment of a National Guardianship System for unaccompanied minors.  The Committee also appreciated the national protection strategy (2021–2025) and the mechanism for unaccompanied children living in precarious conditions. 

    Another Expert asked how the State party addressed the root causes of gender-based violence? Was there a comprehensive strategy to prevent, raise awareness on, and respond to gender-based violence?  Was there mandatory and continuous capacity building for judges, prosecutors, and other law enforcement officials about gender-based violence? 

    A Committee Expert said numerous reports documented instances of pushbacks by the Hellenic police and Hellenic coast guards, including patterns of excessive use of force, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment, incommunicado detention, and unlawful destruction of personal belongings.  How would Greece ensure thorough, systematic, effective, and independent investigations into allegations of pushbacks and hold those responsible accountable?  Reports before the Committee indicated that from January 2020 to June 2024, there were 1,452 incidents at the borders affecting approximately 46,649 people. What measures were being taken to ensure that border control operations prioritised the protection of life and that rescue efforts were conducted in compliance with human rights?

    The delegation said violence against women had increased significantly during the pandemic. In April 2020, there was a significant increase of more than 200 per cent regarding phone calls to the hotline for reporting violence.  Psychosocial support was provided upon request, including both online and in-person. An awareness raising campaign was launched in 2024 and was displayed in the Athens urban rail network.  A panic button application was launched, enabling women in immediate danger to call for help in a safe manner by pressing a button on their phone which was linked to the police. 

    The delegation said pushbacks were not the policy of the Greek Government in any way, shape, or form; the Government policy was clear.  Actions taken by Hellenic authorities at the sea borders were carried out in full compliance with international obligations.  Allegations on so-called pushbacks were not compatible with the well-established operations of the Hellenic authorities.  However, any allegations of pushbacks or mistreatment of third country nationals were thoroughly investigated.  From 2015 to the present, the Hellenic coast guards had rescued more than 254,000 people.  Several mechanisms allowed complaints against pushbacks to be submitted to the Hellenic authorities, and the coast guards had a robust disciplinary mechanism.

    Introducing the report, Katerina Patsogianni, Secretary General for Equality and Human Rights, Ministry of Social Cohesion and Family of Greece and head of the delegation, said in recent years, Greece had confronted the combined effects of the economic crisis, the migration crisis, and the COVID-19 pandemic.  The country was now on a path to long-term progress and sustainability, benefiting its human rights framework.  Greece had developed one of Europe’s most efficient asylum services and continued to improve its capacities and infrastructure.  The fight against human trafficking was a top priority for authorities, who worked closely with non-governmental organizations in a strategic alliance. 

    In concluding remarks, Ioannis Ghikas, Permanent Representative of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva, thanked the Committee for the frank and honest exchange.  Greece had worked hard to improve the situation, particularly on migration; the number of deaths in the Aegean Sea had fallen by 40 per cent. Greece had a vibrant society with few resources but was working to do better. 

    Tania María Abdo Rocholl, Committee Chairperson, thanked the delegation for the dialogue, which had covered a wide range of subjects under the Covenant.   The Committee aimed to ensure the highest level of implementation of the Covenant in Greece. 

    The delegation of Greece was made up of representatives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; the Ministry of Social Cohesion and Family; the Ministry of Justice; the Ministry of Citizen Protection; the Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Insular Policy; the Ministry of Migration and Asylum; the Ministry of National Defence; the Ministry of Interior; the Ministry of Education, Religious Affairs and Sports; the Ministry of Health; the Presidency of the Government; and the Permanent Mission of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva.

    The Human Rights Committee’s one hundred and forty-second session is being held from 14 October to 7 November 2024.  All the documents relating to the Committee’s work, including reports submitted by States parties, can be found on the session’s webpage.  Meeting summary releases can be found here.  The webcast of the Committee’s public meetings can be accessed via the UN Web TV webpage.

    The Committee will next meet in public at 3 p.m. on Tuesday, 22 October, to begin its consideration of the sixth periodic report of France (CCPR/C/FRA/6).

    Report

    The Committee has before it the third periodic report of Greece (CCPR/C/GRC/3).

    Presentation of Report

    IOANNIS GHIKAS, Permanent Representative of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva, said since the last review, Greece had made significant progress in key areas, including the protection of vulnerable groups, ensuring gender equality, and promoting human rights safeguards.  Despite unprecedented challenges, Greece had remained committed to protecting and promoting human rights and looked forward to the Committee’s recommendations. 

    KATERINA PATSOGIANNI, Secretary General for Equality and Human Rights, Ministry of Social Cohesion and Family of Greece and head of the delegation, said in recent years, Greece had confronted the combined effects of the economic crisis, the migration crisis, and the COVID-19 pandemic.  The country was now on a path to long-term progress and sustainability, benefiting its human rights framework.  Faced with the COVID-19 pandemic, Greece implemented restrictive measures to curb the spread of the disease, which were proportionate, non-discriminatory, and scientifically evaluated.  At the same time, the authorities enacted policies to protect public health and mitigate the social and economic effects of the pandemic. The National Vaccination Programme ran smoothly and efficiently, targeting specific and vulnerable groups. Following recommendations to improve policy coordination, Greece launched national human rights action plans with input from independent bodies and civil society. 

    Significant progress had been made on gender equality, including ratifying the Council of Europe Convention on Violence against Women and the International Labour Organization Convention on Sexual Harassment in the Workplace.  The Labour Inspection Body was now an independent authority, and the Greek Ombudsperson’s role in equal treatment had been strengthened. In 2019, Greece introduced a comprehensive legal framework to promote gender equality.  The new national action plan 2026-2030 would guide future policies with civil society input. 

    This year marked a significant milestone for the rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex persons, with the enactment of marriage equality for all, without gender discrimination.  On the rights of the child, key policy actions were focused on strengthening foster care and adoption, preventing child abuse, and setting rules for child protection units and childcare centres. 

    Greece was actively implementing the Roma National Strategy 2021–2030, guided by the principle “for the Roma, with the Roma.”  Key committees, including the Roma Forum, were fully operational. All available European Union funding was being used to enhance Roma’s employment, education, healthcare, and housing participation.  Harsher penalties now applied to crimes with racist characteristics. The National Council against Racism and Intolerance, an inter-ministerial body with the participation of independent bodies, adopted the first national action plan in December 2020. 

    For persons with disabilities, Greece established a National Accessibility Authority and was developing a national strategy for 2024-2030.  Key policies included deinstitutionalisation and a personal assistant programme for independent living.  A 2023 law improved access to justice for persons with disabilities and removed derogatory language from the legislation.  Additionally, the Ministry of Health had enacted legislation for psychiatric reform, shifting from institutional to community-based care.

    Greece had developed one of Europe’s most efficient asylum services and continued to improve its capacities and infrastructure.  Since 2021, the National Emergency Response Mechanism had supported thousands of unaccompanied minors in precarious conditions.  This year, Greece launched the new national guardianship system to serve vulnerable asylum applicants better at the first reception stage. In 2023, the General Secretariat of Vulnerable People and Institutional Protection was established in the Ministry of Migration and Asylum to address challenges faced by vulnerable refugees and migrants. 

    Greek law enforcement authorities fulfilled their border protection responsibilities in compliance with domestic, European and international law.  Allegations regarding violations of the principle of non-refoulement at land or sea borders did not correspond to the operational activities of law enforcement agencies.  Greece applied a firm policy for the effective monitoring of fundamental rights and the assessment of complaints of ill treatment at the border, comprised of internal disciplinary procedures; prosecutorial supervision under criminal law; and independent monitoring by the Greek Ombudsman and the National Transparency Authority.  In addition, a Special Committee for Compliance with Fundamental Rights and the position of the Fundamental Rights Officer were established in the Ministry of Migration and Asylum in 2022. 

    The fight against human trafficking was a top priority for authorities, who worked closely with non-governmental organizations in a strategic alliance.  In 2019, the National Referral Mechanism for trafficking victims was launched, which trained staff on standard operating procedures for victim protection, including in reception and identification centres.  A key development in the field of justice was the recent reform of the judicial map for civil and criminal courts, which aimed to reorganise courts geographically, streamline procedures, and speed up case resolution.  Greece had also undertaken several key initiatives to further develop a resilient and pluralistic media ecosystem, focusing on protecting, ensuring safety, and empowering journalists.  Ms. Patsogianni expressed gratitude for being able to engage in a constructive and frank dialogue with the Committee.

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert said the Committee noted that awareness raising on the Covenant was part of training activities for judges, lawyers and law enforcement officials. What were the channels used by the State party, the number of beneficiaries of these training courses, and the number of cases in which the provisions of the Covenant were invoked by the national courts?  What measures were taken by Greece to ensure the full implementation of the Committee’s views, including by providing victims with an effective remedy for the violation of their rights in several cases in the courts? 

    According to the information received, the measures taken by the State party during the COVID-19 pandemic had particularly wider implications for the human rights of asylum seekers, refugees and migrants, who were subject to mandatory quarantine, late vaccinations, lack of access to vaccination for certain groups, and policing people’s movements.  To what extent and how long were asylum procedures suspended due to restrictions imposed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic?  Could figures be provided on the number criminal investigations opened, and prosecutions and convictions of the perpetrators of domestic violence and femicide committed during the prolonged COVID-19 quarantine?  What measures had been taken by the State party to ensure effective reparation for the damage suffered by the victims?

    The Committee welcomed the decision taken by the Court of Appeal of Athens in a landmark judgment handed down on 7 October 2020 against the neo-Nazi party “Golden Dawn”, which was described as a criminal organization.  The report also provided figures on the number of alleged racist incidents.  However, information received indicated that there was not enough prosecution to punish the perpetrators of the wrongdoings.  What measures were being taken to encourage victims of discrimination to report the situation to authorities?  How was it ensured that victims of hate crimes had access to support services? 

    Another Expert said the Committee appreciated the adoption of several laws, including amendments to the whistleblower protection law, increasing the fines for foreign bribery offenses, as well as the creation of new anti-corruption institutions, including the National Transparency Authority in 2019.  However, the Committee was concerned about the limited practical impact of these reforms.  Could statistics on corruption efforts be provided, including the number of investigations, prosecutions and convictions in corruption cases?  How did the State party ensure thorough and impartial investigations into all allegations of corruption, regardless of the officials or institutions involved?  Could more information on technical initiatives be provided?  How were whistleblower protection mechanisms being implemented? 

    The Committee remained concerned about the use of excessive force during pushbacks of migrants and asylum seekers, including instances of pointing guns, hitting with batons, slapping, and pushing asylum seekers.  Could the State party comment on these reports?  Could the State party also comment on allegations that no investigations had been conducted into police violence against Roma communities nearly five years after the incidents?

    The Committee commended Greece for adopting the 10-year national action plan for mental health in 2023, and for adopting law 5129/2024 for the completion of the psychiatric reform.  What steps were being taken to reduce overcrowding and improve the overall quality and supervision of psychiatric care?  How was the State party working to improve the capacity of the Committee for the Protection of the Rights of People with Psychosocial Disability and the Health Quality Assurance Body?

    While the Committee commended Greece for making the reduction of involuntary hospitalisations a priority, how did the State party ensure that patients being evaluated for involuntary commitment were provided with appropriate legal safeguards.  How was the State party working to reduce the total number of involuntary commitments to psychiatric care?  The Committee was concerned by the use of physical and chemical restraints in psychiatric care; what was being done to ensure that the use of restraints was properly regulated and minimised. 

    One Committee Expert said the Committee welcomed measures taken by the State party, including the establishment of the Special Secretariat for the Protection of Unaccompanied Minors, the Emergency Response Mechanism, and law 4960/2022 on the establishment of a National Guardianship System for unaccompanied minors.  The Committee also appreciated the national protection strategy (2021–2025) and the mechanism for unaccompanied children living in precarious conditions.  It was hoped these measures were robust and effective. 

    However, the Committee had been informed that unaccompanied minors were still sometimes detained in police stations and subjected to heavy restrictions of movement. How did the State party ensure that short-term detention and restrictions did not amount to a disproportionate limitation of the rights to liberty, security, and freedom of movement of unaccompanied minors?  The Committee was aware of the National Guardianship System for unaccompanied minors and of the Hippocrates project on medical and psychosocial services.  How would the State party ensure that the system and project had sufficient resources to be effective, that available guardians were appointed, and that services would be provided in practice? How did Greece ensure that the age determination procedure was multidisciplinary, scientifically based, harmonised across the country, and used only in cases of serious doubts about the claimed age?

    The Committee understood that law 4800/2021 allowed perpetrators of domestic violence or sexual offences to retain child custody and unrestricted contact with their children until they were convicted by a first instance court.  What measures had Greece taken to protect the safety of women and children who were forced into contact with alleged abusers under shared custody arrangements?  It was understood that in cases of imminent danger to a child’s mental or physical health, a prosecutor could take immediate protection measures for up to 90 days and renewable.  How often was this measure taken?  How well-known was this option to prosecutors and lawyers, as well as to women and children involved?  Why did Greece decide not to include femicide as a crime within the law?  What other measures had it taken to protect women against femicide?  What measures had been taken to increase the availability of shelters across the country?

    Could the State party inform the Committee on how it addressed the root causes of gender-based violence?  Was there a comprehensive strategy to prevent, raise awareness on, and respond to gender-based violence?  Was there mandatory and continuous capacity building for judges, prosecutors, and other law enforcement officials about gender-based violence?  The Committee had received information that Greek coast guards were involved in incidents where women, including pregnant women, were beaten and sexually assaulted.  What concrete measures had the State party taken to protect women from assaults and to prosecute and punish perpetrators?

    Another Expert welcomed information from the State party regarding measures taken to improve conditions in reception and detention centres.  However, reports indicated that migrants and asylum seekers continued to be held in poor and prison-like conditions of detention, and that their living conditions may be considered as amounting to inhuman and degrading treatment. What measures did Greece plan to take to address inadequate conditions of detention in reception and detention centres?  Did the State party have any policies in place to ensure adequate resources were available for migrants and asylum seekers at times of increased arrivals? What steps would Greece take to prevent the detention of third country nationals and asylum seekers and ensure that measures of detention were only used as a last resort? 

    Would Greece consider abolishing the administrative detention of asylum seekers on the grounds of illegal entry, particularly those belonging to vulnerable groups?  Would Greece consider putting in place a proper procedure for individualised risk assessment before imposing a detention order for an asylum seeker or a third party national?  What steps would be taken to ensure that all persons deprived of their liberty enjoyed fundamental legal safeguards against ill treatment from the outset of their detention, including the rights to be assisted by a lawyer without delay?  How was it ensured that all foreign nationals deprived of their liberty were granted access to a lawyer and doctor? 

    Another Expert asked what steps were being taken to develop a comprehensive statistical system on trafficking and improve early identification and referral systems? Could disaggregated data be provided on the number of trafficking cases investigated, convictions secured, and sentences imposed?  What steps was the State party taking to adopt a new national action plan and ensure sufficient resources for its implementation?  The situation on support and redress for victims was concerning, as there was a lack of adequately funded and inclusive shelters for trafficking victims and no victims had successfully obtained compensation.  What measures were being taken to increase the capacity of shelters and ensure that they were accessible to all victims?  How did Greece ensure the quality of services provided in shelters, and what long-term reintegration programmes were available?  What steps were being taken to facilitate access to compensation for victims, ensuring they received legal assistance? 

    It was reported that in 2023, of the 10,973 asylum appeals submitted to the Appeals Committees, only 5,915 cases, around 53 per cent, received legal aid.

    What steps were being taken to streamline the legal aid application process and court fee waivers for vulnerable populations?  What measures were being considered to increase the capacity and resources of the legal aid system to ensure timely and effective representation?  How was the State party addressing delays in providing legal aid, especially during critical stages such as police investigations and initial detention?  How did Greece plan to resolve ongoing delays in compensating legal aid lawyers? 

    Responses by the Delegation

    The delegation said that once ratified, international conventions formed part of domestic law. The national school of the judiciary provided training to judges and prosecutors.  Initial training was mandatory since 2022 and covered topics including human rights, gender law, and the treatment of victims.  Thirteen seminars were held online and in-person for judges in 2023, while 15 seminars were planned for 2024.  Greece did not have specific legislation to receive Views from the Committee. 

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, Greek authorities resorted to a wide array of restrictive measures to protect public health.  All these measures were necessary and applied in a non-discriminatory manner.  The Greek Ministry of Justice recently amended the Criminal Code concerning the fight against corruption with a new law in 2024.  Greece had an increased number of ongoing corruption investigations and cases and looked forward to final judgments in the immediate future. 

    In 2021, Greece significantly amended the provisions relating to family law.  The law had since triggered widespread concerns regarding its impact on custody in situations of domestic violence.  The Greek legal system offered certain possibilities to suspend or regulate the parental rights of parents who had been abusive to their spouses or children. 

    The National Council against Racism, through strengthened collaboration, would focus on enhancing victims’ access to services, improving the skills of public officials to draft the second national action plan against racism and intolerance, and raising public awareness through a national campaign which reached over 100,000 people. 

    Violence against women had increased significantly during the pandemic.  In April 2020, there was a significant increase of more than 200 per cent regarding phone calls to the hotline for reporting violence. Psychosocial support was provided upon request, including both online and in-person.  A social media campaign had succeeded in raising awareness on the gender-based violence issue.  Since 2010, a comprehensive strategy had been implemented to combat gender-based violence, comprised of prevention measures.  An awareness raising campaign was launched in 2024 and was displayed in the Athens urban rail network.  A panic button application was launched, enabling women in immediate danger to call for help in a safe manner by pressing a button on their phone which was linked to the police. 

    The National Centre for Social Solidarity operated two support centres in Athens for families that faced psychosocial crises, with an emphasis on victims of violence and trafficking.  Short-term accommodation was provided. 

    One thousand and one hundred persons with disabilities had received personal assistance to enhance their independent living.  A protection officer was stationed at each institution to report any cases of abuse. The Transparent Authority was the intendent mechanism responsible for conducting inspections in institutions where there were allegations or suspicions of abuse. 

    From 2019 to 2023, incidents of domestic violence had increased from 5,221 victims to 11,589. There had been 10 homicides of female victims by male perpetrators last year and six so far this year.  Five offices for the protection of minors had been established and a special hotline was operational, enabling citizens to call and make complaints. 

    Foreigners in prison who did not have sufficient knowledge of the Greek language had the right to appear before courts with an interpreter.  Alternative detention measures were applied under certain conditions. Detainees were immediately informed of their rights upon arrival at the prisons.  Information, lawyer representation, and linguistic assistance were provided to any foreign prisoners.  There were plans to recruit interpreters for implementing linguistic projects.

    Sixty-eight offices had been established in the country to combat violence which arose due to racist motives.  A special hotline was put into operation for reporting hate motivated crimes.  The cybercrime division had developed a series of actions aimed at informing the public on hate speech.  Police personnel were trained in the use of weapons and carried appropriate weapons when performing their duties.  The promotion of ethical standards and the code of conduct of police officers was received through training. 

    For people who tried to illegally cross the maritime borders of Greece, Hellenic officers undertook all legal and necessary measures.  There were clear legal rules that governed the use of force during law enforcement and border control activities.  When Hellenic officers used firearms, it was mandatory to inform the local prosecutor.  Detailed instructions had been disseminated to coast guard officers, and it was ensured that vulnerable groups were immediately provided with appropriate medical care.  It was important to recognise the humanitarian efforts of the coast guard officers; hundreds of thousands of migrants had been rescued by the Hellenic coast guard officers throughout the migrant crisis. 

    Since 2002, the Hellenic police had been dealing with the issue of human trafficking.  There were 12 human trafficking teams and officers had received specialised training in identifying victims and providing support. The fight against trafficking remained a top priority for the Greek authorities.  The establishment of the Office of a National Rapporteur on Trafficking was followed by the National Referral Mechanism.  The Office of the National Rapporteur was responsible for a national strategy to combat trafficking, and was mandated to cooperate closely with all national authorities.  The National Referral Mechanism was in its fifth year of operation; it specialised in victim protection and facilitated training sessions. 

    The national crisis management plan for refugees had been activated during the COVID-19 pandemic and consisted of allocating specific areas for medical care and a temporary restriction on movement for foreign nationals.  This did not constitute a detour from the rights in the Covenant.  Regardless of their legal status, migrants and asylum seekers were offered vaccinations free of charge.  Free transport was provided to asylum seekers to reach the local markets and health centres. Restriction on freedom of movement procedures for third country nationals was temporary and was done to verify a person’s identity.  This did not apply to people who urgently required medical support. 

    The work of the Special Secretariat for Unaccompanied Minors had been remarkable.  The National Guardianship System aimed to ensure that every unaccompanied minor had a guardian.  It was a new system that was implemented in January 2024.  There was a system for submitting complaints and a national registry for unaccompanied minors.  There were 137 guardians active in Greece, with more than 500 minors under the programme.  Greece was following an established procedure regarding age assessment. 

    Current penitentiary legislation provided for the protection of prisoners, including the right to appeal their sentence in an appeals court.  A total of 226 appeals had been launched, of which 15 had been awarded a compensation amount, a favourable sentence, or transfer to another penitentiary.  A working group had been set up to develop a short, easy to use guide for prisoners, informing them of their rights.   

    A training programme had been implemented for mental health service professionals, related to the de-escalation of violence and issues of chemical restraints, to ensure the protection of the rights of those with mental disabilities.   

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert said femicide was more than murder; it had specific gender motives and was driven by wider issues.  Could the delegation respond to this?  How were women made aware of the panic/warning application on the phone? What happened if men checked the phones? Did the police have sufficient capacity to respond?  Was it also available in rural areas? 

    Another Expert asked if all detention centres had good conditions?  Previously, the alterative to detention was determined by the asylum office, but now it was done by police officers.  Were individual assessments made before detention? 

    An Expert asked what concrete successes had been achieved in corruption cases, and what had been the challenges?  Could information about timely investigations into excessive use of force be provided? 

    One Expert said domestic violence was a real issue facing Greece.  Could information be provided on the sentences handed down and financial types of reparations to victims during the COVID-19 pandemic? 

    A Committee Expert asked for clarification on services available for trafficking victims. 

    Responses by the Delegation

    The delegation said more medical staff were joining the reception centres every day. Referrals were also made to local public hospitals for serious cases.  Two reception centres had been established on the mainland, which accepted many applicants from the islands and helped to decongest the islands’ reception centres.  There were centres for women victims of violence and accommodation to child victims was also guaranteed.  Access to compensation was provided by Hellenic authorities.  There had been a strong campaign for raising awareness of domestic violence, including a campaign on the nightly news.  The legal framework would not be changed. 

    The delegation said that at the borders, persons were obliged to remain within the premises to be registered for a minimum of five days, up to a maximum of 25.  Usually, registration was completed before the five days and then the restriction on movement was lifted.  Work was done to promote alternative measures to imprisonment, including electronic monitoring and community services. 

    The root causes of violence against women were identified as persistent gender stereotypes. The national action ban to combat violence against women addressed many areas to combat this scourge.  The panic button had specific features to ensure it remained undetectable by the abuser.  Only the victim was aware of its presence on the phone. 

    In Greece, persons with low income could apply for free legal aid.  Victims of trafficking and domestic violence could receive free legal aid regardless of their income.  The new legislation of the Penal Code made sanctions for violence against women more severe, with a victim-centred approach.

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert said the Committee was concerned about the system for the appointment of the most senior judges and prosecutors, including the President and Vice-President of the Council of State, the Supreme Court, and the Court of Audit. 

    Did the State party have any plans to revise the current system for appointing the highest positions of the judiciary and ensure the involvement of the judiciary in the process?  Were there any other measures in place to ensure that the highest positions of the judiciary were not subject to a strong influence from the executive and to safeguard the independence of the judiciary? 

    Greece had yet to establish a statelessness determination procedure; could the State party clarify its plans to finalise and implement a Presidential Decree establishing a statelessness determination procedure?  Would the State party consider ratifying the 1961 Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness?

    The Committee was concerned about reports that unregistered Roma people faced lengthy and costly judicial procedures to acquire Greek citizenship, and that children born to stateless parents faced substantial barriers to obtaining Greek nationality.  Did Greece have any plans to amend the list of documents required to apply for Greek nationality on the basis of birth and non-acquisition of a foreign nationality at birth, especially for children born to stateless parents?  What concrete steps were in place to eliminate the barriers that stateless Roma faced to acquiring Greek nationality and to address the risk of statelessness within this community? 

    Concerns persisted about the application of the “safe third country” concept, particularly with the designation of Türkiye as a safe third country for asylum seekers from Syria, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Somalia.  Despite the lack of readmissions to Türkiye since March 2020, Greece continued to reject numerous applications as inadmissible under this concept, leaving many individuals in prolonged legal limbo without access to international protection.  What measures had been taken to reconsider the extensive use of the safe third country concept given the non-implementation of returns to Türkiye?  How was the State party addressing the protracted legal limbo experienced by asylum seekers, and what protections and support were available for their rights?  What had been done to 

    ensure the implementation of law 4939/2022, which mandated an in-merit examination when a third country did not permit entry?  What support mechanisms were in place for those whose applications had been deemed inadmissible? 

    Another Expert said the State party had asserted that pushbacks had never been practiced as a de facto border policy of the State party and that the Hellenic police and Hellenic coast guard consistently followed the established legal and procedural frameworks.  Yet numerous reports documented instances of pushbacks, including patterns of excessive use of force, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment, incommunicado detention, and unlawful destruction of personal belongings.  Reports before the Committee indicated that from January 2020 to June 2024, there were 1,452 incidents at the borders affecting approximately 46,649 people.  Could the State party comment on such allegations and provide information on measures in place to prevent such practices and to safeguard the principle of non-refoulement? 

    Could information be provided on the outcome of investigations undertaken by the National Transparency Authority and other monitoring mechanisms on pushback allegations, and whether there was any follow-up or redress measures taken on allegations of pushbacks?  How would Greece ensure thorough, systematic, effective, and independent investigations into allegations of pushbacks and hold those responsible accountable?  What was the outcome of the 200 documented complaints of pushback cases?  What measures were being taken to ensure that border control operations prioritised the protection of life and that rescue efforts were conducted in compliance with human rights?

    Another Expert said according to the information received, conscientious objectors who performed civilian service would receive either food and accommodation without any salary, or €223.53, which was well below the legal minimum wage.  In addition, the law provided for the possibility for persons over the age of 33 to perform only part of their service and to buy back the rest, at a significantly higher rate than that for military service.  Could the State party comment on this information?  What measures did the State party intend to take to avoid imposing repeated sanctions on conscientious objectors?  What measures did the State party intend to take to ensure non-punitive alternative civilian service?

    It was evident that Roma were considered as a vulnerable social group, and could exercise all civil and political rights.  What measures were being taken to prevent, combat and eliminate all forms of discrimination against Roma children in the education system?  What measures were being taken to limit the use of forced evictions by adopting viable alternatives to eviction, including alternative housing for evicted families?

    The Committee was concerned that stricter registration and financial regulations could compromise civil society’s capacity to monitor human rights, particularly those of asylum seekers, refugees and displaced people.  How did the State party ensure that registration and financial requirements were necessary and proportionate?  How was it guaranteed that these requirements did not indirectly discriminate? 

    The Committee continued to receive information that human rights defenders, especially those working with migrants, asylum seekers and refugees, and on pushbacks, were regularly subjected to smear campaigns, harassment, threats and criminal prosecution. In one case, a human rights defender faced restrictions, including a travel ban.  How were these measures considered proportionate?  How were human rights defenders protected in order to ensure that they could carry out their work safely?

    The Committee had received reports linking blanket bans on assemblies to political events. Could the State party confirm that authorities limited their discretion to prohibit assemblies to those strictly necessary and not merely due to their political content?  Now that the COVID-19 emergency measures had ended, what steps had the State party taken to prevent the imposition of blanket bans on all demonstrations?

    One Expert said credible reports indicated that police officers had used excessive force against, and caused serious injuries to, protestors and journalists participating in demonstrations.  What measures were being taken to ensure that police officers used the minimum force necessary in response to high-tension demonstrations?  Could updates be provided about the installation and use of surveillance systems in public demonstrations, including any efforts to establish clear criteria for identifying the persons and places subjected to surveillance, to limit the time period of data retention, and to make information about the systems publicly accessible? 

    What specific reform measures had been adopted to strengthen internal oversight and accountability within the Hellenic Police, especially regarding protest management? How was it ensured that all police officers consistently complied with the requirement to wear visible identification during public assemblies?

    Greece’s Ethics Committee had the authority to exclude media from state advertising and funds for up to two years, raising concerns that government control could have a chilling effect on press freedom.  How was it ensured that the Ethics Committee operated independently from government influence and respected journalistic integrity?  Would the State party revise the legal framework to protect journalists against the use of retaliatory lawsuits?  How were journalists informed about their rights and responsibilities during public demonstrations? 

    Responses by the Delegation 

    The delegation said the Supreme Judicial Council decided on the placements, postings and promotion of judicial officers. The principle of non-refoulment was a cornerstone of the framework for the protection of refugees. Strict adherence to this principle applied, and the Hellenic police had circulated clear guidelines for Hellenic police staff regarding the protection of those arriving in the country, particularly women and children.  It was clarified that no third country national who applied for international protection should be returned until their application had been reviewed. 

    The Hellenic police conducted border surveillance duties with full respect of the human rights of third country nationals.  Particular emphasis was given in the provisions of the European Convention of Human Rights.  Land border activities conducted by the Hellenic police aimed at detecting all illegal crossings.  Greece’s legislative framework did not have a specific framework for protecting human rights defenders.  However, an article within the Penal Code set out a special aggravating condition for crimes or misdemeanours committed out of hatred. 

    Actions taken by Hellenic authorities at the sea borders were carried out in full compliance with international obligations. Allegations of so-called pushbacks were not compatible with the well-established operations of the Hellenic authorities.  However, any allegations of pushbacks or mistreatment of third country nationals were thoroughly investigated.  Hellenic coast guards demonstrated a high level of professionalism and were trained to respect the rights of all who were crossing the borders.  From 2015 to the present, the Hellenic coast guards had rescued more than 254,000 people. 

    Several mechanisms allowed complaints against pushbacks to be submitted to the Hellenic authorities, and the coast guards had a robust disciplinary mechanism. Upon receiving a complaint on human rights violations, an administration investigation was launched, and depending on findings, disciplinary sanctions were carried out.  An independent investigation had been launched by the Greek Ombudsman, the results of which were pending.  The law aimed to ensure people in distress at sea and migrants received the highest level of assistance. 

    Greece enacted a law in 2020, followed by a presidential decree, pertaining to public assembly.  This law clearly defined the power of police authorities while ensuring protection, fully protecting the right to freedom of assembly. The Greek police had imposed assembly bans during COVID-19 based on exceptional public health concerns. Greece’s primary aim was to promote the right to assembly, not to restrict it.  In 2023, only three rallies had been banned.  The Hellenic police prioritised de-escalation and the use of “soft measures”, with force being used as a last resort.  Around 34 cases of excessive use of force had been recorded against journalists in 2021, and were sent to the Ombudsman for review. 

    The use of the surveillance system in the context of public open-air assemblies was limited to the assemblies only, without focusing on particular people and without recording sound.  Police officers were obliged to wear a badge of identity on their uniforms during the assemblies. 

    The Greek asylum service had significantly expanded its operational capacity, now operating in 26 different locations across the country, including islands such as Lesbos; these islands were the frontlines of migratory flows.  The number of employees had tripled after 2019 to manage the high volume of cases. By implementing reforms, the Greek asylum service managed to reduce the large number of pending asylum cases to around 18,000 in 2024, down from over 200,000.  Asylum seekers whose appeal had been rejected had the right to file for the annulment of the decision within 30 days.  During 2023, refugee and protection status had been granted to 873 applicants.  This number was around 400 so far in 2024. 

    Greece had designated Türkiye as a safe third country concerning asylum seekers from certain countries.  Based on this information, it could safely be assumed that Türkiye respected the principle of non-refoulment.  Since March 2020, Türkiye had not been responding to requests from nationals from countries such as Bangladesh, Pakistan, Syria and other countries and was therefore not implementing its obligations. 

    Free legal aid was provided to asylum applicants.  Appeals committees were instructed to rule that the applicants were stateless if asylum applicants could not prove which country they came from.  Acquisition of Greek citizenship did not discriminate, and children born to Greek Roma parents were awarded Greek citizenship from birth.  The Greek Citizenship Code aimed to prevent statelessness.  Stateless children enjoyed a right to Greek citizenship if they resided permanently in Greece and had between six to nine years of Greek schooling, even if they had not been born in Greece.   

    Several laws referred to the requirements of registration for non-governmental organizations.  The new registration process aimed to set the same rules for all non-governmental organizations and was free of charge.  This year, 10 registrations had been accepted and only one was rejected. 

    In July 2022, the revision of the school curriculum for primary and secondary education was completed, seeking to foster a more equitable educational environment.  In this framework, the teaching of religious education in Greece was viewed as an essential component.  Like other subjects, religious education was intended to foster critical thinking and respect for diverse beliefs and values.  This course would be provided with alternative educational opportunities for students who did not participate in religious education due to their beliefs or backgrounds.

    Military service was a universal obligation in Greece.  Those who identified as conscientious objectors could fulfil this duty through another service, other than within the armed forces.  In the case of the person banned from leaving the country, this ban had been lifted. 

    The Greek authorities had gone the extra mile regarding the adoption of a law in 2022 to strengthen the transparency of print and electronic media. The conditions which had been set out for print and electronic media enhanced the protection of journalists. Regarding the two-year penalty of exclusion from media, this only occurred following a careful examination. This two-year penalty had been approved by the federal journalistic organizations of Greece. 

    More than 200 print media and 400 electronic media had been approved in Greece.  In July 2022, a taskforce was created to focus on issues including gender-based challenges in the media area.  Most recently, a training was conducted in collaboration with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization for law enforcement operators and media professionals to foster better cooperation between the two groups. From this taskforce, a law was developed to protect journalists covering sports events from violence. 

    A new programme was being designed to help Roma people with no documents acquire them.  There was no specific legislation on minority associations or organizations.  Over 200 associations had been formed by members of the Muslim minority. 

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert asked how often demonstrations were completely prohibited?  How were associations informed about procedural rights? 

    Another Expert asked for more information regarding the income of conscientious objectors? 

    An Expert said there were overwhelming reports that had documented instances of forced returns.  How was it possible to follow the principle of non-refoulment in these instances?   

    Another Expert thanked the delegation for their thorough answers.  Could further clarification be provided about the State party’s plan to develop a statelessness determination procedure? 

    Responses by the Delegation 

    The delegation said each case of public assembly was evaluated directly, taking into account proportionality and necessity.  The police aimed to facilitate the legal rights to assembly without incident.  The new Penitentiary Code introduced a remedy, enabling those serving in pretrial detention to lodge complaints about the conditions of their living conditions and medical care. 

    Pushbacks were not the policy of the Greek Government in any way, shape, or form; the Government policy was clear.  Greece had significantly approved the asylum system for migration and was now the fourth most productive in the European Union. The State had made all the progress it could considering the difficult region.  Legislation protected everyone, including human rights defenders. Alleged “smear campaigns” needed to be examined by the courts; they could not always be presumed. 

    Closing Remarks

    IOANNIS GHIKAS, Permanent Representative of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva, thanked the Committee for the frank and honest exchange.  Although progress had been made, there was still work which needed to be done. Greece had worked hard to improve the situation, particularly on migration; the number of deaths in the Aegean Sea had fallen by 40 per cent.  Greece had a vibrant society with few resources but was working to do better. 

    TANIA MARÍA ABDO ROCHOLL, Committee Chairperson, thanked the delegation for the dialogue, which had covered a wide range of subjects under the Covenant.   The Committee aimed to ensure the highest level of implementation of the Covenant in Greece. 

    ____

    CCPR.24.023E

    Produced by the United Nations Information Service in Geneva for use of the information media; not an official record.

    English and French versions of our releases are different as they are the product of two separate coverage teams that work independently.

    Follow UNIS Geneva on: Website Facebook Twitter Twitter [fr] | Instagram  | LinkedIn YouTube |Flickr

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI USA News: Press Gaggle by Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre En Route Manchester,  NH

    Source: The White House

    Aboard Air Force One
    En Route Manchester, New Hampshire

    2:06 P.M. EDT

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Hey, guys. Hi. Hi. I’m sorry. Hi, everybody. All right. Just a quick thing on New Hampshire at the top. So, as you know, the president is going to be joined by Senator Bernie Sanders to discuss the work the Biden-Harris administration has done to cut health care costs.

    Thanks to the Inflation Reduction Act, which every single congressional Republican voted against, health care is more accessible and more affordable than ever before.

    You will hear directly from President Biden today, who will discuss a new report that shows that nearly 1.5 million Medicare enrollees saved $1 billion on prescription drugs in just the first half of 2024 thanks to the Inflation Reduction Act.

    For years, Republican elected officials, including the previous administration, have tried to repeal the Affordable Care Act, which gives millions of Americans accessible — acc- — pardon me, access to quality, affordable health care.

    Congressional Republicans have also proposed extreme budgets that would rip aw- — rip coverage away from millions of Americans while doing Big Pharma bidding — Big Pharma’s bidding to drive up prescription drug costs, eliminate the $35 cap on insulin, and get rid of the cap on out-of-pocket drugs.

    Despite these attacks, President Biden and Vice President Harris remain focused on expanding access to health care and lowering prescription drug costs for families. And you’ll hear more from this president — from the president this afternoon.

    With that, go ahead.

    Q On the unauthorized release of classified documents, does the fact that the FBI is investigating suggest they believe it was an internal leak and not a hack?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: So, what I can just say — as you just stated in your question to me, the FBI is investigating this.

    I’m not going to get into details or specifics. I’m going to let the, you know, authorized personnel who are looking into it speak to this. So, again, I would refer you to those — to those specific agencies. I just don’t have anything more to add. I’m going to let the FBI do their job and do what they need to do to get to the bottom of it.

    Q Another question. On the — the seniors saving a billion dollars, does that take into account some of the higher premiums that have been reported for drug plans this year as a result of drug caps and the administration pulling billions of dollars from Medicare — the Medicare Trust Fund?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: I’m sorry. I’m having a little bit of a hard time hearing you. So, you said —

    Q As far as the — the billion dollars that seniors are saving —

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Yeah.

    Q — does that take into account the — the result of drug caps, as well as pulling from the Medicare Trust Fund?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: So, it’s a good question. Let me — I don’t have the specifics to that — of the billion dollars. Obviously, it’s saving Americans a lot on prescription drugs — a billion dollars, as I just stated — so I think that’s really important, and that’s what we wanted to note. The president will certainly share more.

    I don’t have the specific on that particular question about caps, so I can talk to the team and get back to you. But I think the — the most important thing here to note is that because of the Inflation Reduction Act, because of the work that this administration has done to lower costs on drug — on drug pres- — on prescription drugs, you’re seeing the results of that.

    Again, the Inflation Reduction Act — only Democrats voted for that; Republicans went against it. And now you have Medicare, who are — who’s able — Medicare is able to really negotiate lowering cost prices. And I think it’s a win. This is a win for Americans across the country.

    This is what you’re going to hear from the president. Senator Bernie Sanders — obviously, he can speak for himself — has been a huge advocate of low- — lowering drug costs. So, I think it’s important. This report obviously shows a really critical number that matters, and I think — and connected that — connecting that to the Inflation Re- — Reduction Act. It — it’s a big deal. It’s a really big deal.

    At that particular, specific question, I’m going to have to ask the team to get back to you on that.

    Go ahead, Jeff.

    Q Karine, the president told us on Friday, I believe, that he was aware of plans by Israel to respond to Iran, but he didn’t give us any details about that. Can you — and I’m not expecting you to give details —

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Yeah.

    Q — although you’d be welcome to.

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: (Laughs.)

    Q But my question is: Is the fact that Secretary Blinken is in the region right now — is that delaying a response by Israel?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: So, a couple of things, and as — you’re right, I’m not going to — to go beyond what the president said, and I said this before — I’ve said in a briefing room a couple of times: We’re not going to preview — we don’t want to preview anything for the Iranians. That’s not something that we’re going to do from here. And at the end of the day, it’s Isr- — the Israeli government. It is their — it’s their military operation; they have to respond to that.

    Obviously, we have continued to show our support for Israelis’ security. That continues to be ironclad.

    And they — they live in a region — as you’ve heard us say many times — in a neighborhood that’s incredibly tough, and they have to deal with threats, and they have to be able to, certainly, protect themselves and react to those threats, obviously.

    As it relates to — so — so, that’s that piece, right? So, they have to speak to that — the timing. That includes the timing, what is it going to look like. They have to speak to that.

    Look, you know, you’ve seen the secretary go to the region multiple times, especially since October 7th of last year. And there — it’s — it’s diplomacy, obviously. It’s an opportunity to talk to — he’s in Israel today, but also to talk to our allies and partners in the region about what can we do to de-escalate tensions. That is something that we are very focused on: what can we do to stop the war, obviously, in Gaza, to get more humanitarian aid. And we have seen an uptick in humanitarian aid over the last couple of days. And so, that’s really critical and important.

    So, what he’s doing in the region is important to what we’re trying to do — right? — getting to that de-escalation, but also a long-lasting peace.

    I’ll — I’ll let the State Department — which they’ve spoken to a couple times already about his trip, about the meaning of it, where he’s going, what he’s going to do. Again, obviously, he’s in Israel today.

    But I — I can’t really — I can’t really dictate or speak to how Israel is going to move forward, their timing of it, their military operation. That’s something for them to speak to.

    But what Blinken — Secretary Blinken is trying to do is important to, I guess, the — the long-term goal here and what we’re trying to get, but also ending the war in Gaza and getting that humanitarian aid.

    Q Just on Israel as well. Donald Trump confirmed that he spoke with Prime Minister Netanyahu. Is the White House concerned at all about them having continued communications?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Look, I’m — I’m just not going to speak to that.

    Look, as you know, we talk to the Israeli government on a regular basis on the — all the issues that I just laid out s- — in responding to Jeff. And we have a — a long friendship with the Israeli people, and we are committed to their security, obviously, as I’ve stated before. And I’m just not going to comment about the former president, who’s now a candidate, talking — talking to the prime minister.

    I would refer you to the prime minister directly if he has something more to say about that. And to the pr- — the former president.

    Q Another one on the Middle East, Karine. La- — yes- — just yesterday, more than 60 people were killed in an Israeli strike on South Beirut. In one month, more than 1,500 people have died as a result of Israeli bombardments. Is this still a targeted operation?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: So, look, we have certainly seen the reports, and we’re going to have co- — we’re having conversations, as you know, as I just stated, on a regular basis with the Israeli government on — on this and — and obviously other matters.

    Look — and — and I’ve said this before, we’ve said this before: Israel has the right and the responsibility to respond to threats, but obviously, they also have a responsibility that — that they — they make sure that a civilian ca- — one civilian casualty is too many, right? That they make sure that they do this in a way that we’re protecting civilian lives and so — or — and so –and we’ve said this before: Israel must take every feasible precaution to prevent civilians during this — during this time, during this operation.

    And so, we’re — continue to — to talk to them. We’re going to continue to have those discussion.

    We do not want to see one civilian, you know, killed in this, right? We want to make sure that all lives are — innocent lives are protected here. And so, we’re going to continue to have those conversations.

    Q And on today’s event, if I may. How confident are you that all the work that has been done on — on drug costs won’t be undone by a future administration?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Yeah, so, look the Inflation Reduction Act is the law, as you know, right? And as I’ve stated many times, every single Republican voted against it. Obviously, they’re trying to repeal it. And — and, you know — and it’s something that’s — we see it as an odd thing to do because it’s — Democrats and Republicans see this as being very popular. And — and so — and what this law does: It delivers real benefits for Americans.

    And like I said, today the president is going to announce that seniors have saved $1 billion — right? — in the last six months because of the Inflation Reduction Act.

    And so, look, we’re going to — I think when it comes to the president and the vice president, we put the American people first. We’re focused on making sure that we deliver for them. The Inflation Reduction Act did just that, as it relates to health care costs. And obviously, the president is going to speak to this.

    But it’s the law. It’s the law. And — and I think that’s important to note as well.

    Q Karine, what — what’s the president’s political message today when he stops by the campaign office two weeks before Election Day?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: So, as you know, I can’t speak to politics from here. We do try to follow the law. But what I can speak to is his event — the official event that he’s going to be doing.

    Lowering drug costs — I think that’s an important message to send to the American people. That’s an important message to send to Americans: how much the Biden-Harris administration has done everything that we can to continue to lower costs as we try to rebuild the economy.

    Let’s not forget what the president and the vice president walked into. They walked into an economy that was in a downturn, and they were able to turn that around.

    But we understand that people still feel it, right? Some people wake up in the morning and they’re trying to figure out how are they going to pay for a cancer drug — right? — how are they going to pay for a drug that’s going to save their lives. And here you see this president and this vice president actually take action.

    We beat Big Pharma, which is something that many elected officials have tried to do. And this president and this vice president got it done.

    So, that’s the message, I would say, that the president is trying to send to Americans just across the country, that we’re going to continue to fight for them. I’m not going to speak to — I would say stay tuned. You’ll hear from the president later today.

    Q Is there a reason why New Hampshire today?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: I think, as the president says all the time, he’s a president for all Americans. Doesn’t matter if it’s a red state, blue state. We have said, when you all ask me, “Well, how is the president going to get his message out,” this is part of it, right? Going to a place like New Hampshire, or, last week, he went to Wisconsin, he went to Pennsylvania.

    He’s going across — across the country and making sure that the American people know what we have tried to do and — and are doing to make sure that we uplift Americans.

    Anybody else?

    Q There’s a report out about political fundraising targeting elderly dementia patients. Is the president concerned at all that any fundraising in his name may have done that inadvertently?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Is it from one of the camp- — it’s from the —

    Q It was a CNN story today.

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Was it the Republican campaign?

    Q I think there is multiple.

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: I haven’t seen that, so I can’t speak to that. Look, more broadly — speaking more broadly here and not leaning into any campaign or any political ad, we have said, like, misinformation, we understand how dangerous that could be and that type of false information — how much that could be hurtful and harmful to people. And so, we’ve always called that out in the sense of, like, people have to be — be responsible.

    And I can’t speak to this particular political ad. I haven’t seen it. And also, I just want to be careful to not speak to anything that is politically related to this election cycle.

    Go ahead.

    Q Has President Biden given officials a timeline to complete their investigation on the leaks — on the intelligence leak?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: I would have to refer you to — as I just mentioned, the FBI is looking into it. I would have to refer you to them. I ca- — I don’t have a timeline to speak to.

    Q Well, I mean, he’s only — you know, busy weeks ahead, you know, between the election and end of the year. There — you don’t have anything more to add on that with timing?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Are you — do you mean the — the —

    Q The investigation. Just for —

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: I just can’t speak to that. That is something that the appropriate authorities can speak to. FBI is in- — looking into it. I just can’t speak to a timeline.

    Yeah.

    Q The president is scheduled to be in Wilmington this weekend. Is there any chance he’s going to — you know, and Harris is supposed to be in Philadelphia. Is there any chance that they’re going to appear together? Do you have anything to preview on that?

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: As you know, the president and the vice president has appeared together multiple times in the past several months or weeks and — whether it’s campaign or official.

    So, I don’t have anything else to add beyond that, sp- — especially if you’re asking me about a campaign event. But I will say stay tuned. Stay tuned.

    All right, guys. Thank you so much.

    Q Thank you.

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: Wow, that was quick. Okay. All right.

    Q Quick and dirty.

    MS. JEAN-PIERRE: (Laughs.) Quick and dirty.

    2:20 P.M. EDT

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Warner & Kaine Announce Nearly $57 Million in Federal Funding for Virginia Airports

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Virginia Tim Kaine
    WASHINGTON, D.C. –  Today, U.S. Senators Mark R. Warner and Tim Kaine (both D-VA) announced $56,966,366 in federal funding for improvements to airports across Virginia. This funding was awarded through the Federal Aviation Administration’s Airport Terminals Program, which was made possible by the Bipartisan Infrastructure Act, which both senators helped pass.
    “Virginia’s airports help Virginians and visitors get where they need to go and serve as critical economic development hubs,” said the senators. “We’re glad this funding, which was made possible by the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, will make important upgrades to help airports across Virginia operate smoothly. We will keep working to bolster Virginia’s infrastructure and grow our economy.”
    The funding is broken down as follows:
    $40,000,000 for Washington Dulles International Airport to support the construction of the new 14-gate, 400,000-square-foot terminal building, including direct connections to the Aerotrain and indirect connection to the Metrorail.
    $14,716,366 for Norfolk International Airport to support the realignment of the airport exclusive use access roadway to improve traffic flow into and out of the main terminal area.
    $2,250,000 for Richmond International Airport to design a proposed consolidated Passenger Screening Checkpoint to make passenger flow more efficient and reduce congestion.
    Warner and Kaine have long supported efforts to improve Virginia’s airports. Warner and Kaine have secured millions in federal funding for airports across Virginia through the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law they voted to pass. In September, they announced more than $46 million in federal funding for improvements to Virginia airports through the Airport Improvement Program. The senators have previously announced $104.6 million in combined federal funding for the new terminal building at Dulles.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Kaine, Colleagues Urge President Biden to Protect Undersea Cables from China, Russia

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Virginia Tim Kaine
    WASHINGTON, D.C. – U.S. Senator Tim Kaine (D-VA), a member of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, joined a bipartisan group of colleagues in sending a letter to President Biden expressing concerns about the security of the global network of undersea communications and energy cables upon which American workers and businesses rely.
    More than 95% of international internet traffic travels via these undersea cables, resulting in trillions of dollars in financial transactions each day. The locations of these cables are often openly published to prevent accidental damage.
    As American companies look to expand and invest in this critical infrastructure, it is imperative that the United States has a complete understanding of existing vulnerabilities, especially those that impact our economic and national security.
    “America’s adversaries have been developing their capabilities to attack or disrupt critical undersea infrastructure. There is a long tradition, dating back well over a century, of belligerents attacking their opponents’ underwater communications lines in the first phase of a conflict,” the senators wrote. “Given these threats and challenges, it is imperative that the United States undertake a review of existing vulnerabilities to global undersea cable infrastructure, including the threat of sabotage by Russia as well as the growing role of the People’s Republic of China in cable laying and repair. If we are truly to deepen vital commercial and security relationships with willing partners and allies, this must be a national priority.”
    In addition to Kaine, U.S. Senators Todd Young (R-IN), Chris Murphy (D-CT), Marco Rubio (R-FL), Pete Ricketts (R-NE), Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Dan Sullivan (R-AK), and Brian Schatz (D-HI) also signed the letter.
    Read the full text of the letter to President Biden here and below:
    Dear Mr. President: 
    We write to you to express our concern about the security of global undersea communications and energy cables, especially those that impact America’s economic and national security and that of our allies and partners. As you are well aware, more than 95% of international internet traffic travels via undersea cables, including trillions of dollars in financial transactions each day. Moreover, the exact locations of most of these cables are openly published in order to reduce the likelihood of accidental damage from ships’ anchors or fishing activities. Internet and telecommunications providers, including American firms, intend to invest billions of dollars in expanding the global network of undersea communications cables. Additionally, energy transmission cables are proliferating as governments look to new sources of electricity generation. 
    America’s adversaries have been developing their capabilities to attack or disrupt critical undersea infrastructure. There is a long tradition, dating back well over a century, of belligerents attacking their opponents’ underwater communications lines in the first phase of a conflict. For example, in both World Wars, Britain’s first naval actions were to cut the telegraph cables connecting Germany to the Americas, and in 1918 a German U-boat severed lines connecting New York to both Nova Scotia and Panama. In addition to this kind of overt, kinetic attack, the nature of undersea infrastructure increases the feasibility of gray zone actions with plausible deniability. It is difficult to distinguish between an accident and a deliberate action on the seabed, and more difficult still to confirm who conducted such an action. On top of this, because this infrastructure is privately owned by commercial enterprises, repairs are the responsibility of these private companies, which are likely not prepared to maintain them under wartime conditions and are likely to seek the most cost-effective repair and maintenance options—even if that option is owned or operated by a foreign adversary or strategic competitor. 
    Given these threats and challenges, it is imperative that the United States undertake a review of existing vulnerabilities to global undersea cable infrastructure, including the threat of sabotage by Russia as well as the growing role of the People’s Republic of China in cable laying and repair. If we are truly to deepen vital commercial and security relationships with willing partners and allies, this must be a national priority. We respectfully request that you provide responses to the following questions and direct senior administration officials to brief Members of Congress, including members of relevant committees of jurisdiction, on your plans and the resources and authorities needed to carry them out.
    1) What is your Administration’s overall strategy to guarantee the security of America’s undersea infrastructure and to promote the security of that of our allies and partners? 
    2) The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020 established the Cable Security Fleet (CSF). If authorized and sufficiently funded, what would be your assessment of the ideal size of the U.S.-flagged and -operated cable laying and repair vessel fleet to ensure sufficient cable repair capacity during a conflict or national emergency? How can the United States work with trusted allies and partners for additional capacity to support the expansion and repair of trusted undersea cable networks? 
    3) What is the Administration’s strategy to encourage other nations to choose trusted suppliers in their selection of undersea cable manufacturers, particularly in any nation of concern or which may be vulnerable to coercion or covert action by America’s adversaries? 
    4) How is the Administration working with the private sector to ensure that commercial enterprises’ investments in undersea cables align with U.S. national security priorities? 
    5) How do you intend to protect the physical security of undersea cables in the open ocean, including through any interpretation of customary international law? 
    6) How is the Administration working multilaterally to collectively enhance security and monitor potential threats to undersea infrastructure, including through NATO, the Quad, and the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity? 
    Thank you for your prompt attention to this request. As Congress works to continue its oversight of national security, it is vital that we understand the current state of the information backbone of our economy and efforts to protect it. 
    Sincerely, 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Deputy Prime Minister announces action to protect and create good-paying jobs for Canadian workers

    Source: Government of Canada News

    Workers are at the heart of Canada’s economy. For our economy and for every generation to reach their full potential, Canadian workers need good-paying jobs. We’re doing this by making investments that increase productivity, boost innovation, and accelerate the flow of capital into Canada. And we’re doing everything we can to protect Canadian workers from unfair competition.

    October 22, 2024 – Ottawa, Ontario – Department of Finance Canada
     

    Workers are at the heart of Canada’s economy. For our economy and for every generation to reach their full potential, Canadian workers need good-paying jobs. We’re doing this by making investments that increase productivity, boost innovation, and accelerate the flow of capital into Canada. And we’re doing everything we can to protect Canadian workers from unfair competition.

    Today, the Honourable Chrystia Freeland, Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance, alongside the Honourable Randy Boissonnault, Minister of Employment, Workforce Development and Official Languages, and the Honourable Jean-Yves Duclos, Minister of Public Services and Procurement and Quebec Lieutenant, announced further action to protect and create jobs for Canadian workers.

    First, the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance announced that effective today, imports of certain Chinese-made steel and aluminum products are subject to a 25 per cent tariff. These tariffs will help level the playing field to protect Canadian workers whose job security is being put at risk by China’s unfair, intentional, and state-directed trade practices of oversupply and overcapacity, as well as its lack of robust environmental and labour standards. Through this action in lockstep with key trading partners, Canada is also preventing trade diversion with these tariffs.

    Recognizing that Canadian businesses may need time to adjust, the federal government is prepared to offer tariff relief in certain, exceptional circumstances to help make sure that Canadian workers aren’t punished as new supply chains are established. Canadian businesses can apply for relief by emailing remissions-remises@fin.gc.ca. Requests received before November 8, 2024, will be processed on a priority basis.

    Second, the Minister of Employment, Workforce Development and Officials Languages announced further robust reforms to the Temporary Foreign Worker Program to ensure the labour market is fair for Canadian workers. Some employers are using the Temporary Foreign Worker Program to hire from abroad at lower wages than what they would pay Canadians. This undercuts Canadians’ wage growth and the number of available jobs, puts temporary foreign workers into precarious situations, and erodes confidence in our immigration system.

    To protect Canadian workers from unfair wage competition, starting November 8, 2024, the hourly wage criteria for the high-wage stream will be raised to 20 per cent above the median hourly wage—between $5 per hour and $8 per hour—depending on the province or territory. This will incentivize employers to hire Canadians before turning to the program and encourage greater wage growth. And to crack down on employers who provide false information on their applications, starting October 28, 2024, the government is implementing stringent new data verification processes, which will ensure only genuine and legitimate job offers are approved.

    Third, the Ministers launched new measures to secure Canada’s artificial intelligence (AI) advantage, including the $200 million Regional Artificial Intelligence Initiative. AI is already unlocking growth and job opportunities in industries across the economy and helping many Canadian workers become more productive. In the past year, job growth in AI increased by nearly one third in Canada—among the highest growth of any sector. And most AI jobs pay well above the average income.

    Today, the government is launching two key parts of its $2.4 billion AI package to ensure the economic benefits of AI reach all corners of our country. Through the new $200 million Regional Artificial Intelligence Initiative, Canada’s Regional Development Agencies will support AI start-ups to bring new technologies to market, and drive AI adoption by small businesses in critical sectors across the economy, such as agriculture, clean technology, health care, and manufacturing. In addition, the National Research Council of Canada Industrial Research Assistance Program is receiving $100 million to help small- and medium-sized businesses scale up and increase productivity by building and deploying new AI solutions.

    The federal government’s economic plan is taking action to protect and create good-paying jobs for Canadian workers. We are protecting workers from unfair Chinese competition and from having their wages undercut. And we are investing in the technologies that create good-paying jobs, accelerate innovation, and boost productivity, so workers can focus on what they do best. This is all part of our plan to raise wages, increase living standards, and build a Canada that’s fairer for every generation.

    Katherine Cuplinskas
    Deputy Director of Communications
    Office of the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance
    Katherine.Cuplinskas@fin.gc.ca

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI USA: U.S. Small Business Administration and Department of Defense Celebrate Successful First Year for the Small Business Investment Company Critical Technology Initiative

    Source: United States Small Business Administration

    WASHINGTON– Today, Administrator Isabel Casillas Guzman, head of the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) and Secretary Lloyd J. Austin, head of the U.S. Department Secretary of Defense (DoD) announced 13 funds approved to be licensed by the SBA under the Small Business Investment Company Critical Technology Initiative (SBICCT), a joint DoD and SBA initiative to attract and scale private investment in technology areas critical to economic and national security made possible by historic modernization by SBA in its Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) program under the Biden-Harris Administration, which established a new SBA government-guaranteed loan, the “Accrual Debenture” for private investment funds. The 12 firms managing the 13 funds collectively plan to raise $2.8 billion in private capital matched with SBA-guaranteed loans to invest in over 1,000 innovative startups and small businesses developing technologies from advanced materials to space and hypersonic technologies.

    “The SBA and DoD entered into this historic initiative to leverage the SBA’s long-standing SBIC program and its recent transformations, so that we can ensure America maintains its global competitive edge in critical technologies,” said SBA Administrator Guzman. “These early strong results and expanded network of investors will provide America’s innovators, producers, and supply chains with the vital funding needed to meet challenges and advance our national and economic security.”

    “This first group of SBICCT Initiative funds represents a consequential milestone in demonstrating the power of public-private partnerships to build enduring advantage by growing and modernizing our supply chains, strengthening our economic and national security, and benefiting the development and commercialization of critical technologies that are key drivers of our U.S. industrial base,” said Heidi Shyu, Under Secretary of Defense for Research and Engineering. “I am proud of the collaborative work between the Office of Strategic Capital (OSC) and our SBA OII colleagues to stand up and advance this important program.”

    Funds licensed by the SBA under the SBICCT Initiative are eligible for access to SBA-guaranteed loans designed to enhance fund-level investment returns. Licensees have access to up to $175 million in SBA Debenture loans through the SBIC program. The new Accrual Debenture loans align with the cash flows of longer duration and equity-oriented investment strategies that tend to invest in innovative new technologies and the longstanding SBA Standard Debentures align to credit strategies. Through the SBICCT Initiative, licensed funds also gain access to DoD provided program-related initiatives and benefits intended to drive value to each Licensee’s portfolio of fund investments.

    The SBICCT Initiative was announced by Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and SBA Administrator Isabel Guzman in December 2022. Through this first-of-its-kind partnership, DoD’s Office of Strategic Capital (OSC) and SBA’s Office of Investment and Innovation (OII) aim to increase private investment in critical technologies, including component-level technologies and production processes vital to U.S. economic and national security interests.

    The SBICCT Initiative formally launched and began accepting SBIC applications in Fall 2023. Over 100 funds have expressed interest in the initiative, and since the formal launch, 22 took the significant step to submit a formal application and undergo the rigorous underwriting and due diligence process.

    In early July 2024, the SBA granted the first SBICCT Initiative license. Just three months later, as of October 22, 2024, a total of 13 funds within the ‘Green Light’ approval are to raise private capital and be licensed by SBA. The funds span all 14 DoD Critical Technology Areas,  component-level technologies, and production processes. They represent all parts of the capital stack across stages of investment ranging from seed stage venture to later stage buyout and from venture debt to special situations credit.

    Interest in the SBICCT Initiative continues to grow, with additional applications expected in future quarterly filing windows. The next filing deadline is November 15, 2024. For more information on the SBICCT Initiative and the application process, please see the Investment Policy Statement.

    ###

    About SBA’s Office of Investment and Innovation (OII)
    The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) Office of Investment and Innovation (OII) leads programs that provide the U.S. growth-oriented small business and startup community with access to financial capital, networks, assistance, and R&D funds to develop commercially viable innovations. Our work is underpinned by public-private partnerships that help small businesses on their trajectory from idea to IPO. To learn more, visit OII on SBA.gov website.

    About the U.S. Small Business Administration 
    The U.S. Small Business Administration helps power the American dream of business ownership. As the only go-to resource and voice for small businesses backed by the strength of the federal government, the SBA empowers entrepreneurs and small business owners with the resources and support they need to start, grow, or expand their businesses, or recover from a declared disaster. It delivers services through an extensive network of SBA field offices and partnerships with public and private organizations. To learn more, visit www.sba.gov.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: California seizes over $70 million in illegal cannabis since July

    Source: US State of California 2

    Oct 22, 2024

    What you need to know: Since January 2024, California has seized more than $191 million worth of illegal cannabis, with $70.7 million worth of illegal cannabis seized in the last three months alone. 

    SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin Newsom today announced the continued progress of California’s Unified Cannabis Enforcement Task Force (UCETF), which has seized $70.7 million worth of illegal cannabis since July and over $191 million worth across 13 counties since January 2024. Through enforcement efforts, UCETF continues to demonstrate California’s commitment to protecting public safety, preserving natural resources, and supporting the integrity of the licensed cannabis market. 

    “Our communities are safer with over 42,000 pounds of illicit cannabis taken off the streets since the beginning of the year. Through the UCETF, California continues the charge in cracking down on the illicit cannabis market for the safety of consumers and the support of the legal cannabis industry.”

    Governor Gavin Newsom

    Governor Newsom created the UCETF in 2022 to further align state efforts and increase cannabis enforcement coordination between state, local, and federal partners. The enforcement actions protect consumer and public safety, safeguard the environment, and deprive illegal cannabis operators and transnational criminal organizations of illicit revenue that harms consumers and undercuts the regulated cannabis market in California.

    “UCETF continues to make significant progress by targeting illegal operations that harm California’s environment and natural resources,” said Nathaniel Arnold, Chief of the Law Enforcement Division at the Department of Fish and Wildlife. “The dedication and skill of the officers involved in these operations are truly commendable — they’re on the front lines, protecting our natural resources, ensuring public safety, and safeguarding vulnerable workers.”

    “This quarter we targeted unlicensed cannabis operators misusing the California cannabis universal symbol on their packaging,” said Bill Jones, Chief of the California Department of Cannabis Control’s Law Enforcement Division. “This deceptive practice confuses consumers and puts them at risk. We are stepping up enforcement across the supply chain and shutting these operations down.”

    Today’s UCETF update follows actions announced earlier this month in which over $2.3 million in illegal cannabis and toxic pesticide products, including 2,652 plants, were seized under a single operation.

    Taking down illicit cannabis

    Governor Newsom has directed state agencies to aggressively target the organized criminal enterprises involved in the illicit cannabis market. These illegal schemes not only threaten California’s legal cannabis market, but the use of illegal pesticides and unregulated practices harm California’s environment and water quality. California is also focused on ending the exploitation of vulnerable workers at these sites, who are often victims of labor violations and human trafficking. 

    Protecting California’s consumers

    Last month, Governor Newsom announced emergency hemp regulations in response to increasing health incidents related to intoxicating hemp food and beverage products, which state regulators found sold across the state. The new regulations ban any detectable quantity of THC from consumable hemp products to protect youth and mitigate the risk of adverse health effects. The emergency regulations will also better align the sale of hemp products with restrictions currently seen in the California legal cannabis market by limiting serving and package size and establishing a minimum age of 21 to legally purchase industrial hemp food, beverage and dietary products.

    This month, Governor Newsom issued a statement following the Los Angeles County Superior Court’s recent decision to reject the industry’s attempt to block enforcement of the regulations.

    Successful enforcement by the Alcoholic Beverage Control

    Since the emergency hemp regulations were put in place, agents from California’s Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC) have visited 673 locations and seized 1,622 illegal hemp products. ABC will continue to visit licensed locations throughout the state to enforce the new regulations and ensure illegal products are not being sold.

    A unified strategy across California 

    Since inception, UCETF has seized and destroyed over 162 tons worth of illegal cannabis worth an estimated $536 million through over 350 operations. The taskforce has also eradicated 526,037 plants, seized 167 firearms, and arrested 59 individuals.

    To learn more about the legal California cannabis market, state licenses, and laws, visit cannabis.ca.gov.

    Recent news

    News What you need to know: California is deploying 10,000 service members in the upcoming service year, offering paid positions and higher education financial support for young Californians looking to give back to their communities.  SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin…

    News Welcome to The California Weekly, your Saturday morning recap of top stories and announcements you might have missed. News you might have missed 1. CELEBRATING THE CHUMASH NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARY California celebrated the federal designation of the Chumash…

    News What you need to know: California created 14,700 new jobs in September, averaging 16,500 new jobs per month this year, as the state’s economy has grown faster than the nation’s over the past 25 years and per capita GDP outranks the largest economies in the world….

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Open work rights return for partners of high skilled migrants

    Source: New Zealand Government

    The Government is ensuring New Zealand attracts and retains the workers and skills it needs by returning open work rights to partners of high-skilled migrants.

    “We are committed to growing the economy and our immigration system is critical to that. From 2 December, open work rights will be available to partners of Accredited Employer Work Visa (AEWV) holders working in higher-skilled roles who earn at least 80 percent of the median wage,” Immigration Minister Erica Stanford says.

    The same rights will also be available for partners of AEWV holders working in lower-skilled roles who are on a pathway to residence. The changes deliver on the coalition commitment between National and ACT to make it easier for family members of visa holders to work here. 

    “The previous Government’s decision to restrict the settings caused enormous distress amongst our migrant communities. We want high-skilled migrants to see New Zealand as an attractive and supportive place to move with their families. We need to build capacity in sectors facing skills shortages, like healthcare and education. 

    “I want a system that creates opportunities for people to come here and make a meaningful contribution, but also protects New Zealanders rights to work and thrive,” Ms Stanford says.

    “The improvements we are making in immigration are restoring balance to the system, ensuring we are well-positioned to continue rebuilding the economy.”

    Note for editors: 

    • Higher-skilled roles are defined as those at levels one to three of the Australia New Zealand System of Classification of Occupations (ANZSCO), while lower-skilled roles are defined as those at levels four and five of ANZSCO.
    • People who already hold work visas allowing for specific employment will be able to apply for a variation of their visa conditions.

     

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Government reduces Forestry ETS annual charge by 50 per cent

    Source: New Zealand Government

    The Government has today started consultation on a 50 per cent reduction to the annual charge for forest owners participating in the Forestry Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) Registry, Forestry Minister Todd McClay announced.

    “Following an independent review released last week we are proposing to lower the per-hectare annual charge to $14.90. 

    “This is a 50 per cent reduction from Labour’s excessive charge announced just before the election of $30.25 per hectare per year.

    “It’s now clear that the previous Labour government made a number of decisions that drove up the cost of this Registry and they expected the forestry sector to pay for their mistakes. Cabinet has agreed that the sector should not bear the brunt of Labour’s previous decisions,” Mr McClay says.

    “The Ministry for Primary Industries has worked hard to find efficiencies and drive down costs over the last 10 months.  We’ve also been focused on improving service delivery to ensure the Registry meets the expectations of forestry users. As a result the annual charge has reduced significantly. 

    “Last week, we announced the formation of a Forestry Sector Reference Group to further improve outcomes for the ETS Registry and find greater cost savings over the next year. This is an opportunity for the forestry sector and government to partner to drive better outcomes for forestry.”

    The new annual charge would begin in the 2024/25 financial year and stay in place until a full review is conducted after the current emissions reporting period.

    “This proposal is part of the Government’s promise to rebuild confidence in the forestry sector and support its role in achieving New Zealand’s exporting and emissions targets.”

    Consultation on the new annual charge starts today (23 October 2024) and runs for three weeks. It covers the reduced annual charge and adjustments to the Climate Change (Forestry) Regulations 2022 for participants using the field measurement approach during the 2023–25 period.

    Following consultation, Cabinet will move quickly to finalise the regulations, giving participants clarity and certainty on charges. 

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reed Pushes for Improved Menopause Research, Training, & Awareness

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Rhode Island Jack Reed
    PROVIDENCE, RI – In an effort to reduce stigma and boost research into a key area of women’s health that has been traditionally underfunded by Congress, U.S. Senator Jack Reed is urging passage of the Advancing Menopause Care and Mid-Life Women’s Health Act (S.4246).  This bipartisan legislation seeks to boost menopause research, training, and education and would, for the first time, coordinate the federal government’s existing programs related to menopause and mid-life women’s health. 
    Menopause is a natural process in a woman’s life that involves a significant hormone shift women go through in middle age, marking the end of menstrual cycles.
    Despite the fact that half the population in the U.S. will eventually experience menopause, menopause research has long been underinvested in and overlooked.  To date, there are few federally funded clinical trials on menopause and menopausal hormone therapy and very little menopause education for doctors—only 31.3 percent of U.S. residency programs offer a formal menopause curriculum according to a survey conducted by The Menopause Society, and 80 percent of OB-GYN residents believed more menopause educational resources were needed in their program.
    Today, Senator Reed joined Dr. Renee Eger, MD, director of the Midlife Center at Women & Infants Hospital and medical director of the Obstetrics and Gynecology Care Center at Women & Infants Hospital and Providence Community Health Centers president and CEO Merrill Thomas and Stephanie Avila, Certified Nurse Midwife for PCHC, Title X Clinical Program Coordinator, and other health experts to discuss efforts to increase federal research on menopause, and create a national public health awareness, education, and outreach program on menopause and mid-life women’s health.
    Senator Reed says it essential to have comprehensive research and data to develop effective policy to address the economic, social, and health impacts of menopause and perimenopause – which precedes it.
    Specifically, the Advancing Menopause and Mid-Life Women’s Health Act seeks to authorize $275 million over five years to strengthen and expand federal research on menopause, health care workforce training, awareness and education efforts, and public health promotion and prevention to better address menopause and mid-life women’s health issues. The federal funds would be set aside for clinical trials, public health, and medical research on menopause, as well as support for menopause detection and diagnosis and public outreach.
    “Menopause is a normal, natural life transition that has a major impact on women’s lives.  We need to talk about and stop the stigma. This legislation targets federal research dollars in a strategic way to improve women’s mid-life health.  Investing in menopause research will boost public health and can lead to the discovery of new treatments.  Importantly, this bill also expands training programs for health professionals,” said Senator Reed.  “For too long, menopause has been a stigmatized and overlooked issue.  This is a condition that happens to all women in mid-life, but federal research dollars have been severely lacking.  We need to change that by investing and changing the conversation to help more women lead healthier lives.”
    According to the women’s health advocacy nonprofit Let’s Talk Menopause, approximately 75 million women are in perimenopause, menopause, or post-menopause right now in the U.S.—with 6,000 more women reaching menopause each day.
    Dr. Eger stated: “You don’t think about menopause until you are IN menopause, or your mother, your wife, your sister, or your best friend is. It is wonderful to think that our government is financially acknowledging this. Thank you Senator Reed and the co-sponsors of this bill for making this a priority for all of our country.”
    “At Providence Community Health Centers, our patients face disproportionately greater challenges — they are poorer, sicker, and encounter significant barriers to receiving the care they need compared to the state’s average,” said Stephanie Avila, Certified Nurse Midwife and Title X Clinical Program Coordinator at Providence Community Health Centers. “Given the cardiovascular, bone density, brain health and mood implications, we have before us an opportunity to create broad, comprehensive health improvements by advancing research and training in this area. It is short sighted to see menopause as only a ‘GYN’ issue. This is an issue of much needed healthcare.”
    In March, the Biden-Harris Administration issued an Executive Order creating the White House Women’s Health Research Initiative to better address the long-standing gap of women’s issues in medical research.  It includes a call for greater investment in women’s mid-life and menopause research. 
    The first $500 million of that commitment was made last month, with the U.S. Department of Defense investing half a billion dollars to research medical issues that disproportionately affect women in military service and improve care for female service members, veterans, spouses, dependents and family caregivers.
    The Advancing Menopause Care and Mid-Life Women’s Health Act was introduced by U.S. Senator Patty Murray (D-WA), Chair of the Senate Appropriations Committee.  In addition to Murray and Reed, the bipartisan bill is also cosponsored by U.S. Senators Lisa Murkowski (R-AK), Tammy Baldwin (D-WI), Laphonza Butler (D-CA), Susan Collins (R-ME), Mazie Hirono (D-HI), Amy Klobuchar (D-MN), Shelley Moore Capito (R-WV), Maria Cantwell (D-WA), Catherine Cortez Masto (D-NV), Tammy Duckworth (D-IL), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY), Maggie Hassan (D-NH), Jacky Rosen (D-NV), Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Tina Smith (D-MN), Debbie Stabenow (D-MI), Kyrsten Sinema (I-AZ), Cory Booker (D-NJ) and John Hickenlooper (D-CO).

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Statement Regarding Administrative Proceedings against SolarWinds Customers

    Source: Securities and Exchange Commission

    According to the Government Accountability Office, the 2019-2020 cyberattacks against SolarWinds Corporation (“SolarWinds”) and its Orion software were “one of the most widespread and sophisticated hacking campaigns ever conducted against the federal government and the private sector.”[1] It was an attack against America.[2] How has the Commission responded? By first charging SolarWinds in district court[3] and, in today’s settled proceedings,[4] charging four customers of its Orion software, with violations of the federal securities laws. Today’s proceedings impose nearly $7 million in penalties against these victims of the cyberattacks.

    The four proceedings can be divided into two categories. Two of the companies – Avaya Holdings Corp. (“Avaya”) and Mimecast Limited (“Mimecast”) – disclosed information about the cyberattack.[5] However, the Commission finds that the disclosures omitted certain material information.[6] The other two companies – Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. (“Check Point”) and Unisys Corporation (“Unisys”) – did not update an existing risk factor in response to the cyberattack.[7] The Commission finds that those risk factors became materially misleading without disclosure that the Orion software in the companies’ respective network had been compromised.[8]

    The common theme across the four proceedings is the Commission playing Monday morning quarterback. Rather than focusing on whether the companies’ disclosure provided material information to investors, the Commission engages in a hindsight review to second-guess the disclosure and cites immaterial, undisclosed details to support its charges. Accordingly, we dissent.

    Avaya and Mimecast

    Avaya

    With respect to Avaya, the Commission highlights “the likely attribution of the [cyberattack] to a nation-state threat actor” as an example of omitted material information.[9] The Commission’s view that such information is material is troubling for a couple of reasons.

    First, in its 2023 rulemaking on cybersecurity incident disclosure (the “2023 Cybersecurity Rule”),[10] neither investors nor the Commission expressed a view that the identity of the threat actor is material information. When proposing the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule, the Commission sought public feedback on whether there were specific types of information that should be disclosed for a material cybersecurity incident.[11] Not a single one of the 150-plus comment letters submitted on the proposal requested disclosure of the identity of the threat actor.[12] Accordingly, it is highly unlikely that investors consider this information to be material. When adopting the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule, the Commission stated that disclosure of cybersecurity incidents should “focus…primarily on the impacts of…[the]…incident, rather than on…details regarding the incident itself.”[13] The identity of the threat actor, while an obvious “detail…regarding the incident,” lacks a clear link to the “impact” of the incident. By using a settled proceeding to convey the view that this information is material, the Commission regulates by enforcement.

    Second, by the time Avaya disclosed information about the cyberattack in February 2021, there had already been widespread media reports[14] and a joint statement by government agencies[15] that Russia was the likely threat actor. Although Avaya’s disclosure did not tie its incident to the SolarWinds cyberattack, it is unlikely that attribution of the incident to Russia would have “significantly altered the ‘total mix’ of information”[16] about Avaya to a reasonable investor in light of the existing public information about the cyberattack.

    The Commission’s other factors for why Avaya omitted material information are equally unconvincing. The Commission cites “the long-term unmonitored presence of the threat actor in Avaya’s systems, the access to at least 145 shared files some of which contained confidential and/or proprietary information, and the fact that the mailbox the threat actor accessed belong to one of Avaya’s cybersecurity personnel.”[17] These are the “details regarding the incident itself” – as opposed to the “impact” of incident – that the Commission has said do not need to be disclosed.[18]

    Mimecast

    Although the Form 8-K requirements for disclosing material cybersecurity incidents, which were adopted as part of the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule, did not yet apply to Mimecast, it filed three Form 8-Ks related to the intrusion of the Orion software on its network.[19] In the third Form 8-K, Mimecast filed its three-page incident report for the cyberattack as an exhibit.[20] Mimecast’s efforts to inform its investors would not be rewarded; the Commission finds fault with its disclosures, particularly regarding “the large number of impacted customers and the percentage of code exfiltrated by the threat actor.”[21]

    The Commission highlights Mimecast’s failure to disclose that “the threat actor had accessed a database containing encrypted credentials for approximately 31,000 [of 40,000] customers.”[22] Where the compromised information consists of a large percentage of customer credentials, disclosure of such fact can be material. In assessing materiality in the Commission’s case against SolarWinds, the court stated that “perspective and context are critical” to evaluating whether a Form 8-K is materially misleading and that a filing is not misleading if “[the] disclosure, read as a whole, captured the big picture.”[23]

    Mimecast disclosed, without providing a percentage or number, that encrypted customer credentials had been accessed.[24] It said that the company was “resetting the affected…credentials.”[25] Mimecast further disclosed that it found “no evidence that the threat actor accessed email or archive content held by [it] on behalf of [its] customers.”[26]

    In bringing charges against Mimecast, the Commission focuses on the detail of the threat actor accessing a database containing customer credentials, as opposed to the larger picture of the effects of the incident. Access to credentials, by itself, may not be material if the threat actor does not use the credentials to misappropriate customer information. Mimecast’s disclosure, read as a whole, conveys the complete story about the unauthorized access of credentials and the lack of misappropriated information.

    With respect to disclosure of exfiltrated source code, Mimecast stated in its incident report that the threat actor had downloaded a “limited number” of its source code repositories but the company believed that the downloaded code was “incomplete and would be insufficient to build and run any aspect of the Mimecast service.”[27] The Commission finds that these statements were materially misleading because Mimecast did not disclose that the threat actor had exfiltrated “58% of its exgestion source code, 50% of its M365 authentication source code, and 76% of its M365 interoperability source code, representing the majority of the source code for those three areas.”[28]

    By calling for disclosure of specific percentages and types of source code, the Commission ignores the reasonable investor standard embedded within the materiality concept and the types of information that such investor would consider important in making an investment decision. We are doubtful that a reasonable investor would understand how exfiltration of such precise percentages of those three types of source code affects Mimecast. Similar to the Avaya case, such information is “details regarding the incident itself”[29] that do not need to be disclosed. For us, the material disclosure by Mimecast is that the cyberattack did not result in modifications of the company’s source code or have effects on its products.[30] Notably, the Commission did not find that such statement was materially misleading.

    Effect on Form 8-K, Item 1.05 Disclosure

    In addition to our concerns about the charges against Avaya and Mimecast, we are also concerned about how the proceedings against them will shape disclosure provided pursuant to new Item 1.05 of Form 8-K, which was adopted as part of the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule. This item requires companies to disclose “the material aspects of the nature, scope, and timing” of a material cybersecurity incident.[31]

    Companies reviewing today’s proceedings[32] reasonably could conclude that the Commission will evaluate their Item 1.05 disclosure with a hunger for details that runs contrary to statements in the adopting release.[33] To avoid being second-guessed by the Commission, companies may fill their Item 1.05 disclosures with immaterial details about an incident, or worse, provide disclosure under the item about immaterial incidents. The Commission staff has already identified the latter practice as an issue,[34] and today’s proceedings may exacerbate the problem. As the Commission recognized when adopting the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule, immaterial disclosure about cybersecurity incidents may “divert investor attention” and result in “mispricing of securities.”[35] However, if the Commission’s enforcement actions have the practical effect of requiring immaterial disclosure, then the benefits and underlying rationale used to support the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule may be undermined.

    Check Point and Unisys

    The Commission’s proceedings against Check Point and Unisys both rest on a similar theory: the company failed to update its cybersecurity risk factor for the Orion software compromise and left its risk factor generic (in the case of Check Point)[36] or as a hypothetical (in the case of Unisys).[37]

    Check Point

    In the SolarWinds case, the Commission argued that the SolarWinds risk factor was “unacceptably boilerplate and generic” because of “the company’s internal recognition that its security systems were faulty.”[38] The court rejected the argument after a detailed review of SolarWinds’ risk disclosure and concluded that “[v]iewed in totality, [such] disclosure was sufficient to alert the investing public of the types and nature of cybersecurity risks SolarWinds faced and the grave consequences these could present for the company’s financial health and future.”[39]

    In its proceeding against Check Point, the Commission argues that the company’s risk disclosure was generic and should have been revised because its cybersecurity risk profile had materially changed.[40] This contention, however, merits cautious consideration in light of the SolarWinds court’s reasoning in dismissing portions of the Commission’s case against SolarWinds, which, as illustrated below, was based on arguably similar disclosures.

    Court’s reason for why SolarWinds risk disclosure was not generic[41]

    SolarWinds risk factor, as quoted by the court[42]

    Check Point risk factor[43]

    Disclosed specific risks the company faced given its business model

    [SolarWinds was] vulnerable to damage or interruption from… traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms)…denial-of-service attacks[, and] sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors (including advanced persistent threat intrusions).

    We or our products are a frequent target of computer hackers and organizations that intend to sabotage, take control of, or otherwise corrupt our manufacturing or other processes and products. We are also a target of malicious attackers who attempt to gain access to our network or data centers or those of our customers or end users; steal proprietary information related to our business, products, employees, and customers; or interrupt our systems or those of our customers or others.

    Warned about the increasing frequency of attacks

    The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyberattacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hacks, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks.

    We believe such attempts are increasing in number.

    Warned that the company might prove unable to anticipate, prevent, or detect attacks

    Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period and, therefore, have a greater impact on the products we offer, the proprietary data contained therein, and ultimately on our business.

    While we seek to detect and investigate all unauthorized attempts and attacks against our network and products, and to prevent their recurrence where practicable through changes to our internal processes and tools and/or changes or patches to our products, we remain potentially vulnerable to additional known or unknown threats.

    Alerted investors to the potential for a security breach to have very damaging consequences to the company

    The foregoing security problems could result in, among other consequences, damage to our own systems or our customers’ IT infrastructure or the loss or theft of our customers’ proprietary or other sensitive information. The costs to us to eliminate or address the foregoing security problems and security vulnerabilities before or after a cyber incident could be significant. Our remediation efforts may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays or cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede sales of our products or other critical functions. We could lose existing or potential customers in connection with any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our websites or our products.

    Such incidents, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in our incurring significant costs related to, for example, rebuilding internal systems, reduced inventory value, providing modifications to our products and services, defending against litigation, responding to regulatory inquiries or actions, paying damages, or taking other remedial steps with respect to third parties. Publicity about vulnerabilities and attempted or successful incursions could damage our reputation with customers or users and reduce demand for our products and services.

    Unisys

    The Commission’s case against Unisys[44] rests on the finding that Unisys’s risk factor framed cybersecurity events as hypothetical, even though a compromise of the Orion software on the company’s network already had occurred.[45]

    Risk factors are designed to warn investors about events that could occur and materially affect the company. To the extent that an event has occurred and has materially affected the company, it is generally required to be disclosed in another part of a filing, such as the description of the business, management’s discussion and analysis, or the financial statements and notes thereto. Whether risk factors need to be updated because certain hypothetical risks have materialized is not always a straightforward matter,[46] and the Commission should be judicious in bringing charges in this area. If the Commission does not exercise restraint, it could find a violation in every company’s risk disclosure because risk factors cover a wide range of topics and are inherently disclosure of hypothetical events. Aggressive enforcement by the Commission may cause companies to fill their risk disclosures with occurrences of immaterial events, for fear of being second-guessed by the Commission. Such a result would frustrate the Commission’s goal of preventing a lengthy risk factor section filled with immaterial disclosure.[47]

    In light of these considerations, the case against Unisys is one that did not need to be brought. The Commission advances three reasons for why the company’s cybersecurity risk profile changed materially and its risk factor should have been updated.[48]

    First, the Commission states that a “persistent and reportedly nation-state supported threat actor compromised the company’s environment.”[49] This factor does not show materiality because it merely says that a cybersecurity incident occurred, and not every incident is material.

    Second, the Commission finds that “the threat actor persisted in the environment unmonitored for a combined span of at least sixteen months.”[50] While this fact is concerning from an information security perspective, the Commission fails to elaborate on why it is material from a securities law perspective. Notably, the Commission did not find that Unisys’s financial results were adversely affected or its reputation had measurably declined, especially relative to its peers given the widespread nature of the SolarWinds cyberattack.

    Finally, the Commission says that “[Unisys]’s investigation of the activity suffered from gaps that prevented it from identifying the full scope of the compromise.”[51] It is unclear to us how an after-the-fact investigation of a cybersecurity incident affects the materiality of the incident itself. The Commission did not find that the unidentified aspect of the compromise materially affected Unisys. Similar to the second reason, the Commission fails to explain how a subpar investigation relates to adverse effects on the company.

    Because we are not persuaded by the Commission’s arguments on the materiality of Unisys’s cybersecurity incident, we do not support the charges against the company.

    Conclusion

    Cybersecurity incidents are one of a myriad of issues that most companies face. The Commission needs to start treating companies subject to cyberattacks as victims of a crime, rather than perpetrators of one. Yes, the Commission must protect investors by ensuring that companies disclose material incidents, but donning a Monday morning quarterback’s jersey to insist that immaterial information be disclosed — as the Commission did in today’s four proceedings — does not protect investors. It does the opposite.


    [3] The court recently dismissed most of the claims the Commission brought against SolarWinds. SEC v. SolarWinds Corp., 2024 WL 3461952 (S.D.N.Y. July 18, 2024).

    [4] In the Matter of Avaya Holdings Corp., Release No. 34-101398 (Oct. 22, 2024) (“Avaya Order”), available at https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2024/33-11320.pdf; In the Matter of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., Release No. 34-101399 (Oct. 22, 2024) (“Check Point Order”), available at https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2024/33-11321.pdf; In the Matter of Mimecast Limited, Release No. 34-101400 (Oct. 22, 2024) (“Mimecast Order”), available at https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2024/33-11322.pdf; and In the Matter of Unisys Corporation, Release No. 34-101401 (Oct. 22, 2024) (“Unisys Order”), available at https://www.sec.gov/files/litigation/admin/2024/33-11323.pdf.

    [5] Avaya Order at paragraph 10 and Mimecast Order at paragraphs 9-13 and 15-16.

    [6] Avaya Order at paragraph 10 and Mimecast Order at paragraphs 9, 14, and 16-17.

    [7] Check Point Order at paragraph 13 and Unisys Order at paragraph 19.

    [8] Check Point Order at paragraphs 15-16 and Unisys Order at paragraph 19.

    [9] Avaya Order at paragraph 10.

    [10] While the facts of the proceedings against Avaya and the other three companies predate the 2023 Cybersecurity Rule, the new requirements inform our analysis of, and dissent on, these proceedings.

    [16] TSC Industries, Inc. v. Northway, Inc., 426 U.S. 438, 449 (1976).

    [17] Avaya Order at paragraph 10. The Commission also takes issue with Avaya’s disclosure that there was “no current evidence” of access to its “other internal systems.” Id. The Commission acknowledges that the statement was facially accurate but finds that it was made misleading because Avaya did not disclose the threat actor’s access to 145 shared files in an external cloud environment. Id. For the same reason that we do not believe that disclosure about 145 files being accessed is material, we also do not believe that Avaya’s statement about its internal systems is materially misleading.

    [18] Note 13, supra.

    [19] Mimecast Order at paragraphs 10-13.

    [21] Mimecast Order at paragraphs 9, 14, and 16.

    [22] Mimecast Order at paragraphs 6 and 14. The Commission also finds that Mimecast’s disclosure was materially misleading because it failed to disclose that the threat actor accessed server and configuration information for approximately 17,000 customers. Mimecast Order at paragraph 14. Mimecast disclosed in its incident report that the threat actor accessed server information. Mimecast Incident Report at p.1 (“[T]he threat actor accessed certain Mimecast-issued certificates and related customer server connection information.”). The Commission fails to explain why the specific number of customers whose server and configuration information was accessed is material when the company had already disclosed that server information was accessed.

    [23] SolarWinds Corp., supra note 3, at 44, 46.

    [24] Mimecast Incident Report at p.1 (“The threat actor also accessed a subset of email addresses and other contact information, as well as encrypted and/or hashed and salted credentials.”).

    [28] Mimecast Order at paragraph 16.

    [29] Note 13, supra.

    [30] Mimecast Incident Report at p.1 (“[W]e found no evidence of any modifications to our source code nor do we believe there was any impact on our products.”).

    [31] Item 1.05(a) of Form 8-K.

    [32] Although the charges against Avaya stem from the company’s risk factor disclosure, at issue is disclosure about a cybersecurity incident and so these charges may inform how companies provide disclosure under Item 1.05.

    [33] See note 13, supra, and accompanying text.

    [35] 2023 Cybersecurity Adopting Release at 51929 (“Item 1.05 is thus expected to elicit more pertinent information to aid investor decision-making. Additionally, the materiality requirement should minimize immaterial incident disclosure that might divert investor attention, which should reduce mispricing of securities.”).

    [36] Check Point Order at paragraphs 13 and 15-16.

    [37] Unisys Order at paragraph 19.

    [38] SolarWinds Corp., supra note 3, at 35.

    [39] Id. at 35-36. The court also expressed the view that cautionary language, such as risk factors, do not need to be “articulated with maximum specificity” and that doing so “may backfire.” Id. at 36. Additionally, the SolarWinds court dismissed the Commission’s charges against SolarWinds for not updating its allegedly hypothetical risk factor for incidents that had materialized. Id. at 37-39.

    [40] Check Point Order at paragraphs 12-13 and 15-16.

    [41] SolarWinds Corp., supra note 3, at 35.

    [44] In addition to fraud and reporting violations, the Commission also finds that Unisys did not maintain disclosure controls and procedures, in violation of rule 13a-15(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Unisys Order at paragraphs 26 and 31. While we disagree with that finding, we do not address the issue in this statement. However, we note that in discussing Unisys’s cooperation, the Commission states that “Unisys took certain steps to remediate its control deficiencies, including…augmenting its cybersecurity personnel and tools, both internally and externally, to strengthen its cybersecurity risk management and protections.” Unisys Order at paragraph 32. The Commission lacks authority to require the use of certain tools, to compel the adoption of specific risk management practices, or to dictate the personnel decisions of companies in connection with cybersecurity.

    [45] Unisys Order at paragraph 19.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of World Economic Outlook October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:
    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Jean‑Marc Natal, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start. First of all, welcome, everyone. Good morning for those who are joining, as online. I am Jose Luis De Haro with the Communications Department here at the IMF. And once again, we are gathered here today for the release of our new World Economic Outlook, titled Policy Pivot Raising Threats. I hope that by this time, all of you have had access to a copy of the flagship. If not, I would encourage you to go to IMF.org. There, you’re going to find the document, but also, you’re going to find Pierre‑Olivier’s blog, the underlying data for the charts, videos, and other assets that I think are going to be very, very helpful for your reporting. And what’s best, that to discuss all the details of the World Economic Outlook that, to be joined here today by Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, the Economic Counsellor Chief Economist and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks. She is the Deputy Director of the Research Department. And also with us, Jean‑Marc Natal, the Division Chief at the Research Department. We are going to start with some opening remarks from Pierre‑Olivier, and then we will proceed to take your questions. I want to remind everyone that this press conference is on the record and that we will also be taking questions online.

    With no further ado, Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. Let me start with the good news. The battle against inflation is almost won. After peaking at 9.4 percent year on year in the third quarter of 2022, we now project headline inflation will fall to 3.5 percent by the end of next year, and in most countries, inflation is now hovering close to central bank targets.

    Now, inflation came down while the global economy remained resilient. Growth is projected to hold steady at 3.2 percent in 2024 and 2025. The United States is expected to cool down, while other advanced economies will rebound. Performance in emerging Asia remains robust, despite the slight downward revision for China to 4.8 percent in 2024. Low‑income countries have seen their growth revised downwards, some of it because of conflicts and climate shocks.

    Now, the decline in inflation without a global recession is a major achievement. Much of that disinflation can be attributed to the unwinding of the unique combination of supply and demand shocks that caused the inflation in the first place, together with improvements in labor supply due to immigration in many advanced countries. But monetary policy played a decisive role, keeping inflation expectations anchored.

    Now, despite the good news, on inflation, risks are now tilted to the downside. This downside risks include an escalation in regional conflicts, especially in the Middle East, which could cause serious risks for commodity markets. Policy shifts toward undesirable trade and industrial policies could also significantly lower output, a sharp reduction in migration into advanced economies, which can unwind some of the supply gains that helped ease inflation in recent quarters. This could trigger an abrupt tightening of global financial conditions that would further depress output. And together, these represent about a 1.6 percent of global output in 2026.

    Now, to mitigate these downside risks and to strengthen growth, policymakers now need to shift gears and implement a policy triple pivot.

    The first pivot on monetary policy is already underway. The decline in inflation paved the way for monetary easing across major central banks. This will support activity at a time when labor markets are showing signs of cooling, with rising unemployment rates. So far, however, this rise has been gradual and does not point to an imminent slowdown. Lower interest rates in major economies will also ease the pressure on emerging market economies. However, vigilance remains key. Inflation in services remains too elevated, almost double prepandemic levels, and a few emerging market economies are seeing rising price pressures, calling for higher policy rates. Furthermore, we have now entered a world dominated by supply shocks, from climate, health, and geopolitical tensions. And this makes the job of central banks harder.

    The second pivot is on fiscal policy. It is urgent to stabilize debt dynamics and rebuild much‑needed fiscal buffers. For the United States and China, current fiscal plans do not stabilize debt dynamics. For other countries, despite early improvements, there are increasing signs of slippage. The path is narrow. Delaying consolidation increases the risk of disorderly adjustments, while an excessively abrupt turn toward fiscal tightening could hurt economic activity. Success requires implementing, where necessary, and without delay, a sustained and credible multi‑year fiscal adjustment.

    The third pivot and the hardest is toward growth‑enhancing reform. This is the only way we can address many of the challenges we face. Many countries are implementing industrial and trade policy measures to protect domestic workers and industries. These measures can sometimes boost investment and activity in the short run, but they often lead to retaliation and ultimately fail to deliver sustained improvements in standards of living. They should be avoided when not carefully addressing well‑identified market failures or narrowly defined national security concerns.

    Economic growth must come, instead, from ambitious domestic reforms that boost innovation, increase human capital, improve competition and resource allocation. Growth‑enhancing reforms often face significant social resistance. Our report shows that information strategies can help improve support, but they only go so far. Building trust between governments and citizens and inclusion of proper compensation measures are essential features.

    Building trust is an important lesson that should also resonate when thinking about ways to further improve international cooperation to address common challenges in the year that we celebrate the 80th anniversary of the Bretton Woods Institutions. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor for your questions, let’s remind some ground rules. First of all, if you have any question that it is related to a country program or a country negotiation, I would recommend not to formulate that question here. Basically, those questions can be formulated in the different regional press briefings that are going to happen later this week.

    Also, if you want to ask a question, just raise your hand, wait until I call you. Identify yourself and the outlet that you represent. And let’s try to keep it to just one question. I know that there are going to be many, many questions. We might not be able to take all of you. So please be patient. There are going to be many other opportunities to ask questions throughout the week.

    Let me start—how I am going to start. I am going to start in the center. A couple of questions here. Then I am going to go to my right, and then I am going to go there. I am going to start in the first row, the lady with the white jacket, thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose, for taking my question. I am Moaling Xiong from Xinhua News Agency. I want to ask about the geopolitical tensions that was mentioned in the report. It says there are rising geopolitical tensions. So far, the impact has been limited. But further intensification of geopolitical rifts could weigh on trade, investment, and beyond. I wonder whether Pierre‑Olivier, could you talk a little bit about what are the economic impacts of growing geopolitical tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. This is, of course, a very important question. This is something that we are very concerned about, the rising geoeconomic fragmentation, trade tensions between countries, measures that are disrupting trade, disrupting cross‑border investment. This is something that we have looked at in our World Economic Outlook report. In Chapter 1, we have a box that evaluates the impact of various adverse measures, measures that could be taken by policymakers or various of shocks that would impact output. And when we look at the impact that rising trade tensions could have, there are two dimensions of this. One is, of course, you are increasing tariffs, for instance, between different blocs. That would disrupt trade. That will misallocate resources. That will weigh down on economic activity. But there is also an associated layer that comes from the uncertainty that increases related to future trade policy. And that will also depress investment, depress economic activity and consumption. When we put these two together, what we find is, we find an impact on world output that is on the order of about 0.5 percent of output levels in 2026. So it’s a quite sizable effect of both an increase in tariffs between different countries and an increase in trade policy uncertainty.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to continue here in the center. We’re going to go to the gentleman on the third row. Yep. There. There, third row, there. Third row. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thanks very much for taking my question. I just want to ask about the inflation side of the WEO. You mentioned just now inflation, you know, the battle is almost won. I am just wondering, there’s sort of a divergence between the advanced economies and emerging markets and developing economies. When do you expect inflation to sort of fall toward that 2 percent target in emerging markets and developing economies? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So inflation, the progress on inflation has been more pronounced for advanced economies, and now we expect advanced economies to be back to their target sometime in 2025 for most of them. For emerging markets and developing economies, there is more variation, and we see an increase in dispersion of inflation, so a lot of countries have made a lot of progress. You look, for instance, at emerging Asia. There are inflation levels very similar to advanced economies for a number of them. You look at other regions—in the Middle East, for instance, or sub‑Saharan Africa—and you have countries that still have double‑digital inflation rates and will maybe take more time to converge back. So we see an increased divergence that reflects some of the shocks that are specific to some of these regions. Of course, conflict or climate‑related shocks can have an impact on inflation, and that’s what we’re seeing in these two regions I mentioned.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I’m going to move to my right. The first row here, the lady with the red suit.

    QUESTION: Hello. This is Norah from Asharq Business with Bloomberg from Dubai.

    Pierre, you mentioned that the geopolitical tensions could account for 0.5 percent of output if things kind of get out of hand. To what extent is this a very optimistic number here? Because we’re talking about tensions not only in the Middle East. You have things going down in the Taiwan Strait. We have the Russian‑Ukraine war still ongoing. And there is a very big risk that shipping lines, straits might get disrupted. And this would affect very substantially the price of oil and other commodities. To what extent this would affect output—again, global output and inflation levels? Would inflation be a big risk again if major commodities prices increased substantially?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So you are absolutely right. The scenario I was referring to earlier is a scenario where we have increased trade disruptions, tariffs, and trade policy uncertainty. But one can think also about geopolitical tensions impacting commodity market or shipping. Now, this is not something that we looked at in this report. That’s something that we had looked at in our April report. And in April, when we looked at the potential for escalation in conflicts in the Middle East, the impact it could have on oil prices or on shipping costs, we found that this would very much be in the nature of adverse supply shock. It would negatively impact output, and it would increase inflation pressures. Now, the numbers we had when we did that exercise back in April, they’re still very relevant for the environment we’re in now. And that was one of the layers I showed today, is that it would reduce output by another about 0.4 percent by 2026 and would increase inflation by something on the order of 0.7 percent higher inflation in 2025. So this is something that is very much on top of the other tensions that I mentioned. This is why we are living in this world where there are multiple layers of risk that could be compounding each other.

    Mr. De Haro: I’m going to stay here. First row, here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa Washington, D.C. I would like you to talk a little bit more about the situation in Africa. I know two years ago it was about COVID and then Ukraine. What do you see now? And what are some of the recommendations for sub‑Saharan Africa? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So sub‑Saharan African region is one that is seeing growth rates that are fairly steady this year, compared to last year, at about 3.6 percent, and then expected to increase to about 4.2 percent next year. So we’re seeing some pickup in growth from this year to next year. But now, this is certainly a region that’s been adversely impacted by weather shocks and, in some cases, conflict. So the growth remains subdued and somewhat uneven, and that’s certainly something that we are concerned about.

    Let me turn it over to my colleague Jean‑Marc Natal to add some color.

    Mr. Natal: I would be happy to. Do you hear me? OK.

    So yes, so there has been over the last year, year and a half, there has been some progress in the region. You saw, you know, inflation stabilizing in some countries going down even. And reaching close—level close to the target. But half of them is still at distance, large distance from the target. And a third of them are still having double‑digital inflation.

    In terms of growth, as Pierre‑Olivier mentioned, it’s quite uneven, but it remains too low. The other issue is debt in the region. Obviously, it is still high. It has not increased. It has stopped increasing, and in some countries already starting to consolidate. But it’s still too high. And the debt service is correspondingly still high in the region. So the challenges are still there. There has been some progress. So in terms of the recommendation, in countries where inflation is very high, you would recommend, you know, tight monetary policy and in some cases, when possible, helped by consolidation on the fiscal side.

    It’s complicated. In many countries, you know, there are trade‑offs, and, you know, consolidating fiscal is difficult when you also have to provide for relief, like in Nigeria, for example, due to the flooding. So targeting the support to the poor and the vulnerable is part of the package when you consolidate. I will stop here.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am moving to my left. I am going to go to the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. Joel Hills from ITV News. We know that the chancellor in the United Kingdom is planning on changing the fiscal rule on debt to allow for—to borrow more for investment. Pierre‑Olivier, do you support this idea? And what, in your view, are the risks? And should the U.K. government continue to target a fall in debt of some description or a rise in public sector net worth?

    Mr. De Haro: Pierre‑Olivier, before you answer, are there any other questions on the U.K. in the room? I am going to take just two more from this group of U.K. reporters on my right that they are very eager. Just two questions more. We do not want to overwhelm—

    QUESTION: Alex Brummer from the Daily Mail in London. Again, around the chancellor’s upcoming budget. In your opening remarks, you referred to the possibility of abrupt changes in fiscal policy, disrupting what might happen to economies. U.K., according to your forecast, is in a quite good place in terms of growth heading upward. Do you fear that too strong a change in direction in fiscal policy in the U.K. could affect future growth?

    Mr. De Haro: Just one more question.

    QUESTION: Mehreen Khan from The Times. You mentioned that there are some countries at risk of fiscal slippage because governments have promised to do their consolidation have struggled to execute. Is the U.K. in that group? Also, the IMF has previously recommended that countries are under fiscal strain should—can keep sort of investment flowing if they do shift to measures like public sector net worth. Is that still a recommendation that you stand by in particular relevance for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: And to give Pierre‑Olivier a little bit of time, I just want to remind everyone that we will have regional press briefings later this week, and some of these questions can be brought to all heads of departments that are going to be talking later on in the week. Pierre‑Olivier?

    Mr. Gourinchas: First, I will make three quick remarks. We are going to wait and see at the end of this month, on October 30, the details of the budget that will be announced by the U.K. government. And at that point, we’ll be able to evaluate and see the detail of the measures and how they will impact the U.K. economy.

    The broader question, I think, is relevant for many countries, not just the U.K. And it goes to the second pivot I mentioned, this narrow path in terms of fiscal consolidation. I think when countries have elevated debt levels, when interest rates are high, when growth is OK but not great, there is a risk that things could escalate or get out of control quickly. And so there is a need to bring debt levels down, stabilize them when they are not stabilized and rebuild fiscal buffers. That is true for many countries around the world. And if you are not doing that—and that is getting to the question that was asked by the gentleman on the right here—if you’re not doing that, that’s when you find yourself potentially later on at the mercy of market pressures that will force an adjustment that is uncontrolled to a large extent. At which point you have very few degrees of freedom, so you do not want to get in that position. And I think the effort to stabilize public debt has to be seen in that context.

    Now, the other side of the narrow path is, of course, if you try to do too much too quickly, you might have an adverse impact on growth. And you have to be careful there because we do have important—most countries have important needs when it comes to spending, whether it’s about central services, what we think about healthcare, or if we think about public investment and climate transition. So we need to protect also the type of spending that can be good for growth. So finding ways—and this is something that our colleagues in the Fiscal Monitor report emphasize, finding ways to consolidate by reducing expenditures where it’s needed. Maybe raising revenues. Often, it’s a combination of both but doing so in a way that is least impactful on growth. It’s country by country. There is no general formula. But that’s kind of the nature of the exercise.

    That pivot, that second pivot is absolutely essential. At the point we’re at again precisely because we’re in a world in which there will be more shocks and countries need to be prepared and need to have some room on the fiscal side to be able to build that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Last question on this side. Then I will go online, and then I will go around the room again. The gentleman in the second row.

    QUESTION: Thanks, Jose. Pierre‑Olivier, a question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for the country for next year, improving GDP and inflation, 45 percent at the end of the year. Oh, yes. Sorry. Alam Md Hasanul from International.

    A question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for next year, but I wanted to see if you could give us a little bit more detail on, where do you see the economy going. And if it’s accurate to say at this point that the worst of the crisis is in the past? Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: We have received other questions regarding Argentina online from Lilliana Franco. Basically, she wants to know what’s behind our expectations for inflation for 2025. And I think that there are other Argentine reporters in the room. I see them in the back. Please, if somebody can get them the mic and we can get all the questions on Argentina and then move on to other regions. There. There. Those two, please. Try to keep it short.

    QUESTION: Hi. Patricia Valli from El Cronista. You mentioned the need to keep going with the reforms. And the government in Argentina is implementing a series of reforms. What’s the take of the IMF in terms of these? And if they are perhaps hurting the most vulnerable due to the increase of poverty numbers in Argentina in the past report?

    QUESTION: Hello. Juan Manuel Barca from Clarín Newspaper. I want to know if you raised your employment projection compared to the April—compared to the July forecast.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So let me first state at the outset that our projections for Argentina have not been updated since July, and the reason for this is because there are ongoing program discussions between the authorities and the Fund. And so while that process is going on, we did not update the projections for the October round.

    Now, to come to the question that was asked on the left. There are two things that are relevant for Argentina, two main things. One is what’s happening on the inflation side. Here, I think the progress has been very substantial. We are now seeing month‑on‑month inflation in Argentina close to 3.5 percent, and this is down from about 25 percent month on month back in December of last year. So very, very significant decline in the inflation rate. So that’s something to acknowledge. And the hope is, of course, that the measures in place will continue to improve the situation on that front.

    On the growth front, what we are saying is that activity has contracted substantially in the first half of the year, but there are signs that it’s starting to gradually recover. Now how much again, I cannot give you an update because we do not have it as of now. But there are signs that there is a recovery in real wages and in private credit and activity.

    Now, of course, this has been difficult for the Argentine economy, the decline in growth of that nature. And that’s something that, again, we are engaged in discussions with the authorities on the best way forward. I cannot comment more than that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I am going to get a question from our colleagues on WebEx. I think that Weier is there.

    QUESTION: I have a question on China. Given China’s recent implementation of various stimulus measures, such as support for the real estate—real sector and interest rate reductions and other economic incentives, we’ve already seen a major boost in its capital market. So how do you assess the potential impact of these developments on China’s economic recovery and growth perspective?

    Also, how the external effects, such as the Federal Reserve’s easing monetary path, will play a role here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Before you answer on the Federal Reserve, there’s other questions on China of a similar nature. Recent stimulus announced by the Governor and its effects.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So China, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, we have a slight downward revision for its 2024 growth, compared to our July projections to 4.8 percent. And that’s a revision that’s coming largely due to a weaker second quarter of the year. And that weaker second quarter of the year is reflecting continued decline in confidence in the household and corporate sector and also the continued problems in the property sector in China.

    Now, this is something that, of course, is a top priority to address for the Chinese authorities. And we’ve seen a number of measures that have been announced since the end of last month. First measures, monetary and financial measures announced by the People’s Bank of China, and then some fiscal measures that were announced a few weeks ago.

    These measures in general go in the right direction, from our perspective. They are trying to improve the situation in the property sector. They’re trying to, for instance, lowering borrowing rates or trying to improve the balance sheet of the property developers.

    In our view, in our assessment, the measures announced at the end of last month by the PBOC, although they go in the right direction, are not sufficient to lift growth in a substantially material way. And that’s why our forecast is still at about 4.8 percent for 2024 and is unchanged for next year, at 4.5 percent.

    The new, more recent measures announced a few weeks ago by the Ministry of Finance are not incorporated in our forecast. We are waiting to see the details. I should mention, however, that since then, there has also been a release of the Q3 growth for China, and this has also been a little bit on the disappointing side. So I would say that what we’re seeing in terms of where the Chinese economy might be going is a little bit of a downward revision coming from the Q3 forecast and then potentially some measures that will help lift the economy going forward.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we have an additional question online. Basically, it comes from a reporter in Israel who wants to know how the current conflict is affecting the region and the global economy. Also, if there’s any other questions regarding the ongoing conflict, we can go here in the first row, please.

    QUESTION: Hi. Amir Goumma from Asharq with Bloomberg. With the GCC countries increasingly focusing and diversifying their economies away from oil now, how the IMF sees the progress and how you assess that with geopolitical tensions that may affect the attraction of the investment?

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So on the impact of the conflict in the Middle East on the countries in the region, and more broadly, let me ask my colleague Petya Koeva Brooks to come in.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed, the conflict has inflicted a heavy toll on the region, and our hearts go to all who have been affected by it. We are monitoring the situation very closely. And what we could say at this stage is apart from the enormous uncertainty that we see is that the fallout has been the hardest in the countries in the region, at the epicenter of the conflict. We’ve seen significant declines in output in West Bank, in Gaza. Lebanon has also been hard hit. Now, we’ve also seen impact in the—on the economy in Israel, although there, I think the—so far at least, the impact has been smaller.

    Now, beyond that, there has also been an impact on commodity prices, on oil prices. We’ve seen quite a lot of volatility, though, as other factors have also come in, such as the concerns about global demand kind of have pushed prices in the opposite direction.

    Now, beyond that, when it comes to specific countries in the GCC region, when it comes to, for instance, Saudi Arabia, we’ve seen there, actually the non‑oil output has done very well, and we do have a small downward revision in the overall growth rate, but that is pretty much because of the voluntary oil cuts that have now been extended through November. Let me stop here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are coming here to the center of the room. I’m going to go way back. The gentleman in the blue shirt that I think is the third row from the back. Yep. There. He has—there, there, there. A little bit. Can you stand up? Yep. Perfect. And then I will go with you, with the lady.

    QUESTION: Thank you for doing this. Your alternative scenario about the trade war does not seem so far from reality. Indeed, especially if Trump wins the elections. So could you augment about that? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: We have a couple of questions similar to that nature.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, of course, I will first preface by saying we are not commenting on elections or potential platforms here at the IMF. What we are seeing and when we’re looking at the world economy goes beyond what might be happening in a single country. This is why the scenario that we are looking at in Box 1.2 of our World Economic Outlook is one that focuses on, if you want, an escalation of trade tensions between different regions—whether the U.S., the European Union, or China. And the numbers I quoted earlier are reflecting our model estimates of the cumulative impact of this increase in tensions. So I think that this is something that we are very concerned about. We’ve seen a very sharp increase in a number of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries since 2019, roughly. They’ve gone from 1,000 to 3,000, so tripling of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries, and 2019 was not a low point. That was already something that was above what we were seeing in the 2010s. So there is definitely, you know, a direction of travel here that we are very concerned about because a lot of these trade‑distorting measures could reflect decisions by countries that are self‑centered but could be ultimately harmful not just to the global economy, but this is the benefits of doing a scenario analysis like the one we did. They are also hurtful for the countries that want to implement them, as well, because the impact on global trade also makes the residents of a country poorer.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to take a question from WebEx and then I’m going to go to you. I think that we have a question on the U.S. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: My question would be regarding the U.S. resilience toward inflation shock. I remember talks about this during the April meetings and the April report. And I wanted to ask you whether you’re still committed to this forecast of the U.S. resiliency, and whether we can still see the risk of recession in the U.S. since recent talks about the unemployment data, it has not always come to the expectations of what the bond market or the stock exchange thinks.

    So is the U.S. still as resilient as you saw it in April this year?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, the news on the U.S. is good in a sense. We have had an upgrade in growth forecasts for 2024 and 2025. The historical numbers have also been revised, so even upgraded 2023, that is already sort of behind us. But the numbers came in, and they were stronger than what was realized. And that strong growth performance has been happening in a context of a continued disinflation. There have been some bumps in the road. The disinflation may not have been proceeding, especially earlier in the year, as quickly as was projected, but lately it has been quite substantial.

    So what accounts for this is two things that are really important there. One is, there is strong productivity growth that we see when we look at the U.S. That’s somewhat unlike other advanced economies, in fact. When we look around the world. And the second is also a very significant role that immigration has played, the increase in foreign‑born workers in the U.S. that have been integrated fairly quickly into the labor force. Now, the increase in unemployment that we’ve seen recently—I just showed it in my opening remarks—reflects to a large extent the fact that you have this increase in foreign‑born workers. And it takes—they have been integrated quickly in the labor force, but still there was an influx of them or there was an influx of them, and it’s taken a little bit of time to absorb them. And that’s what is reflected in the increased unemployment rate. So the labor market picture remains one that is fairly, fairly robust, even though it has cooled off but from very, very tight levels. Growth is solid. So I think the answer to the question that was posed, I think a risk of a recession in the U.S. in the absence of a very sharp shock would be somewhat diminished.

    Now, that is really what paved the way when you think about what the Federal Reserve is doing, seeing this inflation coming down a lot but noticing the increase in unemployment, pivoting away from just fighting inflation, that fight is almost done, and now being more concerned about, maybe what might be happening going forward with the labor market and wanting to make sure that that cooling off of the labor market does not turn into something that is more negative.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The clock here says that I have seven minutes that I can push a little bit, but we go there. Then we will go to this side. And come back here and maybe end around here.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is Hope Moses‑Ashike from Business Day Nigeria. So I am right here in this room, in April, you projected the Nigeria economy to grow by 3.3 percent, and you cited improved oil sector, security, and then agriculture. So I want to understand, what has changed since then in terms of Nigeria’s growth and the factors you mentioned? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. Jean‑Marc, do you want to comment on Nigeria?

    Mr. Natal: Yes. Rightly so. We revised growth for Nigeria in 2024 by .2 down. And, you know, things are volatile, I suppose, because the reason for the revision is precisely issues in agriculture related to flooding. And also issues in the production of oil related to security issues, and also maintenance issues that have pushed down the production of oil. So these two factors have played a role.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We go to this side. I’m going to go to the front row, the lady with the white jacket. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. So this is still a follow‑up question since you just answered on Nigeria. What’s the IMF’s projection for the social impacts on full subsidy removal, especially when you—full subsidy removal and forex unification in terms of poverty, inequality, and food insecurity? And also, can give us your medium‑term projections for Nigeria’s growth? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So I am afraid on this one I will have to go back and check because I do not have the number ready on the impact of the removal of the fuel subsidies specifically that you asked about. I do not know if my colleagues—

    Mr. De Haro: And I would encourage you to formulate this question in the press briefing for the regional outlook for the African Department. Probably there, you will get your answer, but reach out to us bilaterally and then we will get you the question.

    We are going to stay—we’re going to go to the gentleman in the back. Yep.

    QUESTION: Thanks very much. Andy Robinson of La Vanguardia, Barcelona, Spain. There seems to be a strange sort of divergence in the euro zone economy in which Spain—you have revised upwards Spain’s GDP growth forecast a whole point, percentage point, whilst Germany is languishing. Could I ask you, is Spain’s performance sustainable? And Germany’s in a recession?

    Also, one other question. You seem in your box on inflation and wage share and profit share, wage share you seem to be suggesting if there’s any danger of increasing inflation in the future, it’s more an excessive profit share than exactly wage? Could you tell me if that’s a correct interpretation? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So just a few words on the euro area in general. And then I will let my colleague Petya come in on Spain. We do see some divergence across the different countries of the euro area. And one of the drivers is how reliant they are on manufacturing, as one of the key sectors in domestic production. And what you are seeing is, there is a general weakness in manufacturing and that’s heating countries like Germany. While countries that are maybe a bit more reliant on services, including tourism—and Spain is one of them—are seeing a better performance.

    Now, on the second part of your question, and I will turn it over to Petya, on the profit share and wages. We’re seeing now wage growth that is in excess of inflation. And sometimes people say, well, that’s a problem because that means, you know, maybe that cannot be sustained and therefore there will be more inflation. Well, not quite. That’s not the view we have here at the Fund. A lot of the increase in wages in excess of inflation right now—so that’s an improvement in real wages in standards of living—is reflecting a catchup phenomenon. It’s after years during which inflation was higher than wage inflation, wage increase. So real wages are catching up. They are covering lost ground.

    Now, during those years when inflation was higher than wages, profit margins somewhere were higher in the economy. And that is the profit margin that is being eroded back. So it’s not that we’re squeezing profits inordinately right now. It’s just they’re coming back more toward their historical level as real wages are catching up, and that’s not necessarily a concern in terms of inflation dynamics going forward. With this, let me turn it over to Petya.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Thank you. Indeed Spain does stand out as one of the countries with a substantial upward revision for this year. We’re now projecting growth to be 2.9, after last year, when it was 2.7. So what’s behind this revision is the positive surprises that we’ve already seen, especially in the second quarter, as well as some of the revisions to the back data.

    And then when we look at the composition of these surprises, again, it was net exports and the receipts from tourism that were a substantial contributor. But also, private consumption and investment also played a role, which may imply that some of the impact of the national recovery plan and the EU funds that are being used could—we could already be seeing the impact of that. And then when we move forward, we are expecting a slowdown in growth next year, but, again, if these—if this investment continues, of course, that would be a very positive factor behind the recovery. Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I have time for just one question because literally, we have 15 seconds. So I’m going to go with the gentleman here.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Barry Wood, Hong Kong Radio. Mr. Gourinchas, in April you said likely we will see one rate cut in the United States. We’ve seen it. The data, as you just said, is very good. Would further rate cuts be counterproductive?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Well, in our projections, of course, we need to make some assumptions about what central banks, and this round of projection is no exception. So in our projections just released today, we’re assuming that there will be two more rate cuts by the Fed in 2024 and then four additional rate cuts in 2025. And that would bring the policy rate towards the terminal rate that is around 2.75, 3. Why do we see the additional rate cuts? Well, in part it’s the progress on inflation. And then as I mentioned earlier, as an answer to an earlier question, the fact that we’re seeing the labor markets cooling and therefore the concern for the Fed is now to make sure that that last part of the disinflation process is not one that is going to hit activity. In the Chapter 2 of our report, we describe how that last mile could be somewhat more costly because, as the supply constraints have eased and moved away, it becomes harder to bring down inflation in that last mile without hurting economic activity, so it’s important to also adjust the policy rate path in a direction of a little bit more easing, as the economy is smooth landing.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. As in life, all good things have to come to an end. But before that, I want to thank you all, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, and Jean‑Marc. Also, on behalf of the Communications Department and a couple of reminders for all of you, the Global Financial Stability Report press briefing is going to happen in this same room at around 10:15 a.m. Tomorrow morning, you have the press briefing for the Fiscal Monitor, and later on in the week, you will have the Managing Director’s press briefing and all the regional press briefings that we’ve been talking about. I want to encourage you to go to IMF.org, download the flagships, the World Economic Outlook, and if you have any questions, comments, feedback, everything to media at IMF.org. So have a great day.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER:

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI: Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Reports Third Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BEDMINSTER, N.J., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (NASDAQ Global Select Market: PGC) (the “Company”) announces its third quarter 2024 financial results.

    This earnings release should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Q3 2024 Investor Update, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.pgbank.com and via a current report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

    During the third quarter of 2024, deposits grew $279 million, to $5.9 billion, which represents an annualized growth rate of 20%. Nearly half of the deposit growth during the quarter was attributed to an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposit balances which grew $130 million to $1.1 billion. Strong core relationship growth throughout 2024 has allowed the Company to repay all outstanding short-term borrowings and strengthen its liquidity position.  The Company also saw an increase in loan demand during the third quarter. Outstanding loan balances increased by $51 million to $5.3 billion as of September 30, 2024.

    The Company recorded net income of $7.6 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $0.43 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income of $7.5 million and EPS of $0.42 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Net interest income increased $2.6 million, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis to $37.7 million during the third quarter of 2024 compared to $35.0 million in the second quarter.  The growth in net interest income was driven by continued improvement in the net interest margin. The net interest margin increased to 2.34% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to 2.25% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 and 2.20% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Douglas L. Kennedy, President and CEO said, “Our expansion into the metro New York market, leading with our ‘Single Point of Contact’ private banking strategy, continues to deliver results ahead of plan. Our third quarter results reflect this success through strong core deposit growth, continued improvement in net interest income and enhanced liquidity profile. Our New York Commercial Private Banking initiative is currently managing over $730 million in customer relationship deposits, which includes 31% in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. We expect that our expansion will become accretive to earnings in early 2025.”

    Mr. Kennedy also noted, “During the third quarter of 2024, Moody’s reaffirmed our investment grade ratings with a stable outlook after a thorough analysis of our business model and balance sheet. We are fully aware of the headwinds created by the current interest rate environment, and we are confident in our ability to manage through any of these issues that may arise as we execute our private banking strategy, which over time will deliver shareholder value.”

    The following are select highlights for the period ended September 30, 2024:

    Wealth Management:

    • AUM/AUA in our Wealth Management Division totaled a record $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.
    • Gross new business inflows for Q3 2024 totaled $140 million ($130 million managed).
    • Wealth Management fee income was $15.2 million in Q3 2024, which amounted to 27% of total revenue for the quarter.

    Commercial Banking and Balance Sheet Management:

    • Year-to-date total deposits have increased by $661 million, to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023. The Company intentionally allowed $121 million in high cost, non-core relationship deposits to roll off during the first nine months of 2024. Excluding this deposit run-off, core relationship deposits have grown by $782 million during 2024.
    • The Company has repaid $404 million in short-term borrowings as of September 30, 2024.
    • Total loans declined $116 million to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2023. However, outstanding loans increased by $51 million during the three-month period ended September 30, 2024 after experiencing contraction during the first six months of 2024.
    • Commercial and industrial lending (“C&I”) drove a majority of the growth during the third quarter. C&I balances represent 42% of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2024. A strong pipeline of new business has been built heading into Q4.
    • Fee income on unused commercial lines of credit totaled $845,000 for Q3 2024.
    • The net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.34% in Q3 2024, an increase of 9 basis points compared to 2.25% at Q2 2024.
    • Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024 and represented 18% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024.

    Capital Management:

    • Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023.
    • During the third quarter, the Company repurchased 100,000 shares of common stock at a total cost of $2.6 million, or an average cost of $25.92 per share. During the first nine months of 2024, the Company repurchased 300,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $7.2 million. For the full year 2023, the Company repurchased 455,341 shares at a cost of $12.5 million.
    • At September 30, 2024, the Tier 1 Leverage Ratio stood at 10.99% for Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”) and 9.33% for the Company. The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (to Risk-Weighted Assets) was 13.75% for the Bank and 11.67% for the Company at September 30, 2024. These ratios remain significantly above well capitalized standards, as capital continues to benefit from net income generation.

    SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT DETAILS:

    The following tables summarize specified financial details for the periods shown.

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 Year Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023

        Nine Months Ended     Nine Months Ended                
        September 30,     September 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2023       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 107.10     $ 119.41       $ (12.31 )     (10 )%
    Wealth management fee income     45.98       41.99         3.99       10  
    Capital markets activity     2.30       2.45         (0.15 )     (6 )
    Other income     10.91       11.55         (0.64 )     (6 )
    Total other income     59.19       55.99         3.20       6  
                               
    Total Revenue     166.29       175.40         (9.11 )     (5 )%
                               
    Operating expenses     127.82       110.68         17.14       15  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38.47       64.72         (26.25 )     (41 )
    Provision for credit losses     5.76       9.06         (3.30 )     (36 )
    Pretax income     32.71       55.66         (22.95 )     (41 )
    Income tax expense     8.96       15.40         (6.44 )     (42 )
    Net income   $ 23.75     $ 40.26       $ (16.51 )     (41 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.34     $ 2.23       $ (0.89 )     (40 )%
                               
    Return on average assets     0.49 %     0.84 %       (0.35 )      
    Return on average equity     5.42 %     9.66 %       (4.24 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Prior Year Quarter

        Three Months Ended       Three Months Ended              
        September 30,       September 30,     Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024       2023     (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68       $ 36.52     $ 1.16       3 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15         13.98       1.17       8  
    Capital markets activity     0.44         0.61       (0.17 )     (28 )
    Other income     3.35         4.76       (1.41 )     (30 )
    Total other income     18.94         19.35       (0.41 )     (2 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62         55.87       0.75       1 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65         37.41       7.24       19  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97         18.46       (6.49 )     (35 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22         5.86       (4.64 )     (79 )
    Pretax income     10.75         12.60       (1.85 )     (15 )
    Income tax expense     3.16         3.84       (0.68 )     (18 )
    Net income   $ 7.59       $ 8.76     $ (1.17 )     (13 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43       $ 0.49     $ (0.06 )     (12 )%
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %       0.54 %     (0.08 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %       6.20 %     (1.08 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Linked Quarter

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended                
        September 30,     June 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68     $ 35.04       $ 2.64       8 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15       16.42         (1.27 )     (8 )
    Capital markets activity     0.44       0.59         (0.15 )     (25 )
    Other income     3.35       4.55         (1.20 )     (26 )
    Total other income     18.94       21.56         (2.62 )     (12 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62       56.60         0.02       0 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65       43.13         1.52       4  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97       13.47         (1.50 )     (11 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22       3.91         (2.69 )     (69 )
    Pretax income     10.75       9.56         1.19       12  
    Income tax expense     3.16       2.03         1.13       56  
    Net income   $ 7.59     $ 7.53       $ 0.06       1 %
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43     $ 0.42       $ 0.01       2 %
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %     0.47 %       (0.01 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %     5.22 %       (0.10 )      

    SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY DETAILS:

    Wealth Management

    AUM/AUA in the Bank’s Wealth Management Division reached a record high of $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.  For the September 2024 quarter, the Wealth Management Team generated $15.2 million in fee income, compared to $16.4 million for the June 30, 2024 quarter and $14.0 million for the September 2023 quarter. The equity markets continued to improve during 2024, contributing to the increase in AUM/AUA along with gross new business inflows of $547 million.

    John Babcock, President of the Bank’s Wealth Management Division, noted, “Q3 2024 saw continued strong client inflows totaling new accounts and client additions of $140 million ($130 million managed). Our new business pipeline is healthy, and we continue to remain focused on delivering excellent service and advice to our clients. Our highly skilled wealth management professionals, our fiduciary powers and expertise, our financial planning capabilities combined with our high-touch client service model distinguishes us in our market and continues to drive our growth and success.”

    Loans / Commercial Banking

    Total loans declined $116 million, or 2%, to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily driven by repayments, maturities and tighter lending standards. Most of the decline in outstanding loans during the first nine months of 2024 was related to reductions in multifamily and commercial real estate balances. Total C&I loans and leases at September 30, 2024 were $2.2 billion or 42% of the total loan portfolio.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “Based on a more constructive economic backdrop, we recently began building our pipeline of C&I loans and leases and believe that loan demand will continue to show improvement as we look forward to coming periods ahead. We are proud to have built a leading middle market commercial banking franchise, as evidenced by our C&I Portfolio, Treasury Management services, Corporate Advisory and SBA businesses. We anticipate these business lines fit perfectly with our private banking business model and will generate solid production going forward. During the quarter we originated loans that carried an average spread of more than 4% above our cost of funds.  Having this capability will help us in the near term as the real estate market adjusts to changing market conditions.”

    Net Interest Income (NII)/Net Interest Margin (NIM)

    The Company’s NII of $37.7 million and NIM of 2.34% for Q3 2024 increased $2.6 million and 9 basis points from NII of $35.0 million and NIM of 2.25% for the linked quarter (Q2 2024), and increased $1.2 million and 6 basis points from NII of $36.5 million and NIM of 2.28% compared to the prior year period (Q3 2023). Our single point of contact private banking strategy continues to deliver lower cost core deposit relationships. Noninterest-bearing checking deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024, which also drove the improvement in NIM.

    Funding / Liquidity / Interest Rate Risk Management

    Total deposits increased $661 million to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023.  The change in deposit balances included a decline in brokered deposits and non-core deposit relationships.  The overall growth in deposits has strengthened balance sheet liquidity and reduced reliance on outside borrowings and other non-core funding sources. There were no outstanding overnight borrowings at September 30, 2024, compared to $404 million at December 31, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company’s balance sheet liquidity (investments available for sale, interest-earning deposits and cash) totaled $1.2 billion, or 18% of assets. The Company maintains additional liquidity resources of approximately $3.0 billion through secured available borrowing facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Discount Window.  The available funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve are secured by the Company’s loan and investment portfolios. The Company’s total on and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $4.2 billion, which amounts to 293% of the total uninsured/uncollateralized deposits currently on the Company’s balance sheet.

    Income from Capital Markets Activities

    Noninterest income from Capital Markets activities (detailed below) totaled $435,000 for the September 2024 quarter compared to $586,000 for the June 2024 quarter and $613,000 for the September 2023 quarter.

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024     2023  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)   $ 15     $ 34     $ 37  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       85  
    Total capital markets activity   $ 435     $ 586     $ 613  

    Other Noninterest Income (other than Wealth Management Fee Income and Income from Capital Markets Activities)        

    Other noninterest income was $3.4 million for Q3 2024 compared to $4.6 million for Q2 2024 and $4.8 million for Q3 2023. Q3 2024 included $225,000 of income recorded by the Equipment Finance Division related to equipment transfers to lessees upon the termination of leases, compared to $1.6 million in Q2 2024 and $2.3 million in Q3 2023, respectively. Additionally, Q3 2024 included $845,000 of unused line fees compared to $786,000 for Q2 2024 and $794,000 for Q3 2023.

    Operating Expenses

    The Company’s total operating expenses were $44.6 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $37.4 million for the quarter ended September 2023. The third quarter of 2024 reflects the full run rate of expenses associated with the Company’s expansion into New York City.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We continue to make investments related to our strategic decision to expand into New York City and are confident that these investments will position us for future growth and profitability, which will ultimately translate to increased shareholder value.  We continue to look for opportunities to create efficiencies and manage expenses throughout the Company while investing in enhancements to the client experience.”

    Income Taxes

    The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was 29.4%, as compared to 21.2% for the June 2024 quarter and 30.5% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.  The June 2024 quarter included a one-time benefit related to the Company’s deferred tax assets associated with a surtax imposed by the State of New Jersey in June 2024. Excluding such benefit, the effective tax rate for the June 2024 quarter would have been approximately 29.0%.

    Asset Quality / Provision for Credit Losses

    Nonperforming assets remained elevated at $80.5 million, or 1.18% of total assets, at September 30, 2024, as compared to $82.1 million, or 1.26% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. Loans past due 30 to 89 days and still accruing were $31.4 million, or 0.59% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 compared to $34.7 million, or 0.66% of total loans, at June 30, 2024. Criticized and classified loans totaled $261.1 million at September 30, 2024, reflecting a decrease of $8.0 million as compared to $269.1 million at June 30, 2024. The Company currently has no loans or leases on deferral and still accruing.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company’s provision for credit losses was $1.2 million compared to $3.9 million for the June 2024 quarter and $5.9 million for the September 2023 quarter. The provision for credit losses in the third quarter of 2024 was driven by overall slower loan growth along with additional specific reserves related to certain isolated credits, of $1.8 million partially offset by a recovery of approximately $2.1 million. The higher provision for the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by charge-offs related to the sale of two problem loans, which were approaching foreclosure and transferred to other real estate owned.

    At September 30, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $71.3 million (1.34% of total loans), compared to $68.0 million (1.29% of total loans) at June 30, 2024, and $68.6 million (1.25% of total loans) at September 30, 2023.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We are starting to see some of our asset quality metrics improve, which supports our position that most of our credit issues are isolated to a small number of specific borrowers and sponsors. We continue to work through each credit one at a time while building up reserve coverage. All of the multifamily loans that matured or repriced in 2024 have continued to make their scheduled payments despite the higher rate environment.”

    Capital

    The Company’s capital position increased during the third quarter of 2024 due to net income of $7.6 million, which was partially offset by the repurchase of 100,000 shares through the Company’s repurchase program at a total cost of $2.6 million and the quarterly dividend payment totaling $882,000. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2024, capital benefited from a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive losses of $13.5 million, net of tax. The total accumulated other comprehensive loss declined to $54.8 million as of September 30, 2024 ($57.6 million loss related to the available for sale securities portfolio partially offset by a $2.8 million gain on the cash flow hedges). 

    Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 at September 30, 2024 from $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the reconciliation tables included in this release for further detail. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023. The Company’s and Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of September 30, 2024 remain strong and reflect increases from December 31, 2023 levels. Where applicable, such ratios remain well above regulatory well capitalized standards.

    The Company employs quarterly capital stress testing modeling of an adverse case and severely adverse case. In the most recently completed stress test (as of June 30, 2024), under the severely adverse case, and no growth scenario, the Bank remains well capitalized over a two-year stress period.

    On September 25, 2024, the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share payable on November 22, 2024 to shareholders of record on November 7, 2024.

    ABOUT THE COMPANY

    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation is a New Jersey based bank holding company with total assets of $6.8 billion and assets under management/administration of $12.1 billion as of September 30, 2024.  Founded in 1921, Peapack-Gladstone Bank is a commercial bank that provides Private Banking customized solutions through its wealth management, commercial and retail solutions, including residential lending and online platforms, to businesses, not for profits and consumers.  Peapack Private, the bank’s wealth management division, offers comprehensive financial, tax, fiduciary and investment advice and solutions to individuals, families, privately-held businesses, family offices and not-for-profit organizations, which help them to establish, maintain and expand their legacy. Together, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack Private offer an unparalleled commitment to client service. Visit http://www.pgbank.com and http://www.peapackprivate.com for more information.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    The foregoing may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, investments, relationships, opportunities and market conditions. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect,” “look,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “may” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • our ability to successfully grow our business and implement our strategic plan, including our ability to generate revenues to offset the increased personnel and other costs related to the strategic plan;
    • the impact of anticipated higher operating expenses in 2024 and beyond;
    • our ability to successfully integrate wealth management firm and team acquisitions;
    • our ability to successfully integrate our expanded employee base;
    • an unexpected decline in the economy, in particular in our New Jersey and New York market areas, including potential recessionary conditions;
    • declines in our net interest margin caused by the interest rate environment and/or our highly competitive market;
    • declines in the value in our investment portfolio;
    • impact from a pandemic event on our business, operations, customers, allowance for credit losses and capital levels;
    • higher than expected increases in our allowance for credit losses;
    • higher than expected increases in credit losses or in the level of delinquent, nonperforming, classified and criticized loans or charge-offs;
    • inflation and changes in interest rates, which may adversely impact our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of our financial instruments, reduce our loan originations and lead to higher operating costs;
    • decline in real estate values within our market areas;
    • legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and related regulations) that may result in increased compliance costs;
    • successful cyberattacks against our IT infrastructure and that of our IT and third-party providers;
    • higher than expected FDIC insurance premiums;
    • adverse weather conditions;
    • the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events;
    • our inability to successfully generate new business in new geographic markets, including our expansion into New York City;
    • a reduction in our lower-cost funding sources;
    • changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio, including the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;
    • our inability to adapt to technological changes;
    • claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, environmental laws and other matters;
    • our inability to retain key employees;
    • demands for loans and deposits in our market areas;
    • adverse changes in securities markets;
    • changes in New York City rent regulation law;
    • changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
    • changes in accounting policies and practices; and/or
    • other unexpected material adverse changes in our financial condition, operations or earnings.

    A discussion of these and other factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Except as may be required by the applicable law or regulation, we undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Company’s expectations.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    Contact:
    Frank A. Cavallaro, SEVP and CFO
    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation
    T: 908-306-8933

    (Tables to follow)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Income Statement Data:                              
    Interest income   $ 83,203     $ 79,238     $ 79,194     $ 80,178     $ 78,489  
    Interest expense     45,522       44,196       44,819       43,503       41,974  
    Net interest income     37,681       35,042       34,375       36,675       36,515  
    Wealth management fee income     15,150       16,419       14,407       13,758       13,975  
    Service charges and fees     1,327       1,345       1,322       1,255       1,319  
    Bank owned life insurance     390       328       503       357       310  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value
    (Mortgage banking)
        15       34       56       18       37  
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower
    of cost or fair value
              23                    
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       400       239       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       818       39       85  
    Other income     1,162       2,938       1,306       1,339       3,541  
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     474       (84 )     (111 )     585       (404 )
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
                                   
    Total revenue     56,619       56,597       53,076       54,265       55,869  
                                   
    Salaries and employee benefits     31,050       29,884       28,476       24,320       25,264  
    Premises and equipment     5,633       5,776       5,081       5,416       5,214  
    FDIC insurance expense     870       870       945       765       741  
    Other expenses     7,096       6,596       5,539       7,115       6,194  
    Total operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11,970       13,471       13,035       16,649       18,456  
    Provision for credit losses     1,224       3,911       627       5,026       5,856  
    Income before income taxes     10,746       9,560       12,408       11,623       12,600  
    Income tax expense     3,159       2,030       3,777       3,024       3,845  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Per Common Share Data:                              
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 0.43     $ 0.42     $ 0.49     $ 0.48     $ 0.49  
    Earnings per share (diluted)     0.43       0.42       0.48       0.48       0.49  
    Weighted average number of common
    shares outstanding:
                                 
    Basic     17,616,046       17,747,070       17,711,639       17,770,158       17,856,961  
    Diluted     17,700,042       17,792,296       17,805,347       17,961,400       18,010,127  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets annualized (ROAA)     0.46 %     0.47 %     0.54 %     0.53 %     0.54 %
    Return on average equity annualized (ROAE)     5.12 %     5.22 %     5.94 %     6.13 %     6.20 %
    Return on average tangible equity annualized (ROATCE) (A)     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.34 %     2.25 %     2.20 %     2.29 %     2.28 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     78.86 %     76.20 %     75.44 %     69.32 %     66.97 %
    Operating expenses / average assets annualized     2.73 %     2.70 %     2.51 %     2.33 %     2.31 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue. For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended              
        September 30,     Change  
        2024     2023     $     %  
    Income Statement Data:                        
    Interest income   $ 241,635     $ 223,832     $ 17,803       8 %
    Interest expense     134,537       104,418       30,119       29 %
    Net interest income     107,098       119,414       (12,316 )     -10 %
    Wealth management fee income     45,976       41,989       3,987       9 %
    Service charges and fees     3,994       3,897       97       2 %
    Bank owned life insurance     1,221       912       309       34 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)     105       73       32       44 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     23             23     N/A  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     1,214       2,194       (980 )     -45 %
    Corporate advisory fee income     976       180       796       442 %
    Other income     5,406       7,147       (1,741 )     -24 %
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     279       (404 )     683       -169 %
    Total other income     59,194       55,988       3,206       6 %
                             
    Total revenue     166,292       175,402       (9,110 )     -5 %
                             
    Salaries and employee benefits     89,410       76,204       13,206       17 %
    Premises and equipment     16,490       14,317       2,173       15 %
    FDIC insurance expense     2,685       2,181       504       23 %
    Other expenses     19,231       17,977       1,254       7 %
    Total operating expenses     127,816       110,679       17,137       15 %
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38,476       64,723       (26,247 )     -41 %
    Provision for credit losses     5,762       9,065       (3,303 )     -36 %
    Income before income taxes     32,714       55,658       (22,944 )     -41 %
    Income tax expense     8,966       15,403       (6,437 )     -42 %
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255     $ (16,507 )     -41 %
                             
                             
    Per Common Share Data:                        
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 1.34     $ 2.25     $ (0.91 )     -40 %
    Earnings per share (diluted)     1.34       2.23       (0.89 )     -40 %
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     17,691,309       17,876,316       (185,007 )     -1 %
    Diluted     17,746,560       18,091,524       (344,964 )     -2 %
    Performance Ratios:                        
    Return on average assets (ROAA)     0.49 %     0.84 %     (0.35 )%     -41 %
    Return on average equity (ROAE)     5.42 %     9.66 %     (4.24 )%     -44 %
    Return on average tangible equity (ROATCE) (A)     5.88 %     10.55 %     (4.67 )%     -44 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.26 %     2.54 %     (0.28 )%     -11 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     76.86 %     63.10 %     13.76 %     22 %
    Operating expenses / average assets     2.65 %     2.31 %     0.34 %     15 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue.  For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks   $ 8,129     $ 5,586     $ 5,769     $ 5,887     $ 7,400  
    Federal funds sold                              
    Interest-earning deposits     484,529       310,143       189,069       181,784       180,469  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     492,658       315,729       194,838       187,671       187,869  
    Securities available for sale     682,713       591,884       550,870       550,617       521,005  
    Securities held to maturity     103,158       105,013       106,498       107,755       108,940  
    CRA equity security, at fair value     13,445       12,971       13,055       13,166       12,581  
    FHLB and FRB stock, at cost (A)     12,459       12,478       18,079       31,044       34,158  
                                   
    Residential mortgage     591,374       579,057       581,426       578,427       585,295  
    Multifamily mortgage     1,784,861       1,796,687       1,827,165       1,836,390       1,871,853  
    Commercial mortgage     578,559       600,859       615,964       637,625       622,469  
    Commercial and industrial loans     2,247,853       2,185,827       2,235,342       2,284,940       2,321,917  
    Consumer loans     78,160       69,579       66,827       62,036       57,227  
    Home equity lines of credit     38,971       37,117       35,542       36,464       34,411  
    Other loans     389       172       184       238       265  
    Total loans     5,320,167       5,269,298       5,362,450       5,436,120       5,493,437  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     71,283       67,984       66,251       65,888       68,592  
    Net loans     5,248,884       5,201,314       5,296,199       5,370,232       5,424,845  
                                   
    Premises and equipment     25,716       24,932       24,494       24,166       23,969  
    Accrued interest receivable     31,973       33,534       32,672       30,676       22,889  
    Bank owned life insurance     47,837       47,716       47,580       47,581       47,509  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     1,020       1,055       1,900       2,087       2,274  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     41,650       38,683       16,035       12,096       12,800  
    Due from brokers           3,184                    
    Other assets     47,081       71,387       60,591       53,752       76,456  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
                                   
    LIABILITIES                              
    Deposits:                              
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 1,079,877     $ 950,368     $ 914,893     $ 957,687     $ 947,405  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits     3,316,217       3,229,814       3,029,119       2,882,193       2,871,359  
    Savings     103,979       105,602       108,305       111,573       117,905  
    Money market accounts     902,562       824,158       775,132       740,559       761,833  
    Certificates of deposit – Retail     515,297       502,810       486,079       443,791       422,291  
    Certificates of deposit – Listing Service     7,454       7,454       7,704       7,804       9,103  
    Subtotal “customer” deposits     5,925,386       5,620,206       5,321,232       5,143,607       5,129,896  
    IB Demand – Brokered     10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000  
    Certificates of deposit – Brokered           26,000       145,480       120,507       119,463  
    Total deposits     5,935,386       5,656,206       5,476,712       5,274,114       5,259,359  
    Short-term borrowings                 119,490       403,814       470,576  
    Finance lease liability     1,388       1,427       3,104       3,430       3,752  
    Operating lease liability     44,775       41,347       17,630       12,876       13,595  
    Subordinated debt, net     133,489       133,417       133,346       133,274       133,203  
    Due to brokers           9,981                    
    Other liabilities     71,140       74,650       75,892       65,668       82,140  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES     6,186,178       5,917,028       5,826,174       5,893,176       5,962,625  
    Shareholders’ equity     607,614       588,322       582,379       583,681       558,956  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND                              
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Assets under management and / or administration at
    Peapack-Gladstone Bank’s Private Wealth Management
    Division (market value, not included above-dollars in billions)
      $ 12.1     $ 11.5     $ 11.5     $ 10.9     $ 10.4  

    (A) FHLB means “Federal Home Loan Bank” and FRB means “Federal Reserve Bank.”

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Asset Quality:                              
    Loans past due over 90 days and still accruing   $     $     $ 35     $     $  
    Nonaccrual loans     80,453       82,075       69,811       61,324       70,809  
    Other real estate owned                              
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 80,453     $ 82,075     $ 69,846     $ 61,324     $ 70,809  
                                   
    Nonperforming loans to total loans     1.51 %     1.56 %     1.30 %     1.13 %     1.29 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets     1.18 %     1.26 %     1.09 %     0.95 %     1.09 %
                                   
    Performing modifications (A)(B)   $ 51,796     $ 26,788     $ 12,311     $ 248     $ 248  
                                   
    Loans past due 30 through 89 days and still accruing   $ 31,446     $ 34,714     $ 73,699     $ 34,589     $ 9,780  
                                   
    Loans subject to special mention   $ 113,655     $ 140,791     $ 59,450     $ 71,397     $ 53,328  
                                   
    Classified loans   $ 147,422     $ 128,311     $ 117,869     $ 84,372     $ 94,866  
                                   
    Individually evaluated loans   $ 79,972     $ 81,802     $ 69,530     $ 60,710     $ 70,184  
                                   
    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”):                              
    Beginning of quarter   $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592     $ 62,704  
    Provision for credit losses (C)     1,227       3,901       615       5,082       5,944  
    (Charge-offs)/recoveries, net (D)     2,072       (2,168 )     (252 )     (7,786 )     (56 )
    End of quarter   $ 71,283     $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592  
                                   
    ACL to nonperforming loans     88.60 %     82.83 %     94.85 %     107.44 %     96.87 %
    ACL to total loans     1.34 %     1.29 %     1.24 %     1.21 %     1.25 %
    Collectively evaluated ACL to total loans (E)     1.16 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.13 %     1.10 %

    (A) Amounts reflect modifications that are paying according to modified terms.
    (B) Excludes modifications included in nonaccrual loans of $3.7 million at September 30, 2024, $3.2 million at June 30, 2024, $3.2 million at March 31, 2024, $3.0 million at December 31, 2023 and $3.1 million at September 30, 2023.
    (C) Excludes a credit of $3,000 at September 30, 2024, a provision of $10,000 at June 30, 2024, a provision of $12,000 at March 31, 2024, a credit of $55,000 at December 31, 2023 and a credit of $88,000 at September 30, 2023 related to off-balance sheet commitments.
    (D) Net charge-offs for the quarter ended December 31, 2023 included charge-offs of $2.2 million of a previously established reserve to loans individually evaluated on one multifamily loan and $5.6 million on one equipment finance relationship.
    (E) Total ACL less reserves to loans individually evaluated equals collectively evaluated ACL.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        September 30,     December 31,     September 30,  
        2024     2023     2023  
    Capital Adequacy                              
    Equity to total assets (A)         8.94 %         9.01 %         8.57 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (B)         8.33 %         8.36 %         7.92 %
    Book value per share (C)       $ 34.57         $ 32.90         $ 31.37  
    Tangible book value per share (D)       $ 32.00         $ 30.31         $ 28.77  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss*         9.07 %         9.28 %         9.06 %
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss*       $ 35.11         $ 33.97         $ 33.36  

    *Excludes other comprehensive loss of $54.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, $64.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2023, and $81.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    (A) Equity to total assets is calculated as total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets at quarter end.
    (B) Tangible equity and tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at quarter end is calculated by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at quarter end. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (C) Book value per common share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by quarter end common shares outstanding.
    (D) Tangible book value per share excludes intangible assets. Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible equity by quarter end common shares outstanding. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation tables.

        As of
        September 30,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024     2023     2023  
    Regulatory Capital – Holding Company                              
    Tier I leverage   $ 615,486     9.33 %   $ 600,444     9.19 %   $ 592,061     9.05 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets     615,486     11.67       600,444     11.43       592,061     11.13  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets
        615,474     11.67       600,432     11.43       592,043     11.13  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets     800,961     15.19       785,413     14.95       784,777     14.76  
                                   
    Regulatory Capital – Bank                              
    Tier I leverage (E)   $ 724,038     10.99 %   $ 707,446     10.83 %   $ 702,517     10.75 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets (F)     724,038     13.75       707,446     13.48       702,517     13.22  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets (G)
        724,026     13.75       707,434     13.47       702,499     13.22  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets (H)     789,954     15.00       773,083     14.73       768,979     14.47  

    (E) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 4.00% ($264 million)
    (F) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 8.50% ($448 million)
    (G) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 7.00% ($369 million)
    (H) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 10.50% ($553 million)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOANS CLOSED
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Quarters Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 26,955     $ 16,087     $ 11,661     $ 5,895     $ 21,310  
    Residential loans sold     1,853       2,361       4,025       1,449       2,503  
    Total residential loans     28,808       18,448       15,686       7,344       23,813  
    Commercial real estate     4,300       2,600       11,500       21,375       3,900  
    Multifamily     11,295       4,330       1,900       5,725       3,000  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     242,829       103,065       145,803       145,397       176,845  
    SBA     9,106       8,200       2,790       7,326       300  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     11,675       10,950       3,850       350       6,875  
    Total commercial loans     279,205       129,145       165,843       180,173       190,920  
    Installment loans     8,137       1,664       6,868       2,946       6,999  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     10,421       4,787       2,103       4,174       6,275  
    Total loans closed   $ 326,571     $ 154,044     $ 190,500     $ 194,637     $ 228,007  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 54,703     $ 90,971  
    Residential loans sold     8,239       5,052  
    Total residential loans     62,942       96,023  
    Commercial real estate     18,400       66,125  
    Multifamily     17,525       59,812  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     491,697       543,631  
    SBA     20,096       23,963  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     26,475       34,050  
    Total commercial loans     574,193       727,581  
    Installment loans     16,669       23,672  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     17,311       15,303  
    Total loans closed   $ 671,115     $ 862,579  

    (A) Includes loans and lines of credit that closed in the period but not necessarily funded.
    (B) Includes equipment finance.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 806,861     $ 5,170       2.56 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                       1,198       11       3.67  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       580,951       5,208       3.59  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,502,351       27,746       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,298,723       37,357       6.50  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       12,346       282       9.14  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       56,248       967       6.88  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       34,250       680       7.94  
    Other     239       6       10.04       234       7       11.97  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,485,103       72,247       5.27  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       136,315       1,463       4.29  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,429,477       78,891       4.91 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   6,954              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (63,625 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   23,880              
    Other assets     139,042                   85,582              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   52,791              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 2,813,080     $ 24,318       3.46 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       771,781       4,458       2.31  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       118,718       75       0.25  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       415,665       3,459       3.33  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,119,244       32,310       3.14  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       136       5.44  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       102,777       1,183       4.60  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,232,021       33,629       3.18  
    Borrowings                       470,616       6,569       5.58  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       3,863       46       4.76  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,163       1,730       5.20  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,839,663       41,974       3.47 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   990,854              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   86,598              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,077,452              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   565,153              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 36,917        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.44 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.28 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 801,715     $ 5,168       2.58 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                                    
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       576,944       5,582       3.87  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,420,570       26,881       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,191,370       37,067       6.77  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       21,628       489       9.04  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       67,034       1,143       6.82  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       36,576       748       8.18  
    Other     239       6       10.04       200       6       12.00  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,314,322       71,916       5.41  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       207,287       2,418       4.67  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,323,324       79,502       5.03 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   7,537              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (67,568 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   24,820              
    Other assets     139,042                   99,838              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   64,627              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 3,094,386     $ 29,252       3.78 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       791,385       6,016       3.04  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       105,825       96       0.36  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       504,313       5,367       4.26  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,495,909       40,731       3.62  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       134       5.36  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       98,642       1,242       5.04  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,604,551       42,107       3.66  
    Borrowings                       27,247       381       5.59  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       2,869       22       3.07  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,377       1,686       5.06  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,768,044       44,196       3.71 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   945,231              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   97,470              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,042,701              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   577,206              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 35,306        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.32 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.25 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/           Average     Income/        
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 820,594     $ 16,411       2.67 %   $ 801,535     $ 14,541       2.42 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                       1,637       49       3.99  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     578,187       16,836       3.88       556,220       14,433       3.46  
    Commercial mortgages     2,420,772       81,783       4.50       2,495,175       80,503       4.30  
    Commercial     2,196,921       112,214       6.81       2,247,803       106,182       6.30  
    Commercial construction     20,981       1,425       9.06       7,903       536       9.04  
    Installment     68,605       3,524       6.85       49,214       2,416       6.55  
    Home equity     37,255       2,298       8.22       33,914       1,903       7.48  
    Other     218       19       11.62       260       22       11.28  
    Total loans     5,322,939       218,099       5.46       5,390,489       205,995       5.10  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     225,070       7,922       4.69       147,071       4,452       4.04  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,368,603       242,432       5.08 %     6,340,732       225,037       4.73 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     8,384                   8,388              
    Allowance for credit losses     (68,337 )                 (62,753 )            
    Premises and equipment     24,917                   23,850              
    Other assets     109,152                   76,992              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     74,116                   46,477              
    Total assets   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,088,218     $ 88,192       3.81 %   $ 2,739,115     $ 63,018       3.07 %
    Money markets     794,297       17,959       3.01       893,567       13,185       1.97  
    Savings     106,200       302       0.38       128,437       148       0.15  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     498,353       15,762       4.22       386,488       7,650       2.64  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,487,068       122,215       3.63       4,147,607       84,001       2.70  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       394       5.25       15,311       469       4.08  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     78,042       2,950       5.04       51,916       1,584       4.07  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,575,110       125,559       3.66       4,214,834       86,054       2.72  
    Borrowings     87,224       3,848       5.88       331,170       13,249       5.33  
    Capital lease obligation     2,491       75       4.01       4,179       149       4.75  
    Subordinated debt     133,377       5,055       5.05       133,090       4,966       4.98  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,798,202       134,537       3.74 %     4,683,273       104,418       2.97 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     959,571                   1,066,162              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     101,247                   82,215              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,060,818                   1,148,377              
    Shareholders’ equity     583,699                   555,559              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
    Net interest income         $ 107,895                 $ 120,619        
    Net interest spread                 1.34 %                 1.76 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.26 %                 2.54 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES RECONCILIATION

    Tangible book value per share and tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end are non-GAAP financial measures derived from GAAP-based amounts. We calculate tangible equity and tangible assets by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. We calculate tangible book value per share by dividing tangible equity by common shares outstanding, as compared to book value per common share, which we calculate by dividing shareholders’ equity by common shares outstanding at period end. We calculate tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at period end. We believe that this is consistent with the treatment by bank regulatory agencies, which exclude intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios.

    The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure of expense control relative to recurring revenue. We calculate the efficiency ratio by dividing total noninterest expenses, excluding other real estate owned provision, as determined under GAAP, by net interest income and total noninterest income as determined under GAAP, but excluding net gains/(losses) on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value and excluding net gains on securities from this calculation, which we refer to below as recurring revenue. We believe that this provides a reasonable measure of core expenses relative to core revenue.

    We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide information that is important to investors and useful in understanding our financial position, results and ratios because our management internally assesses our performance based, in part, on these measures. However, these non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for an analysis based on GAAP measures. As other companies may use different calculations for these measures, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titles measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures of tangible common equity, tangible book value per share and efficiency ratio to the underlying GAAP numbers is set forth below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 607,614     $ 588,322     $ 582,379     $ 583,681     $ 558,956  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible equity   $ 562,416     $ 542,852     $ 536,637     $ 537,667     $ 512,670  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible equity excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 617,236     $ 611,194     $ 604,397     $ 602,545     $ 594,323  
                                   
    Period end shares outstanding     17,577,747       17,666,490       17,761,538       17,739,677       17,816,922  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 32.00     $ 30.73     $ 30.21     $ 30.31     $ 28.77  
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 35.11     $ 34.60     $ 34.03     $ 33.97     $ 33.36  
    Book value per share     34.57       33.30       32.79       32.90       31.37  
                                   
    Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets                              
    Total assets   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible assets   $ 6,748,594     $ 6,459,880     $ 6,362,811     $ 6,430,843     $ 6,475,295  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 6,803,414     $ 6,528,222     $ 6,430,571     $ 6,495,721     $ 6,556,948  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets     8.33 %     8.40 %     8.43 %     8.36 %     7.92 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss     9.07 %     9.36 %     9.40 %     9.28 %     9.06 %
    Equity to assets     8.94 %     9.04 %     9.09 %     9.01 %     8.57 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 592,787     $ 577,206     $ 581,003     $ 561,055     $ 565,153  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,350       45,624       45,903       46,167       46,468  
    Average tangible equity   $ 547,437     $ 531,582     $ 535,100     $ 514,888     $ 518,685  
                                   
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2023  
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255  
                 
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 583,699     $ 555,559  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,625       46,825  
    Average tangible equity     538,074       508,734  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.88 %     10.55 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 37,681     $ 35,042     $ 34,375     $ 36,675     $ 36,515  
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
    Add:                              
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (474 )     84       111       (585 )     404  
    Less:                              
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value           (23 )                  
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (55 )           (181 )            
    Total recurring revenue     56,090       56,658       53,006       53,680       56,273  
                                   
    Operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Total operating expense     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
                                   
    Efficiency ratio     79.60 %     76.12 %     75.54 %     70.07 %     66.48 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 107,098     $ 119,414  
    Total other income     59,194       55,988  
    Add:            
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (279 )     404  
    Less:            
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     (23 )      
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (236 )      
    Total recurring revenue     165,754       175,806  
                 
    Operating expenses     127,816       110,679  
    Less:            
    Accelerated Expense for Retirement           1,965  
    Branch Closure Expense           175  
    Total operating expense     127,816       108,539  
                 
    Efficiency ratio     77.11 %     61.74 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: FS Bancorp, Inc. Reports Third Quarter Net Income of $10.3 Million or $1.29 Per Diluted Share and the Forty-Seventh Consecutive Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MOUNTLAKE TERRACE, Wash., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FS Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FSBW) (the “Company”), the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington (the “Bank”) today reported 2024 third quarter net income of $10.3 million, or $1.29 per diluted share, compared to $9.0 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, for the comparable quarter one year ago. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net income was $27.6 million, or $3.45 per diluted share, compared to net income of $26.3 million, or $3.33 per diluted share, for the comparable nine-month period in 2023.

    “Deposit growth experienced in the third quarter of 2024 was a direct result of the Bank-wide focus and strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits,” stated Joe Adams, CEO. “We are also pleased that our Board of Directors approved our forty-seventh consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.27 per common share, demonstrating our continued commitment to returning value to shareholders.  The cash dividend will be paid on November 21, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 7, 2024,” concluded Adams.

    2024 Third Quarter Highlights

    • Net income was $10.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.0 million for both the previous quarter and the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.35% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 4.29% in the previous quarter, and 4.34% for the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Total deposits increased $44.5 million, or 1.9%, to $2.43 billion at September 30, 2024, primarily due to an increase in noninterest-bearing checking of $34.4 million and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) of $15.0 million, compared to $2.38 billion at June 30, 2024 and decreased $27.1 million, or 1.1%, from $2.45 billion at September 30, 2023.  Noninterest-bearing deposits were $657.8 million at September 30, 2024, $623.3 million at June 30, 2024, and $670.2 million at September 30, 2023; 
    • Borrowings decreased $18.1 million, or 9.9% to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, as a result of the Company’s strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits; 
    • Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million, or 3.7%, from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023;
    • Consumer loans, of which 87.3% are home improvement loans, decreased $9.3 million, or 1.4%, to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $641.7 million in the previous quarter, and decreased $7.7 million, or 1.2%, from $640.1 million in the comparable quarter one year ago. Yields on consumer loans increased 18 basis points to 7.59% from 7.41% at the end of the second quarter 2024. During the three months ended September 30, 2024, consumer loan originations included 80.4% of home improvement loans originated with a Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score above 720 and 83.9% of home improvement loans with a UCC-2 security filing;
    • For the third quarter of 2024, there was a tax benefit of $420,000, compared to tax provisions of $2.4 million in the prior quarter, and $2.5 million for the same quarter last year.  The tax benefit for the third quarter of 2024 was due to $28.4 million of energy tax credits purchased during the current quarter related to the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022;
    • Repurchased 97,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in the third quarter of 2024 at an average price of $43.58 per share with $1.4 million remaining for future purchases under the share repurchase plan that was approved in July 2024;
    • Book value per share increased $0.30 to $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.87 from $32.58 at September 30, 2023.  Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.44 to $35.10 at September 30, 2024, compared to $34.66 at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.37 from $29.73 at September 30, 2023. See, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    • Segment reporting in the third quarter of 2024 reflected net income of $9.3 million for the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment and $1.0 million for the Home Lending segment, compared to net income of $8.0 million and $1.0 million in the prior quarter, and net income of $8.8 million and $166,000 in the third quarter of 2023, respectively;
    • The percentage of available unencumbered cash and secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank to uninsured deposits was 182% at September 30, 2024, compared to 191% in the prior quarter. The average deposit size per FDIC-insured account at the Bank was $33,000 and $32,000 for September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively; and
    • Regulatory capital ratios at the Bank were 14.2% for total risk-based capital and 11.2% for Tier 1 leverage capital at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.9% for total risk-based capital and 10.9% for Tier 1 leverage capital at June 30, 2024.

    Segment Reporting

    The Company reports two segments: Commercial and Consumer Banking and Home Lending. The Commercial and Consumer Banking segment provides diversified financial products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. These products and services include deposit products; residential, consumer, business and commercial real estate lending portfolios and cash management services. This segment is also responsible for the management of the investment portfolio and other assets of the Bank. The Home Lending segment originates one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans primarily for sale in the secondary markets as well as loans held for investment.

    The Company reflected the sale of servicing rights in the first quarter of 2024 as a gain to the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to offset the realized loss on sale of investment securities and will allocate the gain on a straight-line basis over four years as intercompany income from the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to the Home Lending segment.

    The tables below provide a summary of segment reporting at or for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,612     $ 2,632     $ 31,244  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,331 )     (182 )     (1,513 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,257       3,710       5,967  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (20,199 )     (5,633 )     (25,832 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     9,339       527       9,866  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (71 )     491       420  
    Net income   $ 9,268     $ 1,018     $ 10,286  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,347,855     $ 612,935     $ 2,960,790  
    Full-time employees (“FTEs”)     442       117       559  
        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 27,563     $ 3,071     $ 30,634  
    Provision for credit losses     (437 )     (111 )     (548 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,680       2,302       4,982  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (18,539 )     (5,047 )     (23,586 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     11,267       215       11,482  
    Provision for income taxes     (2,480 )     (49 )     (2,529 )
    Net income   $ 8,787     $ 166     $ 8,953  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,361,014     $ 540,372     $ 2,901,386  
    FTEs     434       128       562  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 84,749     $ 7,242     $ 91,991  
    Provision for credit losses     (3,796 )     (193 )     (3,989 )
    Noninterest income (2)     6,919       10,027       16,946  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (58,250 )     (14,968 )     (73,218 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     29,622       2,108       31,730  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (4,253 )     165       (4,088 )
    Net income   $ 25,369     $ 2,273     $ 27,642  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,369,740     $ 586,001     $ 2,955,741  
    FTEs     442       117       559  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 83,332     $ 9,516     $ 92,848  
    Provision for credit losses     (2,555 )     (817 )     (3,372 )
    Noninterest income (2)     7,766       7,268       15,034  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (56,099 )     (15,215 )     (71,314 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     32,444       752       33,196  
    Provision for income taxes     (6,758 )     (157 )     (6,915 )
    Net income   $ 25,686     $ 595     $ 26,281  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,288,996     $ 520,513     $ 2,809,509  
    FTEs     434       128       562  

    __________________________

    (1)   Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to the other segment. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of assigned liabilities to fund segment assets.
    (2)   Noninterest income includes activity from certain residential mortgage loans that were initially originated for sale and measured at fair value, and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Gains and losses from changes in fair value for these loans are reported in earnings as a component of noninterest income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded net increases in fair value of $262,000 and $448,000, respectively, as compared to net decreases in fair value of $343,000 and $285,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. As of September 30, 2024 and 2023, there were $13.9 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans recorded at fair value as they were previously transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment.
    (3)   Noninterest expense includes allocated overhead expense from general corporate activities. Allocation is determined based on a combination of segment assets and FTEs.  For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Home Lending segment included allocated overhead expenses of $1.8 million and $4.8 million, compared to $1.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
         

    Asset Summary

    Total assets increased $28.8 million, or 1.0%, to $2.97 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $2.94 billion at June 30, 2024, and increased $50.1 million, or 1.7%, from $2.92 billion at September 30, 2023.  The increase in total assets at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, included increases of $15.7 million in other assets, consisting primarily of a federal income tax receivable of $25.7 million, $7.3 million in total cash and cash equivalents, $7.0 million in securities available-for-sale, and $6.5 million in loans receivable, net, partially offset by decreases in loans held for sale (“HFS”) of $4.4 million,  and core deposit intangible (“CDI”), net of $897,000. The increase compared to September 30, 2023, was primarily due to increases in loans receivable, net of $88.1 million, loans HFS of $30.7 million, other assets of $13.1 million, and FHLB stock of $5.8 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in total cash and cash equivalents of $40.3 million, securities available-for-sale of $23.7 million, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) of $8.9 million, certificates of deposit at other financial institutions of $5.6 million, CDI, net of $3.7 million, deferred tax asset, net of $3.2 million, operating lease right-of-use assets of $1.7 million, and premises and equipment, net of $900,000.

    LOAN PORTFOLIO                                                
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    REAL ESTATE LOANS                                                
    Commercial   $ 352,933       14.1 %   $ 359,404       14.4 %   $ 364,673       15.2 %
    Construction and development     292,366       11.7       274,209       11.0       289,873       12.0  
    Home equity     75,063       3.0       73,749       3.0       67,103       2.8  
    One-to-four-family (excludes HFS)     591,666       23.7       588,966       23.7       540,670       22.5  
    Multi-family     238,462       9.6       239,675       9.6       243,661       10.1  
    Total real estate loans     1,550,490       62.1       1,536,003       61.7       1,505,980       62.6  
                                                     
    CONSUMER LOANS                                                
    Indirect home improvement     552,226       22.2       563,621       22.7       562,650       23.4  
    Marine     76,845       3.1       74,627       3.0       73,887       3.1  
    Other consumer     3,346       0.1       3,440       0.1       3,547       0.1  
    Total consumer loans     632,417       25.4       641,688       25.8       640,084       26.6  
                                                     
    COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LOANS                                                
    Commercial and industrial (“C&I”)     296,773       11.9       285,183       11.5       236,520       9.8  
    Warehouse lending     15,249       0.6       25,548       1.0       23,489       1.0  
    Total commercial business loans     312,022       12.5       310,731       12.5       260,009       10.8  
    Total loans receivable, gross     2,494,929       100.0 %     2,488,422       100.0 %     2,406,073       100.0 %
                                                     
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (31,232 )             (31,238 )             (30,501 )        
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 2,463,697             $ 2,457,184             $ 2,375,572          
     

    Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023. Total real estate loans remained virtually unchanged at $1.55 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, however, there were notable shifts within the portfolio. Specifically, construction and development loans increased $18.2 million, one-to-four-family loans (excluding HFS) increased $2.7 million mainly due to new loan originations, and home equity loans increased $1.3 million. These gains were partially offset by declines of $6.5 million in commercial real estate loans and $1.2 million in multi-family loans.  In addition, commercial business loans increased $1.3 million to $312.0 million at September 30, 2024, up from $310.7 million on June 30, 2024, resulting from an increase of $11.6 million in C&I loans and a decrease of $10.3 million in warehouse lending.  Consumer loans decreased $9.3 million to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, resulting from an $11.4 million decrease in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million in marine loans. 

    The composition of CRE loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                        
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    CRE by Type:   Amount     Amount     Amount  
    Agriculture   $ 3,610     $ 3,639     $ 3,926  
    CRE Non-owner occupied:                        
    Office     40,672       41,381       41,878  
    Retail     36,070       37,507       37,865  
    Hospitality/restaurant     27,743       28,314       25,252  
    Self storage     19,130       19,141       21,381  
    Mixed use     17,881       18,062       16,768  
    Industrial     15,402       17,163       17,431  
    Senior housing/assisted living     7,621       7,675       8,556  
    Other (1)     6,684       6,847       7,814  
    Land     2,523       3,021       6,381  
    Education/worship     2,545       2,571       2,645  
    Total CRE non-owner occupied     176,271       181,682       185,971  
    CRE owner occupied:                        
    Industrial     63,577       63,969       63,307  
    Office     42,156       41,978       41,663  
    Retail     19,968       20,885       23,228  
    Hospitality/restaurant     10,528       10,800       14,153  
    Other (2)     8,116       8,354       8,850  
    Car wash     9,575       9,607       7,818  
    Automobile related     8,874       8,200       8,193  
    Education/worship     4,609       4,610       4,617  
    Mixed use     5,649       5,680       2,947  
    Total CRE owner occupied     173,052       174,083       174,776  
    Total   $ 352,933     $ 359,404     $ 364,673  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Primarily includes loans secured by mobile home parks totaling $774,000, $782,000, and $2.4 million, RV parks totaling $689,000, $692,000, and $702,000, automobile-related collateral totaling $594,000, $599,000, and $0, and other collateral totaling $4.6 million, $4.7 million, and $4.8 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (2)   Primarily includes loans secured by gas stations totaling $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.7 million, non-profit organization totaling $901,000, $908,000 and $928,000, and other collateral totaling $5.7 million, $5.1 million and $6.2 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    The following tables includes CRE loans repricing or maturing within the next two years, excluding loans that reprice simultaneously with changes to the prime rate:

    (Dollars in thousands)     For the Quarter Ended         Current Weighted
        Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,         Average
    CRE by type:   2024   2025   2025   2025   2025   2026   2026   2026   Total   Rate
    Agriculture   $ 926   $   $ 424   $   $ 311   $ 181   $ 259   $ 306   $ 2,407   6.40%
    Apartment     9,990     9,817     5,271     1,829     18,671     1,908     14,485     9,797     71,768   4.87%
    Auto related             2,091                         2,091   4.18%
    Hotel / hospitality         579     1,212     1,336         118     1,307         4,552   4.39%
    Industrial     8,337     897     588         10,361     584     173     1,636     22,576   5.29%
    Mixed use     795     1,750     3,490     250     318                 6,603   5.00%
    Office     4,702     11,171         4,214     988     528     1,666     566     23,835   4.88%
    Other     1,227         116     1,168     246     901         2,545     6,203   4.96%
    Retail     1,266     2,006         83         465     3,285         7,105   4.15%
    Senior housing and assisted living                         2,186             2,186   4.75%
    Total   $ 27,243   $ 26,220   $ 13,192   $ 8,880   $ 30,895   $ 6,871   $ 21,175   $ 14,850   $ 149,326   4.91%
     

    A breakdown of construction loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 8,698       3.2 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,737       1.7  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,000       3.6  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,807       2.8  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       30,960       11.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       46,107       16.8  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,310       2.7  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       131,293       47.9  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       27,297       10.0  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 274,209       100.0 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 7,347       2.5 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,591       1.6  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,734       3.7  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,287       2.5  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       52,913       18.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       44,542       15.4  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,012       2.4  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       124,244       42.8  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       31,203       10.8  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 289,873       100.0 %
     

    Originations of one-to-four-family loans to purchase and refinance a home for the periods indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended     For the Three Months Ended                  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 193,715       92.3 %   $ (25,627 )     (13.2 )%
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       16,173       7.7       11,828       73.1 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 209,888       100.0 %   $ (13,799 )     (6.5 )%
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 139,345       92.1 %   $ 28,743       20.6 %
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       12,001       7.9       16,000       133.3 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 151,346       100.0 %   $ 44,743       29.6 %
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Nine Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 497,705       88.8 %   $ 387,211       91.8 %   $ 110,494       28.5 %
    Refinance     62,546       11.2       34,635       8.2       27,911       80.6 %
    Total   $ 560,251       100.0 %   $ 421,846       100.0 %   $ 138,405       32.8 %
     

    During the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company sold $167.6 million of one-to-four-family loans compared to $164.5 million during the previous quarter and $117.6 million during the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins on home loan sales were unchanged at 2.96% for both quarters ended September 30, 2024, and  June 30, 2024, and declined from 3.08% in the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins are defined as the margin on loans sold (cash sales) without the impact of deferred costs.

    Liabilities and Equity Summary

    Changes in deposits at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 613,137       25.7 %   $ 28,133       4.6 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       166,839       7.0       (895 )     (0.5 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       10,212       0.4       6,271       61.4  
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       790,188       33.1       33,509       4.2  
    Savings     151,364       6.2       151,398       6.4       (34 )     (0.0 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       343,995       14.4       (3,946 )     (1.1 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       495,393       20.8       (3,980 )     (0.8 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       530,537       22.3       2,904       0.5  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       427,893       18.0       24,812       5.8  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       138,792       5.8       (12,717 )     (9.2 )
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,097,222       46.1       14,999       1.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,382,803       100.0 %   $ 44,528       1.9 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 643,670       26.2 %   $ (2,400 )     (0.4 )%
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       219,468       8.9       (53,524 )     (24.4 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       26,489       1.1       (10,006 )     (37.8 )
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       889,627       36.2       (65,930 )     (7.4 )
    Savings     151,364       6.2       157,901       6.4       (6,537 )     (4.1 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       389,962       15.9       (49,913 )     (12.8 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       547,863       22.3       (56,450 )     (10.3 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       527,032       21.5       6,409       1.2  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       406,545       16.6       46,160       11.4  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       83,377       3.4       42,698       51.2  
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,016,954       41.5       95,267       9.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,454,444       100.0 %   $ (27,113 )     (1.1 )%

    __________________________________

    (1)   There were no brokered deposits at September 30, 2024 and  June 30, 2024, compared to $50.1 million at September 30, 2023.                  
    (2)   Noninterest-bearing accounts.
    (3)   Includes $1.0 million, $4.0 million and $51,000 of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (4)   Includes $250.2 million, $261.0 million, and $323.3 million of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    At September 30, 2024, CDs, which include retail and non-retail CDs, totaled $1.11 billion, compared to $1.10 billion at June 30, 2024 and $1.02 billion at September 30, 2023, with non-retail CDs representing 22.5%, 24.9% and 33.2% of total CDs at such dates, respectively. At September 30, 2024, non-retail CDs, which include brokered CDs, online CDs and public funds CDs, decreased $10.4 million to $262.9 million, compared to $273.4 million at June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease of $10.8 million in brokered CDs. Non-retail CDs totaled $262.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $337.2 million at September 30, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Bank had uninsured deposits of approximately $644.9 million, compared to approximately $586.6 million at June 30, 2024, and $591.6 million at September 30, 2023.  The uninsured amounts are estimates based on the methodologies and assumptions used for the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

    At September 30, 2024, borrowings decreased $18.1 million to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, from $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $41.9 million from $121.9 million at September 30, 2023. These borrowings were comprised of FHLB advances of $153.8 million, and overnight borrowings of $10.0 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $4.9 million to $288.9 million at September 30, 2024, from $284.0 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $38.2 million, from $250.7 million at September 30, 2023. The increase in stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, reflects net income of $10.3 million, partially offset by cash dividends paid of $2.1 million. Stockholders’ equity was also impacted by decreases in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale of $4.2 million, net of tax, and decreases in unrealized net gains on fair value and cash flow hedges of $7.0 million, net of tax, reflecting changes in market interest rates during the quarter, resulting in a $2.7 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Book value per common share was $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and $32.58 at September 30, 2023.

    The Bank is considered well capitalized under the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.2%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.2%, and a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 12.9% at September 30, 2024.

    The Company exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.7%, and a CET1 ratio of 11.2% at September 30, 2024.

    Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) was $31.2 million, or 1.25% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS) at September 30, 2024, compared to $31.2 million, or 1.26% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at June 30, 2024, and $30.5 million, or 1.27% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at September 30, 2023. The virtually static balance in the ACLL at September 30, 2024, compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to insignificant changes in the loan portfolio period over period and provision for credit losses on loans that offset consumer loan net charge-offs.  The increase of $731,000 in the ACLL from the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to organic loan growth and increases in nonperforming loans and net charge-offs. The allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments decreased $79,000 to $1.5 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million at June 30, 2024, and decreased $291,000 from $1.8 million at September 30, 2023. 

    Nonperforming loans decreased $634,000 to $10.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $11.4 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.2 million from $5.6 million at September 30, 2023. The decrease in nonperforming loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to decreases in nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $549,000 and marine loans of $94,000. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in nonperforming construction and development loans of $4.7 million and commercial business loans of $461,000.

    Loans classified as substandard decreased $1.1 million to $23.2 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $24.3 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.0 million from $19.2 million at September 30, 2023.  The decrease in substandard loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to a decrease of $549,000 in indirect home improvement loans, $323,000 in commercial real estate loans, $94,000 in marine loans, $74,000 in C&I loans, and $59,000 in one-to-four family loans.  The increase in substandard loans compared to the prior year was primarily due to increases of $4.7 million in construction and development loans, $108,000 in home equity loans, $102,000 in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by decreases of $462,000 in C&I loans, $293,000 in one-to-four-family loans, and $173,000 in marine loans. There was no other real estate owned (“OREO”) property at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, compared to one OREO property (a closed branch in Centralia, Washington) of $570,000 at September 30, 2023.

    Operating Results

    Net interest income increased $610,000 to $31.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $30.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to an increase in interest and dividend income of $3.8 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $3.2 million. The $3.8 million increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase of $3.9 million in interest income on loans receivable, including fees, primarily as a result of new loans being originated at higher rates and variable rate loans repricing higher. The $3.2 million increase in total interest expense was primarily the result of higher market interest rates, higher utilization of borrowings and a shift in deposit mix from transactional accounts to higher cost CDs.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income decreased $857,000 to $92.0 million, from $92.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, resulting from an increase in interest expense of $16.0 million and an increase in interest income of $15.1 million.

    NIM (annualized) increased one basis point to 4.35% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.34% for the same period in the prior year, and decreased 26 basis points to 4.30% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.56% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The change in NIM for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same periods in 2023, reflects the increased costs of deposits and borrowings, which outpaced the increased yields earned on interest-earning assets. 

    The average total cost of funds, including noninterest-bearing checking, increased 47 basis points to 2.39% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2023. This increase was predominantly due to higher market rates for deposits and increased utilization of higher cost borrowings. The average cost of funds increased 75 basis points to 2.33% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, also reflecting increases in market interest rates over last year and increased utilization of borrowings. Management remains focused on matching deposit/liability duration with the duration of loans/assets where feasible.

    For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on loans was $1.5 million and $4.0 million, compared to $683,000 and $4.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. The provision for credit losses on loans reflects an increase in charge-off activity for the quarter and increases in the loan portfolio for the year-to-date periods.

    During the three months ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs increased $1.1 million to $1.6 million, compared to $531,000 for the same period last year.  This increase was the result of increased net charge-offs of $996,000 in indirect home improvement loans and $82,000 in marine loans, partially offset by a net recovery of $8,000 in other consumer loans. Net charge-offs increased $2.7 million to $4.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase included net charge-off increases of $1.5 million in indirect home improvement loans, $1.0 million C&I loans, $146,000 in marine loans and $117,000 in other consumer loans. Management attributes the increase in net charge-offs over the year primarily to volatile economic conditions.

    Noninterest income increased $985,000 to $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $5.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase reflects a $648,000 increase in gain on sale of loans, primarily as a result of the increased volume of loans sold and an increase of $566,000 in other noninterest income, primarily due to fair value changes on loans.  Noninterest income during the three months ended September 30, 2024, also reflects a $141,000 gain on the sale of MSRs, with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable quarter last year.  These increases were partially offset by a $400,000 decrease in service charges and fee income, primarily due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024.  Noninterest income increased $1.9 million to $16.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily the result of an $8.4 million gain on sale of MSRs recorded during the first nine months of 2024 with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable nine month period in 2023, and a $1.5 million increase in gain on sale of loans, partially offset by a $7.8 million loss on sale of investment securities resulting from management’s strategic decision to increase the yields earned on and reduce the duration of the securities portfolio, and an $839,000 decrease in service charges and fee income due to a reduction in loan servicing fees due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024. 

    Noninterest expense increased $2.2 million to $25.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $23.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increases of $506,000 in impairment of MSRs, $482,000 in salaries and benefits, $557,000 in professional and board fees, which included $571,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees related to application/system upgrades and tax credit work, $418,000 in operations, $315,000 in data processing, and a decrease of $105,000 in amortization of CDI. Noninterest expense increased $1.9 million to $73.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $71.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily due to increases of $1.1 million in data processing, $1.0 million in professional and board fees which included $824,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees for the reasons stated above, $610,000 in operations expense, and $545,000 in impairment of MSRs, partially offset by a decrease of $1.6 million in acquisition costs as a result of no acquisition costs during the current period.

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $420,000 as compared to a provision for income taxes of $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The tax benefit was primarily due to the purchase during the quarter ended September 30, 2024, of alternative energy tax credits available under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, resulting in a gain of $2.3 million, which was partially offset by the $1.8 million provision for income taxes recorded on net income for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 introduced several energy tax credits designed to promote clean energy investments, reduce carbon emissions, and accelerate the transition to renewable energy. The effective corporate income tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were (4.3)% which was reduced by 2,300 basis points due to the energy tax credits discussed above, and 22.0%, respectively. The decrease in the effective corporate income tax rate, excluding the effects of the energy tax credits, was attributable to tax benefits derived from the exercises of employee stock options during the current quarter.

    About FS Bancorp

    FS Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington. The Bank offers a range of loan and deposit services primarily to small- and middle-market businesses and individuals in Washington and Oregon.  It operates through 27 bank branches, one headquarters office that provides loans and deposit services, and loan production offices in various suburban communities in the greater Puget Sound area, the Kennewick-Pasco-Richland metropolitan area of Washington, also known as the Tri-Cities, and in Vancouver, Washington. Additionally, the Bank services home mortgage customers across the Northwest, focusing on markets in Washington State including the Puget Sound, Tri-Cities, and Vancouver.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    When used in this press release and in other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases or other public stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent management’s current expectations and forecasts regarding future events, many of which are inherently uncertain and outside of our control. Actual results may differ, possibly materially from those currently expected or projected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, include but are not limited to, the following: adverse impacts to economic conditions in the Company’s local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels; labor shortages, the effects of inflation, a recession or slowed economic growth; changes in the interest rate environment, including the increases and decrease in the Federal Reserve benchmark rate and duration at which such interest rate levels are maintained, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses, the values of our assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; the impact of inflation and the current and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown;  increased competitive pressures, changes in the interest rate environment, adverse changes in the securities markets, the Company’s ability to execute its plans to grow its residential construction lending, mortgage banking, and warehouse lending operations, and the geographic expansion of its indirect home improvement lending; challenges arising from expanding into new geographic markets, products, or services; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the secondary market; volatility in the mortgage industry; fluctuations in deposits; liquidity issues, including our ability to borrow funds or raise additional capital, if necessary; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; environmental, social and governance goals; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC which are available on its website at http://www.fsbwa.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release and in the other public statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions the Company might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that cannot be foreseen by the Company. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
                                Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 17,950     $ 20,005     $ 18,137       (10 )     (1 )
    Interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions     22,390       13,006       62,536       72       (64 )
    Total cash and cash equivalents     40,340       33,011       80,673       22       (50 )
    Certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     12,001       12,707       17,636       (6 )     (32 )
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     228,199       221,182       251,917       3       (9 )
    Securities held-to-maturity, net     8,455       8,455       8,455              
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     49,373       53,811       18,636       (8 )     165  
    Loans receivable, net     2,463,697       2,457,184       2,375,572             4  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,014       13,792       13,925       2       1  
    Premises and equipment, net     30,026       29,999       30,926             (3 )
    Operating lease right-of-use     5,365       5,784       7,042       (7 )     (24 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     9,504       10,322       3,696       (8 )     157  
    Other real estate owned                 570             (100 )
    Deferred tax asset, net     4,222       4,590       7,424       (8 )     (43 )
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), net     38,453       38,201       37,480       1       3  
    MSRs, held at the lower of cost or fair value     8,739       9,352       17,657       (7 )     (51 )
    Goodwill     3,592       3,592       3,592              
    Core deposit intangible, net     14,586       15,483       18,323       (6 )     (20 )
    Other assets     39,642       23,912       26,548       66       49  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
    LIABILITIES                                        
    Deposits:                                        
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   $ 657,753     $ 623,349     $ 670,158       6       (2 )
    Interest-bearing accounts     1,769,578       1,759,454       1,784,286       1       (1 )
    Total deposits     2,427,331       2,382,803       2,454,444       2       (1 )
    Borrowings     163,806       181,895       121,895       (10 )     34  
    Subordinated notes:                                        
    Principal amount     50,000       50,000       50,000              
    Unamortized debt issuance costs     (423 )     (439 )     (489 )     (4 )     (13 )
    Total subordinated notes less unamortized debt issuance costs     49,577       49,561       49,511              
    Operating lease liability     5,548       5,979       7,269       (7 )     (24 )
    Other liabilities     35,044       37,113       36,288       (6 )     (3 )
    Total liabilities     2,681,306       2,657,351       2,669,407       1        
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                        
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding                              
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 7,817,172 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2024, 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, and 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023     78       77       78       1        
    Additional paid-in capital     55,264       55,834       57,464       (1 )     (4 )
    Retained earnings     251,843       243,651       222,532       3       13  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (18,283 )     (15,536 )     (29,409 )     18       (38 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     288,902       284,026       250,665       2       15  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
     
    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended     Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 43,800     $ 42,406     $ 39,874       3       10  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     3,243       3,534       3,396       (8 )     (5 )
    Total interest and dividend income     47,043       45,940       43,270       2       9  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     13,486       13,252       10,462       2       29  
    Borrowings     1,828       1,801       1,689       1       8  
    Subordinated notes     485       486       485              
    Total interest expense     15,799       15,539       12,636       2       25  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     31,244       30,401       30,634       3       2  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     1,513       1,077       548       40       176  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     29,731       29,324       30,086       1       (1 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fee income     2,482       2,479       2,882             (14 )
    Gain on sale of loans     2,523       2,463       1,875       2       35  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     141                   NM       NM  
    Gain on sale of investment securities, net     11       151             (93 )     NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     252       242       233       4       8  
    Other noninterest income     558       533       (8 )     5       (7,075 )
    Total noninterest income     5,967       5,868       4,982       2       20  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and benefits     13,985       13,378       13,503       5       4  
    Operations     3,827       3,519       3,409       9       12  
    Occupancy     1,662       1,669       1,588             5  
    Data processing     2,156       2,058       1,841       5       17  
    Loan costs     666       653       564       2       18  
    Professional and board fees     1,223       888       666       38       84  
    FDIC insurance     533       450       561       18       (5 )
    Marketing and advertising     377       377       452             (17 )
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     897       919       1,002       (2 )     (10 )
    Impairment (recovery) of servicing rights     506       (54 )           (1,037 )     NM  
    Total noninterest expense     25,832       23,857       23,586       8       10  
    INCOME BEFORE (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     9,866       11,335       11,482       (13 )     (14 )
    (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     (420 )     2,376       2,529       (118 )     (117 )
    NET INCOME   $ 10,286     $ 8,959     $ 8,953       15       15  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15       15       15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13       14       14  
     
        Nine Months Ended     Year  
        September 30,     September 30,     Over Year  
        2024     2023     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 127,203     $ 114,082       12  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     10,660       8,667       23  
    Total interest and dividend income     137,863       122,749       12  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Deposits     39,620       24,696       60  
    Borrowings     4,796       3,749       28  
    Subordinated note     1,456       1,456        
    Total interest expense     45,872       29,901       53  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     91,991       92,848       (1 )
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     3,989       3,372       18  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     88,002       89,476       (2 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                        
    Service charges and fee income     7,513       8,352       (10 )
    Gain on sale of loans     6,824       5,298       29  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     8,356             NM  
    Loss on sale of investment securities, net     (7,836 )           NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     734       681       8  
    Other noninterest income     1,355       703       93  
    Total noninterest income     16,946       15,034       13  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Salaries and benefits     40,920       40,880        
    Operations     10,354       9,744       6  
    Occupancy     5,036       4,670       8  
    Data processing     6,172       5,092       21  
    Loan costs     1,904       2,077       (8 )
    Professional and board fees     3,034       2,001       52  
    FDIC insurance     1,515       1,732       (13 )
    Marketing and advertising     981       1,072       (8 )
    Acquisition costs           1,562       100  
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     2,757       2,484       11  
    Impairment of servicing rights     545             NM  
    Total noninterest expense     73,218       71,314       3  
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     31,730       33,196       (4 )
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     4,088       6,915       (41 )
    NET INCOME   $ 27,642     $ 26,281       5  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 3.54     $ 3.38       5  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 3.45     $ 3.33       4  
     

    KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS AND DATA (Unaudited)

        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                        
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.38 %     1.22 %     1.22 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     14.08       12.72       13.81  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.56       6.48       6.13  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.39       2.38       1.92  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.17       3.33       4.21  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.35       4.29       4.34  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.47       3.26       3.23  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities (1)     144.28       166.25       145.14  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     69.42       65.78       66.22  
    Common equity ratio (ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets)     9.73       9.66       8.58  
    Tangible common equity ratio (3)     9.17       9.07       7.89  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     13.05       14.13  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.44       6.03  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.33       1.58  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.11       4.45  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.30       4.56  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.31       3.39  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     144.14       146.23  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     67.21       66.10  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA:                        
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period (4)     0.36 %     0.39 %     0.21 %
    Nonperforming loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS) (5)     0.43       0.46       0.23  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to nonperforming loans (5)     290.07       273.95       493.46  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS)     1.25       1.26       1.27  
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PER COMMON SHARE DATA:                        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     7,676,102       7,688,246       7,667,981  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     7,854,389       7,796,253       7,780,430  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (6)     7,644,463 (7)     7,693,951 (8)
    Book value per share using common shares outstanding   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58  
    Tangible book value per share using common shares outstanding (3)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Annualized.
    (2)   Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total noninterest income.
    (3)   Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.  For a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
    (4)   Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets.
    (5)   Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
    (6)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (7)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (8)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,     Linked Qtr.     Prior Year Qtr.  
    Average Balances   2024     2023     2024     2023     $ Change     $ Change  
    Assets                                                
    Loans receivable, net (1)   $ 2,536,106     $ 2,423,691     $ 2,504,129     $ 2,362,885     $ 112,415     $ 141,244  
    Securities available-for-sale, at amortized cost     250,957       294,148       288,460       276,835       (43,191 )     11,625  
    Securities held-to-maturity     8,500       8,500       8,500       8,500              
    Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     48,546       68,369       49,887       67,163       (19,823 )     (17,276 )
    FHLB stock, at cost     10,739       4,626       6,666       5,190       6,113       1,476  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,854,848       2,799,334       2,857,642       2,720,573       55,514       137,069  
    Noninterest-earning assets     105,941       102,052       98,099       88,936       3,889       9,163  
    Total assets   $ 2,960,789     $ 2,901,386     $ 2,955,741     $ 2,809,509     $ 59,403     $ 146,232  
    Liabilities                                                
    Interest-bearing deposit accounts   $ 1,737,793     $ 1,741,257     $ 1,788,324     $ 1,703,688     $ (3,464 )   $ 84,636  
    Borrowings     191,279       138,013       144,635       107,254       53,266       37,381  
    Subordinated notes     49,567       49,500       49,550       49,484       67       66  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,978,639       1,928,770       1,982,509       1,860,426       49,869       122,083  
    Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts     650,852       676,000       648,345       664,319       (25,148 )     (15,974 )
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     40,606       39,365       41,965       36,095       1,241       5,870  
    Total liabilities   $ 2,670,097     $ 2,644,135     $ 2,672,819     $ 2,560,840     $ 25,962     $ 111,979  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Includes loans HFS.
         

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release presents non-GAAP financial measures that include tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity ratio. Management believes that providing the Company’s tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is consistent with the capital treatment utilized by the investment community, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios and facilitates comparison of the quality and composition of the Company’s capital over time and to its competitors. Where applicable, the Company has also presented comparable GAAP information.

    These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of the GAAP book value per share and common equity ratio and the non-GAAP tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is presented below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   September 30,   June 30,   September 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share:   2024   2024   2023  
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 288,902     $ 284,026     $ 250,665    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible, net     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   $ 270,724     $ 264,951     $ 228,750    
                         
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (1)     7,644,463 (2)     7,693,951 (3)  
                         
    Book value per share (GAAP)   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58    
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73    
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio:                    
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible assets     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 2,952,030     $ 2,922,302     $ 2,898,157    
                         
    Common equity ratio (GAAP)     9.73 %     9.66 %     8.58 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)     9.17       9.07       7.89    

    _________________________

    (1)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (2)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (3)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
         

    Contacts:
    Joseph C. Adams,
    Chief Executive Officer
    Matthew D. Mullet,
    President/Chief Financial Officer
    (425) 771-5299
    http://www.FSBWA.com
      

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Weatherford Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenues of $1,409 million increased 7% year-over-year
    • Operating income of $243 million increased 11% year-over-year
    • Net income of $157 million increased 28% year-over-year; net income margin of 11.1%
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $355 million increased 16% year-over-year; adjusted EBITDA margin* of 25.2% increased by 197 basis points year-over-year
    • Cash provided by operating activities of $262 million, an increase of $112 million sequentially and $90 million year-over-year; adjusted free cash flow* of $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year
    • Received credit rating upgrade from S&P Global Ratings to ‘BB-’ with positive outlook, and from Fitch to ‘BB-’ with stable outlook
    • Shareholder returns of $68 million for the quarter, which includes dividends payment of $18 million and share repurchases of $50 million
    • Board approved quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable on December 5, 2024 to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024
    • Deployment of Victus™ Managed Pressure Drilling (MPD) systems in the first two deep geothermal exploration wells that have been drilled for a major operator in the Middle East
    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year Corporate Procurement Agreement (CPA) including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals
    • Hosted 20th annual FWRD conference focused on digitalization and next-generation life-of-well solutions to boost efficiency, sustainability, and performance

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    HOUSTON, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Weatherford International plc (NASDAQ: WFRD) (“Weatherford” or the “Company”) announced today its results for the third quarter of 2024.

    Revenues for the third quarter of 2024 were $1,409 million, an increase of 0.3% sequentially and an increase of 7% year-over-year. Operating income was $243 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $264 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $218 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net income in the third quarter of 2024 was $157 million, with an 11.1% margin, an increase of 26% or 225 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 28% or 177 basis points year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA* was $355 million, a 25.2% margin, a decrease of 3% or 78 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 16% or 197 basis points year-over-year. Basic income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.14 compared to $1.71 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.70 in the third quarter of 2023. Diluted income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.06 compared to $1.66 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.66 in the third quarter of 2023.

    Third quarter 2024 cash flows provided by operating activities were $262 million, compared to $150 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $172 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted free cash flow* was $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year. Capital expenditures were $78 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $62 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $42 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Girish Saligram, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I want to thank the Weatherford team for once again delivering strong margins and adjusted free cash flow despite a volatile macro environment and short cycle activity reductions. The margin performance underscores our ability to deliver strong returns in a softer market environment. Despite continued North America weakness, customer scheduling delays in Latin America and a reduced activity outlook in certain other geographies, we still expect strong revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margins of greater than 25% for the full year.

    In the third quarter, Weatherford acquired Datagration, enhancing our position with one of the industry’s most advanced digital offerings for production and asset optimization. The acquisition demonstrates our commitment to driving innovation across our technology portfolio and accelerating our growth in the digital transformation of the energy industry. Following our announcement in the third quarter regarding Weatherford’s first-ever shareholder return program, we paid our first quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on September 12, 2024, to shareholders on record as of August 13, 2024, and as of September 30, 2024, we have bought back $50 million of ordinary shares.

    While the macroeconomic environment is volatile and there is heightened risk of geopolitical events creating sector challenges, Weatherford remains focused on fulfillment initiatives, acquisition integrations, and technology commercialization, which should drive further financial performance.”

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Operational Highlights

    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year CPA, including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals.
    • A major operator in the Gulf of Mexico awarded Weatherford a three-year services contract to deliver Plug & Abandonment activities utilizing our Heavy Duty Pulling & Jacking Unit and multiple service lines.
    • A National Oil Company (NOC) in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Drilling Services in unconventional resources fields.
    • PTTEP awarded Weatherford a multi-year contract for Wireline services in Thailand.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Liner Hanger and associated services for deep drilling.
    • A major operator awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide MPD services in the Middle East, marking the first time it will utilize this technology.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Fishing and Milling services.
    • An NOC awarded Weatherford a five-year contract extension for the supply of Downhole Completion Equipment for deployment in the Middle East.
    • Shell awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Dual Stage Cementing technology to be deployed in onshore Australia.
    • Kuwait Energy awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Cased Hole Wireline Services in onshore Iraq.
    • bp awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for multilateral installations and associated services for offshore operations in Azerbaijan.
    • JVGAS in Algeria awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for velocity string accessories and associated services and awarded a two-year contract for the supply of Fishing and Casing exiting.

    Technology Highlights

    • Drilling & Evaluation (“DRE”)
      • An NOC deployed Weatherford MPD solutions in its first two deep geothermal exploration wells in the Middle East. This innovative use of MPD technology mitigates risks from elevated geothermal gradients during exploration drilling.
      • Weatherford celebrates 25 years of Compact Memory Logging technology, with over 10,000 deployments, consistently delivering value and reliability to our customers.
    • Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)
      • In Norway, Weatherford successfully integrated the Vero™ system into an offshore rig control system, enabling further efficiency while maintaining well integrity. This integration allows existing rig crews to operate the Vero system autonomously.
      • Perenco deployed Weatherford’s digital ForeSite® Sense optical monitoring system to oversee injectivity testing performance for the Poseidon carbon capture and storage project, the UK’s first well to inject CO2 underground.
      • Weatherford launched its new Remote-Opening Barrier Valve that decreases risk and time associated with conventional well barriers.
    • Production and Intervention (“PRI”)
      • The acquisition of Datagration Solutions Inc. added the PetroVisor and EcoVisor platforms to Weatherford’s Digital Solutions portfolio, enhancing the integration of customer data with ForeSite and Cygnet® for improved real-time analysis and decision-making.
      • Weatherford deployed its AlphaV system for a major operator in Norway in a complex application that significantly reduced time by eliminating wellbore preparation.

    Shareholder Return

    During the third quarter of 2024, Weatherford repurchased shares for approximately $50 million and paid dividends of $18 million, resulting in total shareholder returns of $68 million.

    On October 17, 2024, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.25 per share of the Company’s ordinary shares, payable on December 5, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024.

    Results by Reportable Segment

    Drilling and Evaluation (“DRE”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     2  %   12  %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     (15 )%    %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     25.5 %     30.4 %     28.6 %   (493 )bps   (309 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 DRE revenue of $435 million increased by $8 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from higher Drilling-related Services activity partly offset by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity. Year-over-year DRE revenues increased by $47 million, or 12%, primarily from higher Wireline activity and Drilling-related Services activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Third quarter 2024 DRE segment adjusted EBITDA of $111 million decreased by $19 million, or 15% sequentially, primarily driven by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity partly offset by higher fall-through in Drilling-related Services. Year-over-year DRE segment adjusted EBITDA remained flat as higher Drilling-related services were offset by lower margin fall through in MPD and Wireline.

    Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 509     $ 504     $ 459     1 %   11 %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 151     $ 145     $ 119     4 %   27 %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     29.7 %     28.8 %     25.9 %   90 bps   374 bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 WCC revenue of $509 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity partly offset by lower Cementation Products in North America and Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Year-over-year WCC revenues increased by $50 million, or 11%, primarily due to higher international Completions and Liner Hangers activity, partly offset by a decrease in activity in North America.

    Third quarter 2024 WCC segment adjusted EBITDA of $151 million increased by $6 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity and product and service mix partly offset by lower Tubular Running Services activity. Year-over-year WCC segment adjusted EBITDA increased by $32 million, or 27%, primarily due to higher activity and fall-through in Tubular Running Services, Completions and Well Services.

    Production and Intervention (“PRI”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 371     $ 369     $ 371     1  %    %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 83     $ 85     $ 86     (2 )%   (3 )%
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     22.4 %     23.0 %     23.2 %   (66 )bps   (81 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 PRI revenue of $371 million increased by $2 million, or 1% sequentially, mainly due to increased Digital Solutions and Pressure Pumping activity partly offset by lower Subsea Intervention activity in Latin America. Year-over-year PRI revenue was flat, as higher international Intervention Services & Drilling Tools activity was offset by a decline in Pressure Pumping activity.

    Third quarter 2024 PRI segment adjusted EBITDA of $83 million, decreased by $2 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from lower Artificial Lift product mix and lower Subsea Intervention fall-through. Year-over-year PRI segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3 million, or 3% year-over-year, primarily due to lower Pressure Pumping activity.

    Revenue by Geography

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    North America   $ 266   $ 252   $ 269   6 %   (1 )%
                         
    International   $ 1,143   $ 1,153   $ 1,044   (1 )%   9  %
    Latin America     358     353     357   1  %    %
    Middle East/North Africa/Asia     542     542     471    %   15  %
    Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia     243     258     216   (6 )%   13  %
    Total Revenue   $ 1,409   $ 1,405   $ 1,313   0.3  %   7  %


    North America

    Third quarter 2024 North America revenue of $266 million increased by $14 million, or 6% sequentially, primarily due to activity increase in Canada due to favorable seasonality and activity increase offshore in the Gulf of Mexico. Year-over-year, North America decreased by $3 million, or 1%, primarily from lower Tubular Running Services and Cementation Products activity offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, partly offset by an increase in Wireline activity.

    International

    Third quarter 2024 international revenue of $1,143 million decreased 1% sequentially and increased 9% year-over-year.

    Third quarter 2024 Latin America revenue of $358 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher Well Services in Brazil and Drilling-related Services in Mexico. Year-over-year, Latin America revenue increased by $1 million.

    Third quarter 2024 Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue of $542 million was flat sequentially, mainly due to increased activity in United Arab Emirates partly offset by a decrease in Integrated Services & Projects activity in Oman and a decrease of activity in Kuwait. Year-over-year, the Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue increased by $71 million, or 15%, due to an increase in activity across all product lines within the DRE and WCC segments, primarily in United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Asia and Kuwait.

    Third quarter 2024 Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue of $243 million decreased by $15 million or 6% sequentially, mainly driven by lower MPD asset sales. Year-over-year Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue increased by $27 million, or 13%, due to increased activity across all segments.

    About Weatherford
    Weatherford delivers innovative energy services that integrate proven technologies with advanced digitalization to create sustainable offerings for maximized value and return on investment. Our world-class experts partner with customers to optimize their resources and realize the full potential of their assets. Operators choose us for strategic solutions that add efficiency, flexibility, and responsibility to any energy operation. The Company conducts business in approximately 75 countries and has approximately 19,000 team members representing more than 110 nationalities and 330 operating locations. Visit weatherford.com for more information and connect with us on social media.

    Conference Call Details

    Weatherford will host a conference call on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, to discuss the Company’s results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024. The conference call will begin at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (7:30 a.m. Central Time).

    Listeners are encouraged to download the accompanying presentation slides which will be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Listeners can participate in the conference call via a live webcast at https://www.weatherford.com/investor-relations/investor-news-and-events/events/ or by dialing +1 877-328-5344 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-902-6762 (outside of the U.S.) and asking for the Weatherford conference call. Participants should log in or dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the call.

    A telephonic replay of the conference call will be available until November 6, 2024, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. To access the replay, please dial +1 877-344-7529 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-317-0088 (outside of the U.S.) and reference conference number 6410466. A replay and transcript of the earnings call will also be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Contacts

    For Investors:
    Luke Lemoine
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations
    +1 713-836-7777
    investor.relations@weatherford.com

    For Media:
    Kelley Hughes
    Senior Director, Communications & Employee Engagement
    +1 713-836-4193
    media@weatherford.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains projections and forward-looking statements concerning, among other things, the Company’s quarterly and full-year revenues, adjusted EBITDA*, adjusted EBITDA margin*, adjusted free cash flow*, net leverage*, shareholder return program, forecasts or expectations regarding business outlook, prospects for its operations, capital expenditures, expectations regarding future financial results, and are also generally identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “budget,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “guidance,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs of Weatherford’s management and are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated in our forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are only predictions and may differ materially from actual future events or results, based on factors including but not limited to: global political disturbances, war, terrorist attacks, changes in global trade policies, weak local economic conditions and international currency fluctuations; general global economic repercussions related to U.S. and global inflationary pressures and potential recessionary concerns; various effects from conflicts in the Middle East and the Russia Ukraine conflict, including, but not limited to, nationalization of assets, extended business interruptions, sanctions, treaties and regulations imposed by various countries, associated operational and logistical challenges, and impacts to the overall global energy supply; cybersecurity issues; our ability to comply with, and respond to, climate change, environmental, social and governance and other sustainability initiatives and future legislative and regulatory measures both globally and in specific geographic regions; the potential for a resurgence of a pandemic in a given geographic area and related disruptions to our business, employees, customers, suppliers and other partners; the price and price volatility of, and demand for, oil and natural gas; the macroeconomic outlook for the oil and gas industry; our ability to generate cash flow from operations to fund our operations; our ability to effectively and timely adapt our technology portfolio, products and services to address and participate in changes to the market demands for the transition to alternate sources of energy such as geothermal, carbon capture and responsible abandonment, including our digitalization efforts; our ability to return capital to shareholders, including those related to the timing and amounts (including any plans or commitments in respect thereof) of any dividends and share repurchases; and the realization of additional cost savings and operational efficiencies.

    These risks and uncertainties are more fully described in Weatherford’s reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to correct or update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law, and we caution you not to rely on them unduly.

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues:                    
    DRE Revenues   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     $ 1,284     $ 1,154  
    WCC Revenues     509       504       459       1,471       1,320  
    PRI Revenues     371       369       371       1,088       1,086  
    All Other     94       105       95       329       213  
    Total Revenues     1,409       1,405       1,313       4,172       3,773  
                         
    Operating Income:                    
    DRE Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     $ 371     $ 325  
    WCC Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     151       145       119       416       324  
    PRI Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     83       85       86       241       235  
    All Other[2]     23       23       7       73       25  
    Corporate[2]     (13 )     (18 )     (18 )     (45 )     (44 )
    Depreciation and Amortization     (89 )     (86 )     (83 )     (260 )     (244 )
    Share-based Compensation     (10 )     (12 )     (9 )     (35 )     (26 )
    Other (Charges) Credits     (13 )     (3 )     5       (21 )     9  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
                         
    Other Expense:                    
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     (24 )     (24 )     (30 )     (77 )     (92 )
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities           (10 )           (10 )     (57 )
    Other Expense, Net     (41 )     (20 )     (24 )     (83 )   (98 )
    Income Before Income Taxes     178       210       164       570       357  
    Income Tax Provision     (12 )     (73 )     (33 )     (144 )     (55 )
    Net Income     166       137       131       426       302  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
                         
    Basic Income Per Share   $ 2.14     $ 1.71     $ 1.70     $ 5.39     $ 3.85  
    Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     73.2       73.2       72.1       73.1       71.9  
                         
    Diluted Income Per Share[3]   $ 2.06     $ 1.66     $ 1.66     $ 5.25     $ 3.76  
    Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     75.2       75.3       73.7       75.0       73.6  
     
    [1]  Segment adjusted EBITDA is our primary measure of segment profitability under U.S. GAAP ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” and represents segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation expense and other adjustments. Research and development expenses are included in segment adjusted EBITDA.
    [2] All Other results were from non-core business activities related to all other segments (profit and loss) and Corporate includes overhead support and centrally managed or shared facility costs. All Other and Corporate do not individually meet the criteria for segment reporting.
    [3] Included the maximum potentially dilutive shares contingently issuable for an acquisition consideration during the three months ended September 30, 2024, the value of which was adjusted out of Net Income Attributable to Weatherford in calculating diluted income per share.
       
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
           
    ($ in Millions) September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
    Assets:      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 920   $ 958
    Restricted Cash   58     105
    Accounts Receivable, Net   1,231     1,216
    Inventories, Net   919     788
    Property, Plant and Equipment, Net   1,050     957
    Intangibles, Net   356     370
           
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts Payable   723     679
    Accrued Salaries and Benefits   328     387
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   21     168
    Long-term Debt   1,627     1,715
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   1,356     922
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Cash Flows Information (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
        June
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
        September
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
     
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                              
    Net Income   $ 166     $ 137     $ 131     $ 426     $ 302  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities:                              
    Depreciation and Amortization   89     86     83     260     244  
    Foreign Exchange Losses   35     8     15     58     73  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities       10         10     57  
    Gain on Disposition of Assets   (1 )   (25 )   (4 )   (33 )   (11 )
    Deferred Income Tax Provision (Benefit)   (19 )   13     (14 )   8     (67 )
    Share-Based Compensation   10     12     9     35     26  
    Changes in Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Accounts Payable and Accrued Salaries and Benefits   30     (22 )   (73 )   (144 )   (235 )
    Other Changes, Net   (48 )   (69 )   25     (77 )   68  
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   262     150     172     543     457  
                                   
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                              
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment   (78 )   (62 )   (42 )   (199 )   (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets       8     7     18     21  
    Purchases of Blue Chip Swap Securities       (50 )       (50 )   (110 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Blue Chip Swap Securities       40         40     53  
    Business Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired   (15 )           (51 )   (4 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Investments               41     33  
    Other Investing Activities   1     3     (1 )   (6 )   (9 )
    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities   (92 )   (61 )   (36 )   (207 )   (158 )
                                   
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                              
    Repayments of Long-term Debt   (5 )   (87 )   (76 )   (264 )   (306 )
    Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests   (10 )   (9 )   (15 )   (19 )   (21 )
    Tax Remittance on Equity Awards Vested       (1 )       (9 )   (54 )
    Share Repurchases   (50 )           (50 )    
    Dividends Paid   (18 )           (18 )    
    Other Financing Activities   (6 )   (5 )       (18 )   (7 )
    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities   $ (89 )   $ (102 )   $ (91 )   $ (378 )   $ (388 )
    Weatherford International plc
    Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined (Unaudited)

    We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). However, Weatherford’s management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under the SEC’s Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K) may provide users of this financial information additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results of prior periods and comparisons with peer companies. The non-GAAP amounts shown in the following tables should not be considered as substitutes for results reported in accordance with GAAP but should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA* – Adjusted EBITDA* is a non-GAAP measure and represents consolidated income before interest expense, net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and excludes, among other items, restructuring charges, share-based compensation expense, as well as other charges and credits. Management believes adjusted EBITDA* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA margin* – Adjusted EBITDA margin* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing consolidated adjusted EBITDA* by consolidated revenues. Management believes adjusted EBITDA margin* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA margin* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income margin and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted Free Cash Flow* – Adjusted Free Cash Flow* is a non-GAAP measure and represents cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, less capital expenditures plus proceeds from the disposition of assets. Management believes adjusted free cash flow* is useful to understand our performance at generating cash and demonstrates our discipline around the use of cash. Adjusted free cash flow* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for cash flows provided by operating activities and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Net Debt* – Net Debt* is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated taking short and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Management believes the net debt* is useful to assess the level of debt in excess of cash and cash and equivalents as we monitor our ability to repay and service our debt. Net debt* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for overall debt and total cash and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s results prepared in accordance with GAAP.​

    Net Leverage* – Net Leverage* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing by taking net debt* divided by adjusted EBITDA* for the trailing 12 months. Management believes the net leverage* is useful to understand our ability to repay and service our debt. Net leverage* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for the individual components of above defined net debt* divided by consolidated net income attributable to Weatherford and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    *Non-GAAP – as defined above and reconciled to the GAAP measures in the section titled GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled (Unaudited)
     
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Margin in Percentages)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues   $ 1,409     $ 1,405     $ 1,313     $ 4,172     $ 3,773  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Margin     11.1 %     8.9 %     9.4 %     9.4 %     7.3 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin*     25.2 %     26.0 %     23.2 %     25.3 %     22.9 %
                         
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Income Tax Provision     12       73       33       144       55  
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     24       24       30       77       92  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities           10             10       57  
    Other Expense, Net     41       20       24       83       98  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
    Depreciation and Amortization     89       86       83       260       244  
    Other Charges (Credits)[1]     13       3       (5 )     21       (9 )
    Share-Based Compensation     10       12       9       35       26  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
                         
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   $ 262     $ 150     $ 172     $ 543     $ 457  
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment     (78 )     (62 )     (42 )     (199 )     (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets           8       7       18       21  
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow*   $ 184     $ 96     $ 137     $ 362     $ 336  
    [1]  Other charges (credits) in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, primarily includes fees to third-party financial institutions to facilitate loans between those financial institutions and our largest customer in Mexico, who in turn paid certain of our outstanding receivables.

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled Continued (Unaudited)
     
                   
         
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
     
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Total Debt   $ 1,648   $ 1,648   $ 1,955  
                   
    Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 920   $ 862   $ 839  
    Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Total Cash   $ 978   $ 920   $ 946  
                   
    Components of Net Debt              
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents     920     862     839  
    Less: Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Net Debt*   $ 670   $ 728   $ 1,009  
                   
    Net Income for trailing 12 months   $ 534   $ 500   $ 359  
    Adjusted EBITDA* for trailing 12 months   $ 1,377   $ 1,327   $ 1,131  
                   
    Net Leverage* (Net Debt*/Adjusted EBITDA*)     0.5 x   0.5 x   0.9 x
     

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Amalgamated Financial Corp. Declares Regular Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Amalgamated Financial Corp. (“Amalgamated” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: AMAL) today announced that its Board of Directors has declared a regular dividend to common stockholders of $0.12 per share, payable by the Company on November 21, 2024, to stockholders of record on November 5, 2024. The amount and timing of any future dividend payments to stockholders will be subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors.

    About Amalgamated Financial Corp.

    Amalgamated Financial Corp. is a Delaware public benefit corporation and a bank holding company engaged in commercial banking and financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Amalgamated Bank. Amalgamated Bank is a New York-based full-service commercial bank and a chartered trust company with a combined network of five branches across New York City, Washington D.C., and San Francisco, and a commercial office in Boston. Amalgamated Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. Amalgamated Bank provides commercial banking and trust services nationally and offers a full range of products and services to both commercial and retail customers. Amalgamated Bank is a proud member of the Global Alliance for Banking on Values and is a certified B Corporation®. As of June 30, 2024, our total assets were $8.3 billion, total net loans were $4.4 billion, and total deposits were $7.4 billion. Additionally, as of June 30, 2024, our trust business held $34.6 billion in assets under custody and $14.0 billion in assets under management.

    Investor Contact:
    Jamie Lillis
    Solebury Strategic Communications
    shareholderrelations@amalgamatedbank.com
    800-895-4172

    Source: Amalgamated Financial Corp.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: The clock is ticking on Activeport’s $5.3 Million Rights Issue

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SYDNEY, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Activeport Group (ASX: ATV) has announced a significant financial move by launching a rights issue aimed at raising $5.3 million to bolster their software and Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) business ventures.

    In an attractive offer, shares are being made available at a 50% discount, providing an enticing opportunity for investors. As part of this initiative, shareholders will receive one free option for every three shares they purchase. The clock is ticking with firms bids due by Friday 1 November.

    Highlights: 

    • 3 for 4 Renounceable Rights Issue to raise up to $5.3 million 
    • Attractively priced at 2 cents per share 
    • Discount of 50% to the September 30-day VWAP 
    • With every 3 New Shares, shareholders receive 1 free attaching New Option 
    • New Options will have Exercise Price of 10 cents, term of 3 years 
    • Shareholders can trade their rights and apply for additional shares and options 
    • Rights to start trading from December 2024 

    The funds raised from the rights issue will be strategically utilised to strengthen Activeport’s balance sheet and provide working capital for accelerating growth. This capital injection will support hiring additional staff to enhance operations, expanding the SaaS portfolio and broadening the company’s global market presence.

    With a high gross margin exceeding 90% on its software products, Activeport has the potential to deliver significant shareholder returns, as its recurring revenue base grows. The company targets a deep global market, focusing on telecommunications and data centres, which delivers significant revenue per customer. And with cutting-edge GPU orchestration software optimised for the technically demanding cloud gaming industry, Activeport is perfectly positioned to tackle the emerging artificial intelligence market using the same advanced software.

    “Activeport has achieved profitability and established itself as a leading vendor of orchestration software for networks, data centres, cloud gaming, and artificial intelligence. We have significant projects underway in Asia, India, and the Middle East and an extensive pipeline of new opportunities in front of us.” Chairman Peter Christie stated “This fundraising will provide a solid foundation on which we can grow our recurring revenue base to achieve consistent, positive free cash flow. I look forward to continued shareholder support as we advance Activeport to the next level and deliver value for shareholders.”

    In addition, this week Activeport announced a strategic partnership with Australia’s FibreconX to orchestrate services across its new national dark fibre network. By integrating FibreconX with Activeport’s automation software, customers can create self-service networks that connect customers in Australia’s major commercial centres to all the major national data centres. This partnership empowers enterprise customers to build new networks that redefine speed, cost efficiency, flexibility, and connectivity in this era of AI.

    For more information on the Rights Issue, check the recent Activeport ASX announcements on the website- Link here. Activeport also held a webinar 16 October 2024 which is now available to view on YouTube.

    About Activeport
    Headquartered in Australia, Activeport develops automation software and customer self-service portals for global telecommunication providers. The Activeport product suite enables network automation, minimising operational costs, accelerating ‘time to revenue; and improving customer experience.
    For more information: https://www.activeport.com.au

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/cdd6f0f8-eff6-4248-915d-5096ff5dbe76

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Renasant Corporation Announces Earnings for the Third Quarter of 2024, Receipt of Shareholder Approval of the Merger With the First Bancshares, Inc.

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TUPELO, Miss., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Renasant Corporation (NYSE: RNST) (the “Company”) today announced earnings results for the third quarter of 2024.

    (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Net income and earnings per share:            
    Net income $ 72,455 $ 38,846 $ 41,833   $ 150,710 $ 116,554  
    After-tax gain on sale of insurance agency   38,951         38,951    
    After-tax loss on sale of securities (including impairments)             (17,859 )
    Basic EPS   1.18   0.69   0.75     2.60   2.08  
    Diluted EPS   1.18   0.69   0.74     2.59   2.07  
    Adjusted diluted EPS (Non-GAAP)(1)   0.70   0.69   0.74     2.03   2.38  
    Impact to diluted EPS from after-tax gain on sale of insurance agency   0.63         0.67    
    Impact to diluted EPS from after-tax loss on sale of securities (including impairments)             (0.31 )

    “The financial results for the quarter reflect solid performance and balance sheet strength,” remarked C. Mitchell Waycaster, Chief Executive Officer of the Company. “We were pleased to receive shareholder approval today and look forward to completing our merger with The First in the first half of 2025, pending all required regulatory approvals and satisfaction of all other conditions.”

    Quarterly Highlights

    Merger Agreement with The First Bancshares, Inc. and Other Transactions

    • On July 29, 2024, the Company announced its merger with The First Bancshares, Inc. (“The First”). Today, the shareholders of both Renasant and The First approved the merger and the related issuance of shares of Renasant common stock to the shareholders of The First
    • On July 31, 2024, Renasant completed its public offering of an aggregate of 7,187,500 shares of its common stock at a price of $32.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses were approximately $217.0 million
    • Effective July 1, 2024, Renasant sold the assets of its insurance agency for cash proceeds of $56.4 million, recognizing a positive after-tax impact to earnings of $34.1 million, which is net of transaction expenses

    Earnings

    • Net income for the third quarter of 2024 was $72.5 million; diluted EPS and adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP)(1) were $1.18 and $0.70, respectively
    • Net interest income (fully tax equivalent) for the third quarter of 2024 was $133.6 million, up $6.0 million on a linked quarter basis
    • For the third quarter of 2024, net interest margin was 3.36%, up 5 basis points on a linked quarter basis
    • Cost of total deposits was 2.51% for the third quarter of 2024, up 4 basis points on a linked quarter basis
    • Noninterest income increased $50.5 million on a linked quarter basis primarily due to the $53.3 million pre-tax gain on the insurance agency sale, offset by the loss of insurance commissions as a result of the sale
    • Mortgage banking income decreased $1.3 million on a linked quarter basis. The mortgage division generated $543.6 million in interest rate lock volume in the third quarter of 2024, a decrease of $16.7 million on a linked quarter basis. Gain on sale margin was 1.56% for the third quarter of 2024, down 13 basis points on a linked quarter basis
    • Noninterest expense increased $10.0 million on a linked quarter basis. Merger and conversion expenses of $11.3 million for the third quarter of 2024 related to both the announced merger with The First and the insurance agency sale contributed to the increase

    Balance Sheet

    • Loans increased $22.9 million on a linked quarter basis, representing 0.7% annualized net loan growth
    • Securities decreased $9.0 million on a linked quarter basis. Cash flows related to principal payments reduced securities by $43.4 million which was offset by a positive fair market value adjustment in our available-for-sale portfolio of $34.4 million
    • Deposits at September 30, 2024 increased $254.5 million on a linked quarter basis. Brokered deposits decreased $31.8 million on a linked quarter basis to $126.8 million at September 30, 2024. Noninterest bearing deposits decreased $9.7 million on a linked quarter basis and represented 24.3% of total deposits at September 30, 2024

    Capital and Stock Repurchase Program

    • Book value per share and tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(1) increased 0.1% and 8.9%, respectively, on a linked quarter basis
    • Effective October 22, 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $100.0 million stock repurchase program under which the Company is authorized to repurchase outstanding shares of its common stock either in open market purchases or privately-negotiated transactions. This plan replaces the Company’s $100.0 million stock repurchase program that expired in October 2024. There was no buyback activity during the third quarter of 2024

    Credit Quality

    • The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $0.9 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $3.3 million for the second quarter of 2024
    • The ratio of allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans was 1.59% at September 30, 2024, unchanged on a linked quarter basis
    • The coverage ratio, or the allowance for credit losses on loans to nonperforming loans, was 168.07% at September 30, 2024, compared to 203.88% at June 30, 2024
    • Net loan charge-offs for the third quarter of 2024 were $0.7 million, or 0.02% of average loans on an annualized basis
    • Nonperforming loans to total loans increased to 0.94% at September 30, 2024 compared to 0.78% at June 30, 2024, and criticized loans (which include classified and Special Mention loans) to total loans increased to 3.02% at September 30, 2024, compared to 2.62% at June 30, 2024

    (1) This is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this release from GAAP to non-GAAP is included in the tables at the end of this release. The information below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” explains why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial measures in this release provide useful information and describes the other purposes for which the Company uses non-GAAP financial measures.

    Income Statement

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Interest income                
    Loans held for investment $ 202,655   $ 198,397   $ 192,390   $ 188,535 $ 181,129     $ 593,442   $ 516,114  
    Loans held for sale   4,212     3,530     2,308     3,329   3,751       10,050     8,478  
    Securities   10,304     10,410     10,700     10,728   10,669       31,414     39,760  
    Other   11,872     7,874     7,781     7,839   10,128       27,527     22,536  
    Total interest income   229,043     220,211     213,179     210,431   205,677       662,433     586,888  
    Interest expense                
    Deposits   90,787     87,621     82,613     77,168   70,906       261,021     155,163  
    Borrowings   7,258     7,564     7,276     7,310   7,388       22,098     38,351  
    Total interest expense   98,045     95,185     89,889     84,478   78,294       283,119     193,514  
    Net interest income   130,998     125,026     123,290     125,953   127,383       379,314     393,374  
    Provision for credit losses                
    Provision for loan losses   1,210     4,300     2,638     2,518   5,315       8,148     16,275  
    Recovery of unfunded commitments   (275 )   (1,000 )   (200 )     (700 )     (1,475 )   (3,200 )
    Total provision for credit losses   935     3,300     2,438     2,518   4,615       6,673     13,075  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   130,063     121,726     120,852     123,435   122,768       372,641     380,299  
    Noninterest income   89,299     38,762     41,381     20,356   38,200       169,442     92,719  
    Noninterest expense   121,983     111,976     112,912     111,880   108,369       346,871     327,742  
    Income before income taxes   97,379     48,512     49,321     31,911   52,599       195,212     145,276  
    Income taxes   24,924     9,666     9,912     3,787   10,766       44,502     28,722  
    Net income $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409   $ 28,124 $ 41,833     $ 150,710   $ 116,554  
                     
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)(1) $ 42,960   $ 38,846   $ 36,572   $ 42,887 $ 41,833     $ 118,588   $ 134,413  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (“PPNR”) (non-GAAP)(1) $ 56,238   $ 51,812   $ 48,231   $ 52,614 $ 57,214     $ 156,281   $ 180,789  
                     
    Basic earnings per share $ 1.18   $ 0.69   $ 0.70   $ 0.50 $ 0.75     $ 2.60   $ 2.08  
    Diluted earnings per share   1.18     0.69     0.70     0.50   0.74       2.59     2.07  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share (non-GAAP)(1)   0.70     0.69     0.65     0.76   0.74       2.03     2.38  
    Average basic shares outstanding   61,217,094     56,342,909     56,208,348     56,141,628   56,138,618       57,934,806     56,085,556  
    Average diluted shares outstanding   61,632,448     56,684,626     56,531,078     56,611,217   56,523,887       58,297,554     56,393,957  
    Cash dividends per common share $ 0.22   $ 0.22   $ 0.22   $ 0.22 $ 0.22     $ 0.66   $ 0.66  

    (1) This is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this release from GAAP to non-GAAP is included in the tables at the end of this release. The information below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” explains why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial measures in this release provide useful information and describes the other purposes for which the Company uses non-GAAP financial measures.


    Performance Ratios

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Return on average assets 1.63 % 0.90 % 0.92 % 0.65 % 0.96 %   1.16 % 0.90 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)(1) 0.97   0.90   0.86   0.99   0.96     0.91   1.04  
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(1) 1.75   0.98   1.00   0.71   1.05     1.25   0.99  
    Adjusted return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(1) 1.05   0.98   0.93   1.08   1.05     0.99   1.13  
    Return on average equity 11.29   6.68   6.85   4.93   7.44     8.38   7.04  
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)(1) 6.69   6.68   6.36   7.53   7.44     6.59   8.12  
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)(1) 18.83   12.04   12.45   9.26   13.95     14.69   13.35  
    Adjusted return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)(1) 11.26   12.04   11.58   13.94   13.95     11.61   15.35  
    Efficiency ratio (fully taxable equivalent) 54.73   67.31   67.52   75.11   64.38     62.33   66.28  
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)(1) 64.62   66.60   68.23   66.18   63.60     66.46   62.61  
    Dividend payout ratio 18.64   31.88   31.43   44.00   29.33     25.38   31.73  


    Capital and Balance Sheet Ratios

      As of
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023
    Shares outstanding   63,564,028     56,367,924     56,304,860     56,142,207     56,140,713  
    Market value per share $ 32.50   $ 30.54   $ 31.32   $ 33.68   $ 26.19  
    Book value per share   41.82     41.77     41.25     40.92     39.78  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(1)   26.02     23.89     23.32     22.92     21.76  
    Shareholders’ equity to assets   14.80 %   13.45 %   13.39 %   13.23 %   13.00 %
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)(1)   9.76     8.16     8.04     7.87     7.55  
    Leverage ratio   11.32     9.81     9.75     9.62     9.48  
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio   12.88     10.75     10.59     10.52     10.46  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   13.67     11.53     11.37     11.30     11.25  
    Total risk-based capital ratio   17.32     15.15     15.00     14.93     14.91  

    (1) This is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this release from GAAP to non-GAAP is included in the tables at the end of this release. The information below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” explains why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial measures in this release provide useful information and describes the other purposes for which the Company uses non-GAAP financial measures.


    Noninterest Income and Noninterest Expense

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Noninterest income                
    Service charges on deposit accounts $ 10,438 $ 10,286 $ 10,506 $ 10,603   $ 9,743     $ 31,230 $ 28,596  
    Fees and commissions   4,116   3,944   3,949   4,130     4,108       12,009   13,771  
    Insurance commissions     2,758   2,716   2,583     3,264       5,474   8,519  
    Wealth management revenue   5,835   5,684   5,669   5,668     5,986       17,188   16,464  
    Mortgage banking income   8,447   9,698   11,370   6,592     7,533       29,515   25,821  
    Gain on sale of insurance agency   53,349                 53,349    
    Net losses on sales of securities (including impairments)         (19,352 )           (22,438 )
    Gain on extinguishment of debt       56   620           56    
    BOLI income   2,858   2,701   2,691   2,589     2,469       8,250   7,874  
    Other   4,256   3,691   4,424   6,923     5,097       12,371   14,112  
    Total noninterest income $ 89,299 $ 38,762 $ 41,381 $ 20,356   $ 38,200     $ 169,442 $ 92,719  
    Noninterest expense                
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 71,307 $ 70,731 $ 71,470 $ 71,841   $ 69,458     $ 213,508 $ 209,927  
    Data processing   4,133   3,945   3,807   3,971     3,907       11,885   11,224  
    Net occupancy and equipment   11,415   11,844   11,389   11,653     11,548       34,648   34,818  
    Other real estate owned   56   105   107   306     (120 )     268   (39 )
    Professional fees   3,189   3,195   3,348   2,854     3,338       9,732   10,817  
    Advertising and public relations   3,677   3,807   4,886   3,084     3,474       12,370   11,642  
    Intangible amortization   1,160   1,186   1,212   1,274     1,311       3,558   4,106  
    Communications   2,176   2,112   2,024   2,026     2,006       6,312   6,212  
    Merger and conversion related expenses   11,273                 11,273    
    Other   13,597   15,051   14,669   14,871     13,447       43,317   39,035  
    Total noninterest expense $ 121,983 $ 111,976 $ 112,912 $ 111,880   $ 108,369     $ 346,871 $ 327,742  


    Mortgage Banking Income

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Gain on sales of loans, net $ 4,499 $ 5,199 $ 4,535 $ 1,860 $ 3,297   $ 14,233 $ 12,713
    Fees, net   2,646   2,866   1,854   2,010   2,376     7,366   7,041
    Mortgage servicing income, net   1,302   1,633   4,981   2,722   1,860     7,916   6,067
    Total mortgage banking income $ 8,447 $ 9,698 $ 11,370 $ 6,592 $ 7,533   $ 29,515 $ 25,821


    Balance Sheet

    (Dollars in thousands) As of
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,275,620   $ 851,906   $ 844,400   $ 801,351   $ 741,156  
    Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost   1,150,531     1,174,663     1,199,111     1,221,464     1,245,595  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value   764,844     749,685     764,486     923,279     909,108  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   291,735     266,406     191,440     179,756     241,613  
    Loans held for investment   12,627,648     12,604,755     12,500,525     12,351,230     12,168,023  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans   (200,378 )   (199,871 )   (201,052 )   (198,578 )   (197,773 )
    Loans, net   12,427,270     12,404,884     12,299,473     12,152,652     11,970,250  
    Premises and equipment, net   280,550     280,966     282,193     283,195     284,368  
    Other real estate owned   9,136     7,366     9,142     9,622     9,258  
    Goodwill and other intangibles   1,004,136     1,008,062     1,009,248     1,010,460     1,011,735  
    Bank-owned life insurance   389,138     387,791     385,186     382,584     379,945  
    Mortgage servicing rights   71,990     72,092     71,596     91,688     90,241  
    Other assets   293,890     306,570     289,466     304,484     298,352  
    Total assets $ 17,958,840   $ 17,510,391   $ 17,345,741   $ 17,360,535   $ 17,181,621  
               
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing $ 3,529,801   $ 3,539,453   $ 3,516,164   $ 3,583,675   $ 3,734,197  
    Interest-bearing   10,979,950     10,715,760     10,720,999     10,493,110     10,422,913  
    Total deposits   14,509,751     14,255,213     14,237,163     14,076,785     14,157,110  
    Short-term borrowings   108,732     232,741     108,121     307,577     107,662  
    Long-term debt   433,177     428,677     428,047     429,400     427,399  
    Other liabilities   249,102     239,059     250,060     249,390     256,127  
    Total liabilities   15,300,762     15,155,690     15,023,391     15,063,152     14,948,298  
               
    Shareholders’ equity:          
    Common stock   332,421     296,483     296,483     296,483     296,483  
    Treasury stock   (97,251 )   (97,534 )   (99,683 )   (105,249 )   (105,300 )
    Additional paid-in capital   1,488,678     1,304,782     1,303,613     1,308,281     1,304,891  
    Retained earnings   1,063,324     1,005,086     978,880     952,124     936,573  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (129,094 )   (154,116 )   (156,943 )   (154,256 )   (199,324 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   2,658,078     2,354,701     2,322,350     2,297,383     2,233,323  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 17,958,840   $ 17,510,391   $ 17,345,741   $ 17,360,535   $ 17,181,621  


    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended
      September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2023
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans held for investment $ 12,584,104 $ 204,935 6.47 % $ 12,575,651 $ 200,670 6.41 % $ 12,030,109 $ 183,521 6.06 %
    Loans held for sale   272,110   4,212 6.19 %   219,826   3,530 6.42 %   227,982   3,751 6.58 %
    Taxable securities   1,794,421   9,212 2.05 %   1,832,002   9,258 2.02 %   2,097,285   9,459 1.80 %
    Tax-exempt securities(1)   262,621   1,390 2.12 %   263,937   1,451 2.20 %   285,588   1,566 2.19 %
    Total securities   2,057,042   10,602 2.06 %   2,095,939   10,709 2.04 %   2,382,873   11,025 1.85 %
    Interest-bearing balances with banks   894,313   11,872 5.28 %   595,030   7,874 5.32 %   729,049   10,128 5.51 %
    Total interest-earning assets   15,807,569   231,621 5.82 %   15,486,446   222,783 5.77 %   15,370,013   208,425 5.39 %
    Cash and due from banks   189,425       187,519       180,708    
    Intangible assets   1,004,701       1,008,638       1,012,460    
    Other assets   679,901       688,766       672,232    
    Total assets $ 17,681,596     $ 17,371,369     $ 17,235,413    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Interest-bearing demand(2) $ 7,333,508 $ 60,326 3.26 % $ 7,094,411 $ 56,132 3.17 % $ 6,520,145 $ 41,464 2.52 %
    Savings deposits   815,545   729 0.36 %   839,638   729 0.35 %   942,619   793 0.33 %
    Brokered deposits   150,991   1,998 5.25 %   294,650   3,944 5.37 %   947,387   12,732 5.33 %
    Time deposits   2,546,860   27,734 4.33 %   2,487,873   26,816 4.34 %   2,002,506   15,917 3.15 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   10,846,904   90,787 3.32 %   10,716,572   87,621 3.28 %   10,412,657   70,906 2.70 %
    Borrowed funds   562,146   7,258 5.14 %   583,965   7,564 5.19 %   564,772   7,388 5.22 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   11,409,050   98,045 3.41 %   11,300,537   95,185 3.38 %   10,977,429   78,294 2.84 %
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,509,266       3,509,109       3,800,160    
    Other liabilities   209,763       223,992       226,219    
    Shareholders’ equity   2,553,517       2,337,731       2,231,605    
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 17,681,596     $ 17,371,369     $ 17,235,413    
    Net interest income/ net interest margin   $ 133,576 3.36 %   $ 127,598 3.31 %   $ 130,131 3.36 %
    Cost of funding     2.61 %     2.58 %     2.11 %
    Cost of total deposits     2.51 %     2.47 %     1.98 %

    (1) U.S. Government and some U.S. Government Agency securities are tax-exempt in the states in which the Company operates.
    (2) Interest-bearing demand deposits include interest-bearing transactional accounts and money market deposits.


    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin, continued

    (Dollars in thousands) Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 2024 September 30, 2023
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Interest-earning assets:            
    Loans held for investment $ 12,522,802 $ 600,245 6.39 % $ 11,866,662 $ 523,040 5.89 %
    Loans held for sale   215,978   10,050 6.20 %   175,100   8,478 6.46 %
    Taxable securities(1)   1,839,249   27,975 2.03 %   2,402,739   35,129 1.95 %
    Tax-exempt securities   265,601   4,346 2.18 %   349,617   6,076 2.32 %
    Total securities   2,104,850   32,321 2.05 %   2,752,356   41,205 2.00 %
    Interest-bearing balances with banks   687,318   27,527 5.35 %   573,498   22,536 5.25 %
    Total interest-earning assets   15,530,948   670,143 5.75 %   15,367,616   595,259 5.18 %
    Cash and due from banks   188,485       189,324    
    Intangible assets   1,007,710       1,012,613    
    Other assets   694,427       674,476    
    Total assets $ 17,421,570     $ 17,244,029    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:            
    Interest-bearing demand(2) $ 7,128,721 $ 168,958 3.16 % $ 6,235,322 $ 90,947 1.95 %
    Savings deposits   838,443   2,188 0.35 %   999,436   2,432 0.33 %
    Brokered deposits   296,550   11,929 5.36 %   719,603   27,445 5.10 %
    Time deposits   2,451,733   77,946 4.25 %   1,769,246   34,339 2.59 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   10,715,447   261,021 3.25 %   9,723,607   155,163 2.13 %
    Borrowed funds   569,476   22,098 5.17 %   1,026,467   38,351 4.99 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   11,284,923   283,119 3.35 %   10,750,074   193,514 2.41 %
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,512,318       4,073,265    
    Other liabilities   221,932       208,491    
    Shareholders’ equity   2,402,397       2,212,199    
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 17,421,570     $ 17,244,029    
    Net interest income/ net interest margin   $ 387,024 3.32 %   $ 401,745 3.49 %
    Cost of funding     2.55 %     1.75 %
    Cost of total deposits     2.45 %     1.50 %

    (1) U.S. Government and some U.S. Government Agency securities are tax-exempt in the states in which the Company operates.
    (2) Interest-bearing demand deposits include interest-bearing transactional accounts and money market deposits.


    Supplemental Margin Information

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Earning asset mix:            
    Loans held for investment   79.61 %   81.20 %   78.27 %     80.63 %   77.22 %
    Loans held for sale   1.72     1.42     1.48       1.39     1.14  
    Securities   13.01     13.53     15.50       13.55     17.91  
    Interest-bearing balances with banks   5.66     3.85     4.75       4.43     3.73  
    Total   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %     100.00 %   100.00 %
                 
    Funding sources mix:            
    Noninterest-bearing demand   23.52 %   23.69 %   25.72 %     23.74 %   27.48 %
    Interest-bearing demand(1)   49.16     47.90     44.12       48.18     42.06  
    Savings   5.47     5.67     6.38       5.67     6.74  
    Brokered deposits   1.01     1.99     6.41       2.00     4.85  
    Time deposits   17.07     16.80     13.55       16.57     11.94  
    Borrowed funds   3.77     3.95     3.82       3.84     6.93  
    Total   100.00 %   100.00 %   100.00 %     100.00 %   100.00 %
                 
    Net interest income collected on problem loans $ 642   $ (146 ) $ (820 )   $ 619   $ (64 )
    Total accretion on purchased loans   1,089     897     1,290       2,786     3,049  
    Total impact on net interest income $ 1,731   $ 751   $ 470     $ 3,405   $ 2,985  
    Impact on net interest margin   0.04 %   0.02 %   0.01 %     0.03 %   0.03 %
    Impact on loan yield   0.05     0.02     0.02       0.04 %   0.03 %

    (1) Interest-bearing demand deposits include interest-bearing transactional accounts and money market deposits.


    Loan Portfolio

    (Dollars in thousands) As of
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023
    Loan Portfolio:          
    Commercial, financial, agricultural $ 1,804,961 $ 1,847,762 $ 1,869,408 $ 1,871,821 $ 1,819,891
    Lease financing   98,159   102,996   107,474   116,020   120,724
    Real estate – construction   1,198,838   1,355,425   1,243,535   1,333,397   1,407,364
    Real estate – 1-4 family mortgages   3,440,038   3,435,818   3,429,286   3,439,919   3,398,876
    Real estate – commercial mortgages   5,995,152   5,766,478   5,753,230   5,486,550   5,313,166
    Installment loans to individuals   90,500   96,276   97,592   103,523   108,002
    Total loans $ 12,627,648 $ 12,604,755 $ 12,500,525 $ 12,351,230 $ 12,168,023


    Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

    (Dollars in thousands) As of
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023
    Nonperforming Assets:          
    Nonaccruing loans $ 113,872   $ 97,795   $ 73,774   $ 68,816   $ 69,541  
    Loans 90 days or more past due   5,351     240     451     554     532  
    Total nonperforming loans   119,223     98,035     74,225     69,370     70,073  
    Other real estate owned   9,136     7,366     9,142     9,622     9,258  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 128,359   $ 105,401   $ 83,367   $ 78,992   $ 79,331  
               
    Criticized Loans          
    Classified loans $ 218,135   $ 191,595   $ 206,502   $ 166,893   $ 186,052  
    Special Mention loans   163,804     138,343     138,366     99,699     89,858  
    Criticized loans(1) $ 381,939   $ 329,938   $ 344,868   $ 266,592   $ 275,910  
               
    Allowance for credit losses on loans $ 200,378   $ 199,871   $ 201,052   $ 198,578   $ 197,773  
    Net loan charge-offs $ 703   $ 5,481   $ 164   $ 1,713   $ 1,933  
    Annualized net loan charge-offs / average loans   0.02 %   0.18 %   0.01 %   0.06 %   0.06 %
    Nonperforming loans / total loans   0.94     0.78     0.59     0.56     0.58  
    Nonperforming assets / total assets   0.71     0.60     0.48     0.46     0.46  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans / total loans   1.59     1.59     1.61     1.61     1.63  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans / nonperforming loans   168.07     203.88     270.87     286.26     282.24  
    Criticized loans / total loans   3.02     2.62     2.76     2.16     2.27  

    (1) Criticized loans include classified and Special Mention loans.


    CONFERENCE CALL INFORMATION:

    A live audio webcast of a conference call with analysts will be available beginning at 10:00 AM Eastern Time (9:00 AM Central Time) on Wednesday, October 23, 2024.

    The webcast is accessible through Renasant’s investor relations website at http://www.renasant.com or https://event.choruscall.com/mediaframe/webcast.html?webcastid=YvWBKrUB. To access the conference via telephone, dial 1-877-513-1143 in the United States and request the Renasant Corporation 2024 Third Quarter Earnings Webcast and Conference Call. International participants should dial 1-412-902-4145 to access the conference call.

    The webcast will be archived on http://www.renasant.com after the call and will remain accessible for one year. A replay can be accessed via telephone by dialing 1-877-344-7529 in the United States and entering conference number 8626805 or by dialing 1-412-317-0088 internationally and entering the same conference number. Telephone replay access is available until November 6, 2024.

    ABOUT RENASANT CORPORATION:
    Renasant Corporation is the parent of Renasant Bank, a 120-year-old financial services institution. Renasant has assets of approximately $18.0 billion and operates 186 banking, lending, mortgage and wealth management offices throughout the Southeast as well as offering factoring and asset-based lending on a nationwide basis.

    CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:
    This press release may contain, or incorporate by reference, statements about Renasant Corporation that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates,” “plans,” “potential,” “focus,” “possible,” “may increase,” “may fluctuate,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could,” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts. Forward-looking statements include information about the Company’s future financial performance, business strategy, projected plans and objectives and are based on the current beliefs and expectations of management. The Company’s management believes these forward-looking statements are reasonable, but they are all inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Actual results may differ from those indicated or implied in the forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned that any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties and, accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made.

    Important factors currently known to management that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include the following: (i) the Company’s ability to efficiently integrate acquisitions (including its recently-announced acquisition of The First Bancshares, Inc. described under the “Quarterly Highlights” heading above) into its operations, retain the customers of these businesses, grow the acquired operations and realize the cost savings expected from an acquisition to the extent and in the timeframe anticipated by management (including the possibility that such cost savings will not be realized when expected, or at all, as a result of the impact of, or challenges arising from, the integration of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities into the Company, potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, or as a result of other unexpected factors or events); (ii) potential exposure to unknown or contingent risks and liabilities we have acquired, or may acquire, or target for acquisition, including in connection with the proposed merger with The First Bancshares, Inc.; (iii) the effect of economic conditions and interest rates on a national, regional or international basis; (iv) timing and success of the implementation of changes in operations to achieve enhanced earnings or effect cost savings; (v) competitive pressures in the consumer finance, commercial finance, financial services, asset management, retail banking, factoring and mortgage lending and auto lending industries; (vi) the financial resources of, and products available from, competitors; (vii) changes in laws and regulations as well as changes in accounting standards; (viii) changes in policy by regulatory agencies or increased scrutiny by, and/or additional regulatory requirements of, regulatory agencies as a result of our proposed merger with The First Bancshares, Inc.; (ix) changes in the securities and foreign exchange markets; (x) the Company’s potential growth, including its entrance or expansion into new markets, and the need for sufficient capital to support that growth; (xi) changes in the quality or composition of the Company’s loan or investment portfolios, including adverse developments in borrower industries or in the repayment ability of individual borrowers or issuers of investment securities, or the impact of interest rates on the value of our investment securities portfolio; (xii) an insufficient allowance for credit losses as a result of inaccurate assumptions; (xiii) changes in the sources and costs of the capital we use to make loans and otherwise fund our operations, due to deposit outflows, changes in the mix of deposits and the cost and availability of borrowings; (xiv) general economic, market or business conditions, including the impact of inflation; (xv) changes in demand for loan and deposit products and other financial services; (xvi) concentrations of credit or deposit exposure; (xvii) changes or the lack of changes in interest rates, yield curves and interest rate spread relationships; (xviii) increased cybersecurity risk, including potential network breaches, business disruptions or financial losses; (xix) civil unrest, natural disasters, epidemics and other catastrophic events in the Company’s geographic area; (xx) geopolitical conditions, including acts or threats of terrorism, actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to acts or threats of terrorism and/or military conflicts, which could impact business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad; (xxi) the impact, extent and timing of technological changes; and (xxii) other circumstances, many of which are beyond management’s control.

    Management believes that the assumptions underlying the Company’s forward-looking statements are reasonable, but any of the assumptions could prove to be inaccurate. Investors are urged to carefully consider the risks described in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) from time to time, including its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, which are available at http://www.renasant.com and the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    The Company undertakes no obligation, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time, except as required by federal securities laws.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES:
    In addition to results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), this press release and the presentation slides furnished to the SEC on the same Form 8-K as this release contain non-GAAP financial measures, namely, (i) adjusted loan yield, (ii) adjusted net interest income and margin, (iii) pre-provision net revenue (including on an as-adjusted basis), (iv) adjusted net income, (v) adjusted diluted earnings per share, (vi) tangible book value per share, (vii) the tangible common equity ratio, (viii) certain performance ratios (namely, the ratio of pre-provision net revenue to average assets, the return on average assets and on average equity, and the return on average tangible assets and on average tangible common equity (including each of the foregoing on an as-adjusted basis)), and (ix) the adjusted efficiency ratio.

    These non-GAAP financial measures adjust GAAP financial measures to exclude intangible assets, including related amortization, and/or certain gains or charges (such as, for the third quarter of 2024, merger and conversion expenses and the gain on the sale of the assets of the Company’s insurance agency), with respect to which the Company is unable to accurately predict when these charges will be incurred or, when incurred, the amount thereof. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy. In addition, the Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate the making of period-to-period comparisons and are meaningful indicators of its operating performance, particularly because these measures are widely used by industry analysts for companies with merger and acquisition activities. Also, because intangible assets such as goodwill and the core deposit intangible can vary extensively from company to company and, as to intangible assets, are excluded from the calculation of a financial institution’s regulatory capital, the Company believes that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial information allows readers to more easily compare the Company’s results to information provided in other regulatory reports and the results of other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the tables below under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations”.

    None of the non-GAAP financial information that the Company has included in this release or the accompanying presentation slides are intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Investors should note that, because there are no standardized definitions for the calculations as well as the results, the Company’s calculations may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

    Non-GAAP Reconciliations

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024 Sep 30, 2023
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue (“PPNR”)            
    Net income (GAAP) $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409   $ 28,124   $ 41,833     $ 150,710   $ 116,554  
    Income taxes   24,924     9,666     9,912     3,787     10,766       44,502     28,722  
    Provision for credit losses (including unfunded commitments)   935     3,300     2,438     2,518     4,615       6,673     13,075  
    Pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP) $ 98,314   $ 51,812   $ 51,759   $ 34,429   $ 57,214     $ 201,885   $ 158,351  
    Merger and conversion expense   11,273                       11,273      
    Gain on extinguishment of debt           (56 )   (620 )         (56 )    
    Gain on sales of MSR           (3,472 )   (547 )         (3,472 )    
    Gain on sale of insurance agency   (53,349 )                     (53,349 )    
    Losses on sales of securities (including impairments)               19,352               22,438  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP) $ 56,238   $ 51,812   $ 48,231   $ 52,614   $ 57,214     $ 156,281   $ 180,789  
                     
    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Tangible Net Income            
    Net income (GAAP) $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409   $ 28,124   $ 41,833     $ 150,710   $ 116,554  
    Amortization of intangibles   1,160     1,186     1,212     1,274     1,311       3,558     4,106  
    Tax effect of adjustments noted above(1)   (296 )   (233 )   (237 )   (240 )   (269 )     (909 )   (838 )
    Tangible net income (non-GAAP) $ 73,319   $ 39,799   $ 40,384   $ 29,158   $ 42,875     $ 153,359   $ 119,822  
                     
    Net income (GAAP) $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409   $ 28,124   $ 41,833     $ 150,710   $ 116,554  
    Merger and conversion expense   11,273                       11,273      
    Gain on extinguishment of debt           (56 )   (620 )         (56 )    
    Gain on sales of MSR           (3,472 )   (547 )         (3,472 )    
    Gain on sale of insurance agency   (53,349 )                     (53,349 )    
    Losses on sales of securities (including impairments)               19,352               22,438  
    Tax effect of adjustments noted above(1)   12,581         691     (3,422 )         13,482     (4,579 )
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) $ 42,960   $ 38,846   $ 36,572   $ 42,887   $ 41,833     $ 118,588   $ 134,413  
    Amortization of intangibles   1,160     1,186     1,212     1,274     1,311       3,558     4,106  
    Tax effect of adjustments noted above(1)   (296 )   (233 )   (237 )   (240 )   (269 )     (909 )   (838 )
    Adjusted tangible net income (non-GAAP) $ 43,824   $ 39,799   $ 37,547   $ 43,921   $ 42,875     $ 121,237   $ 137,681  
    Tangible Assets and Tangible Shareholders’ Equity            
    Average shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 2,553,517   $ 2,337,731   $ 2,314,281   $ 2,261,025   $ 2,231,605     $ 2,402,397   $ 2,212,199  
    Average intangible assets   1,004,701     1,008,638     1,009,825     1,011,130     1,012,460       1,007,710     1,012,613  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,548,816   $ 1,329,093   $ 1,304,456   $ 1,249,895   $ 1,219,145     $ 1,394,687   $ 1,199,586  
                     
    Average assets (GAAP) $ 17,681,596   $ 17,371,369   $ 17,203,013   $ 17,195,840   $ 17,235,413     $ 17,421,570   $ 17,244,029  
    Average intangible assets   1,004,701     1,008,638     1,009,825     1,011,130     1,012,460       1,007,710     1,012,613  
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 16,676,895   $ 16,362,731   $ 16,193,188   $ 16,184,710   $ 16,222,953     $ 16,413,860   $ 16,231,416  
                     
    Shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 2,658,078   $ 2,354,701   $ 2,322,350   $ 2,297,383   $ 2,233,323     $ 2,658,078   $ 2,233,323  
    Intangible assets   1,004,136     1,008,062     1,009,248     1,010,460     1,011,735       1,004,136     1,011,735  
    Tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,653,942   $ 1,346,639   $ 1,313,102   $ 1,286,923   $ 1,221,588     $ 1,653,942   $ 1,221,588  
                     
    Total assets (GAAP) $ 17,958,840   $ 17,510,391   $ 17,345,741   $ 17,360,535   $ 17,181,621     $ 17,958,840   $ 17,181,621  
    Intangible assets   1,004,136     1,008,062     1,009,248     1,010,460     1,011,735       1,004,136     1,011,735  
    Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 16,954,704   $ 16,502,329   $ 16,336,493   $ 16,350,075   $ 16,169,886     $ 16,954,704   $ 16,169,886  
                     
    Adjusted Performance Ratios                
    Return on average assets (GAAP)   1.63 %   0.90 %   0.92 %   0.65 %   0.96 %     1.16 %   0.90 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)   0.97     0.90     0.86     0.99     0.96       0.91     1.04  
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   1.75     0.98     1.00     0.71     1.05       1.25     0.99  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets (non-GAAP)   2.21     1.20     1.21     0.79     1.32       1.55     1.23  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets (non-GAAP)   1.27     1.20     1.13     1.21     1.32       1.20     1.40  
    Adjusted return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   1.05     0.98     0.93     1.08     1.05       0.99     1.13  
    Return on average equity (GAAP)   11.29     6.68     6.85     4.93     7.44       8.38     7.04  
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)   6.69     6.68     6.36     7.53     7.44       6.59     8.12  
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   18.83     12.04     12.45     9.26     13.95       14.69     13.35  
    Adjusted return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   11.26     12.04     11.58     13.94     13.95       11.61     15.35  
                     
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share            
    Average diluted shares outstanding   61,632,448     56,684,626     56,531,078     56,611,217     56,523,887       58,297,554     56,393,957  
                     
    Diluted earnings per share (GAAP) $ 1.18   $ 0.69   $ 0.70   $ 0.50   $ 0.74     $ 2.59   $ 2.07  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share (non-GAAP) $ 0.70   $ 0.69   $ 0.65   $ 0.76   $ 0.74     $ 2.03   $ 2.38  
                     
    Tangible Book Value Per Share                
    Shares outstanding   63,564,028     56,367,924     56,304,860     56,142,207     56,140,713       63,564,028     56,140,713  
                     
    Book value per share (GAAP) $ 41.82   $ 41.77   $ 41.25   $ 40.92   $ 39.78     $ 41.82   $ 39.78  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 26.02   $ 23.89   $ 23.32   $ 22.92   $ 21.76     $ 26.02   $ 21.76  
                     
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio                
    Shareholders’ equity to assets (GAAP)   14.80 %   13.45 %   13.39 %   13.23 %   13.00 %     14.80 %   13.00 %
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)   9.76 %   8.16 %   8.04 %   7.87 %   7.55 %     9.76 %   7.55 %
    Adjusted Efficiency Ratio                
    Net interest income (FTE) (GAAP) $ 133,576   $ 127,598   $ 125,850   $ 128,595   $ 130,131     $ 387,024   $ 401,745  
                     
    Total noninterest income (GAAP) $ 89,299   $ 38,762   $ 41,381   $ 20,356   $ 38,200     $ 169,442   $ 92,719  
    Gain on sales of MSR           3,472     547           3,472      
    Gain on extinguishment of debt           56     620           56      
    Gain on sale of insurance agency   53,349                       53,349      
    Losses on sales of securities (including impairments)               (19,352 )             (22,438 )
    Total adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) $ 35,950   $ 38,762   $ 37,853   $ 38,541   $ 38,200     $ 112,565   $ 115,157  
                     
    Noninterest expense (GAAP) $ 121,983   $ 111,976   $ 112,912   $ 111,880   $ 108,369     $ 346,871   $ 327,742  
    Amortization of intangibles   1,160     1,186     1,212     1,274     1,311       3,558     4,106  
    Merger and conversion expense   11,273                       11,273      
    Total adjusted noninterest expense (non-GAAP) $ 109,550   $ 110,790   $ 111,700   $ 110,606   $ 107,058     $ 332,040   $ 323,636  
                     
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   54.73 %   67.31 %   67.52 %   75.11 %   64.38 %     62.33 %   66.28 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   64.62 %   66.60 %   68.23 %   66.18 %   63.60 %     66.46 %   62.61 %
                     
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin            
    Net interest income (FTE) (GAAP) $ 133,576   $ 127,598   $ 125,850   $ 128,595   $ 130,131     $ 387,024   $ 401,745  
    Net interest income collected on problem loans   642     (146 )   123     283     (820 )     619     (64 )
    Accretion recognized on purchased loans   1,089     897     800     1,117     1,290       2,786     3,049  
    Adjustments to net interest income $ 1,731   $ 751   $ 923   $ 1,400   $ 470     $ 3,405   $ 2,985  
    Adjusted net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) $ 131,845   $ 126,847   $ 124,927   $ 127,195   $ 129,661     $ 383,619   $ 398,760  
                     
    Net interest margin (GAAP)   3.36 %   3.31 %   3.30 %   3.33 %   3.36 %     3.32 %   3.49 %
    Adjusted net interest margin (non-GAAP)   3.32 %   3.29 %   3.28 %   3.29 %   3.35 %     3.30 %   3.47 %
                     
    Adjusted Loan Yield                
    Loan interest income (FTE) (GAAP) $ 204,935   $ 200,670   $ 194,640   $ 190,857   $ 183,521     $ 600,245   $ 523,040  
    Net interest income collected on problem loans   642     (146 )   123     283     (820 )     619     (64 )
    Accretion recognized on purchased loans   1,089     897     800     1,117     1,290       2,786     3,049  
    Adjusted loan interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) $ 203,204   $ 199,919   $ 193,717   $ 189,457   $ 183,051     $ 596,840   $ 520,055  
                     
    Loan yield (GAAP)   6.47 %   6.41 %   6.30 %   6.18 %   6.06 %     6.39 %   5.89 %
    Adjusted loan yield (non-GAAP)   6.41 %   6.38 %   6.27 %   6.14 %   6.04 %     6.35 %   5.86 %

    (1) Tax effect is calculated based on the respective legal entity’s appropriate federal and state tax rates (as applicable) for the period, and includes the estimated impact of both current and deferred tax expense. The tax effect of the discrete gain on sale of insurance agency was calculated based on an estimated tax rate of 25.8%.

    Contacts: For Media:   For Financials:
      John S. Oxford   James C. Mabry IV
      Senior Vice President   Executive Vice President
      Chief Marketing Officer   Chief Financial Officer
      (662) 680-1219   (662) 680-1281

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Veritex Holdings, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Veritex Holdings, Inc. (“Veritex”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”) (Nasdaq: VBTX), the holding company for Veritex Community Bank, today announced the results for the quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    “We are pleased to announce both our third quarter results and updates on our balance sheet transformation over the past 2 years,” said C. Malcolm Holland, III, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “My team has remained focused on growing granular, attractively priced deposits, increasing capital, managing concentrations and reducing credit risk exposure all while continuing to grow a fortress balance sheet through full relationship banking. I could not be more proud of our team of nearly 900 employees who embraced the challenges we set forth back in 2022 and each day going forward.”

        Quarter to Date   Year to Date
    Financial Highlights   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   Q3 2024   Q3 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
    GAAP                
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Diluted EPS     0.56       0.50       1.50       1.92  
    Book value per common share     29.53       28.49       29.53       27.46  
    Return on average assets1     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Return on average equity1     7.79       7.10       7.08       9.35  
    Net interest margin     3.30       3.29       3.28       3.55  
    Efficiency ratio     61.94       59.11       61.15       50.88  
    Non-GAAP2                
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
    Diluted operating EPS     0.59       0.52       1.63       2.02  
    Tangible book value per common share     21.72       20.62       21.72       19.44  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings     44,555       44,420       132,631       174,523  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1     1.83       1.83       1.83       2.43  
    Operating return on average assets1     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.20  
    Return on average tangible common equity1     11.33       10.54       10.48       13.95  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1     11.74       10.94       11.34       14.68  
    Operating efficiency ratio     60.63       58.41       59.28       49.53  

    1 Annualized ratio.
    2 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these non-generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

    Other Third Quarter Financial, Credit and Company Highlights

    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) increased 9 bps compared to June 30, 2024;
    • 7.2% linked quarter revenue growth;
    • Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) decreased 13 bps from the prior quarter to 0.52% of total assets;
    • Total deposits grew $311.2 million, or 11.60% annualized, compared to June 30, 2024;
    • Common equity tier 1 capital grew 37 bps from the prior quarter to 10.86%;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) expanded to 3.30%;
    • Loan to deposit ratio, excluding mortgage warehouse loans, decreased to 81.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 85.9% as of June 30, 2024 and 90.7% as of September 30, 2023;
    • Tangible book value per common share increased to $21.72;
    • Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to total loans held for investment (“LHI”) increased to 1.21%, compared to 1.16% as of June 30, 2024 and 1.14% as of September 30, 2023; and
    • Declared quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share of outstanding common stock payable on November 22, 2024.

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024

    Net Interest Income

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income before provision for credit losses was $100.1 million and NIM was 3.30% compared to $96.2 million and 3.29%, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The approximately $3.8 million increase, or 4.0%, in net interest income before provision for credit losses was primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold, a $1.4 million decrease in interest expense on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), a $422 thousand increase in interest income on debt securities and a $282 thousand increase in interest income on loans. The increase was partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in interest expense on transactions and savings deposits and a $1.4 million increase in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits, during the three months ended September 30, 2024. NIM increased 1 basis point compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease in funding costs on deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024, partially offset by a decrease in loan yields and average balances.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, net interest income before provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $701 thousand, or 0.7%. The increase was primarily due to a $8.5 million decrease in interest expense on advances from the FHLB, a $5.4 million increase in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold and a $4.9 million increase in interest income on debt securities. The increase was partially offset by a $10.1 million increase in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits, a $7.3 million increase in interest expense on transaction and savings deposits and a $690 thousand decrease in interest income on equity securities and other investments. Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, NIM decreased 16 bps from 3.46% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the increase in funding costs on deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024, partially offset by an increase in loan yields and an increase in average balances and yields on debt securities.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $13.1 million, an increase of $2.5 million, or 23.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in other income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in other real estate owned (“OREO”) income, a $1.1 million increase in loan fees and a $468 thousand increase in service charges and fees on deposits for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was partially offset by a $540 thousand decrease in government guaranteed loan income.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $3.4 million, or 35.5%. The increase was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in other income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in OREO income, a $1.7 million increase in loan fees and a $283 thousand increase in service charges and fees on deposit accounts. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in government guaranteed loan income, primarily driven by a decrease in the Company’s USDA sales.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense was $70.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $63.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024, an increase of $7.0 million, or 11.0%. The increase was primarily due to a $4.6 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to an increase in incentive accruals to 80% of target payout, a $1.9 million increase in other noninterest expense primarily driven by OREO expenses, a $805 thousand increase in marketing expenses and a $204 thousand increase in occupancy and equipment expense. The increase is partially offset by a decrease of $714 thousand in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $10.7 million, or 18.0%. The increase was primarily due to a $6.4 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to the increase in incentive accruals aforementioned, a $5.6 million increase in other noninterest expense, a $727 thousand increase data processing and software expense, and a $428 thousand increase in marketing expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Financial Condition

    Total LHI was $9.03 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $180.5 million compared to June 30, 2024.

    Total deposits were $11.04 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $311.2 million, or 11.6% linked quarter annualized. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of $227.2 million in noninterest bearing deposits and an increase of $225.3 million in interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $118.7 million in certificates and other time deposits and a decrease of $22.6 million in correspondent money market accounts.

    Credit Quality

    NPAs totaled $67.3 million, or 0.52% of total assets, of which $58.3 million represents LHI and $9.0 million represents OREO at September 30, 2024, compared to $83.0 million, or 0.65% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. The Company had net charge-offs of $269 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 1bp, for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to 28 bps and 8 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    ACL as a percentage of LHI was 1.21%, 1.16% and 1.14% at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $4.0 million, $8.3 million and $8.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The recorded provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, was primarily attributable to an increase in general reserves as a result of changes in economic factors which now represents 97% of the total ACL as a percentage of LHI. The balance for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024 remained relatively stable compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and recorded no benefit or provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Company recorded no benefit or provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and a $909 thousand benefit for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Income Tax

    Income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 totaled $8.1 million, a decrease of $154 thousand, or 1.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 20.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due a $941 thousand change in the Company’s valuation allowance slightly offset by a return to provision of $224 thousand and a net discrete tax expense of $501 thousand associated with the recognition of an excess tax expense realized on share-based payment awards.

    Dividend Information

    After the close of the market on Tuesday, October 22, 2024, Veritex’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share on its outstanding shares of common stock. The dividend will be paid on or after November 22, 2024 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 8, 2024.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Veritex’s management uses certain non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) financial measures to evaluate its operating performance and provide information that is important to investors. However, non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, Veritex’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, Veritex reviews and reports tangible book value per common share of the Company; operating earnings; tangible common equity to tangible assets; return on average tangible common equity; pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans; diluted operating earnings per share; operating return on average assets; operating return on average tangible common equity; and operating efficiency ratio. Veritex has included in this earnings release information related to these non-GAAP financial measures for the applicable periods presented. Please refer to “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights at the end of this earnings release for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host an investor conference call and webcast to review the results on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, at 8:30 a.m. Central Time. Participants may pre-register for the call by visiting http://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/99msavdf and will receive a unique PIN, which can be used when dialing in for the call.

    Participants may also register via teleconference: https://register.vevent.com/register/BI8a41df4f3f824d2888f9cf9a3e02c9b8. Once registration is completed, participants will be provided with a dial-in number containing a personalized conference code to access the call. All participants are instructed to dial-in 15 minutes prior to the start time.

    A replay will be available within approximately two hours after the completion of the call, and made accessible for one week thereafter. You may access the replay via webcast through the investor relations section of Veritex’s website.

    About Veritex Holdings, Inc.

    Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Veritex is a bank holding company that conducts banking activities through its wholly owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, with locations throughout the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex and in the Houston metropolitan area. Veritex Community Bank is a Texas state chartered bank regulated by the Texas Department of Banking and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. For more information, visit http://www.veritexbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This earnings release includes “forward-looking statements”, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on various facts and derived utilizing assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which change over time and are beyond our control, that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to the expected payment of Veritex Holdings, Inc.’s (“Veritex”) quarterly cash dividend; the impact of certain changes in Veritex’s accounting policies, standards and interpretations; turmoil in the banking industry, responsive measures to mitigate and manage such turmoil and related supervisory and regulatory actions and costs; and Veritex’s future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, as well as other projections based on macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact broader economic and industry trends, and any such variations may be material.   Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,”   “seeks,” “targets,” “outlooks,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward-looking statements include the foregoing words. We refer you to the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of Veritex’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and any updates to those risk factors set forth in Veritex’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if Veritex’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what Veritex anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Veritex does not undertake any obligation, and specifically declines any obligation, to supplement, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this earnings release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that Veritex or persons acting on Veritex’s behalf may issue.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
    Per Share Data (Common Stock):                            
    Basic EPS   $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
    Diluted EPS     0.56       0.50       0.44       0.06       0.60       1.50       1.92  
    Book value per common share     29.53       28.49       28.23       28.18       27.46       29.53       27.46  
    Tangible book value per common share1     21.72       20.62       20.33       20.21       19.44       21.72       19.44  
    Dividends paid per common share outstanding2     0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.60       0.60  
                                 
    Common Stock Data:                            
    Shares outstanding at period end     54,446       54,350       54,496       54,338       54,305       54,446       54,305  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding for the period     54,409       54,457       54,444       54,327       54,300       54,437       54,233  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the period     54,932       54,823       54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
                                 
    Summary of Credit Ratios:                            
    ACL to total LHI     1.21 %     1.16 %     1.15 %     1.14 %     1.14 %     1.21 %     1.14 %
    NPAs to total assets     0.52       0.65       0.82       0.77       0.65       0.52       0.65  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO     0.70       0.85       1.06       0.99       0.83       0.70       0.83  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3     0.01       0.28       0.22       0.39       0.08       0.17       0.20  
                                 
    Summary Performance Ratios:                            
    Return on average assets3     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %     0.11 %     1.06 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Return on average equity3     7.79       7.10       6.33       0.92       8.58       7.08       9.35  
    Return on average tangible common equity1,3      11.33       10.54       9.52       2.00       12.80       10.48       13.95  
    Efficiency ratio     61.94       59.11       62.45       77.49       54.49       61.15       50.88  
    Net interest margin     3.30       3.29       3.24       3.31       3.46       3.28       3.55  
                                 
    Selected Performance Metrics – Operating:                            
    Diluted operating EPS1   $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.60     $ 1.63     $ 2.02  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1,3     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %     1.54 %     1.61 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1,3     1.83       1.83       1.84       1.97       2.05       1.83       2.43  
    Operating return on average assets1,3     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.02       1.06       0.95       1.20  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1,3     11.74       10.94       11.34       12.37       12.80       11.34       14.68  
    Operating efficiency ratio1     60.63       58.41       58.73       55.50       54.49       59.28       49.53  
                                 
    Veritex Holdings, Inc. Capital Ratios:                            
    Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets     12.31 %     12.26 %     12.43 %     12.27 %     12.30 %     12.33 %     12.21 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets1     9.37       9.14       9.02       9.18       8.86       9.37       8.86  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     10.06       10.06       10.12       10.03       10.10       10.06       10.10  
    Common equity tier 1 capital     10.86       10.49       10.37       10.29       10.11       10.86       10.11  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     11.13       10.75       10.63       10.56       10.37       11.13       10.37  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets     13.91       13.45       13.33       13.18       12.95       13.91       12.95  
    Risk weighted assets   $ 11,290,800     $ 11,450,997     $ 11,407,446     $ 11,387,825     $ 11,617,229     $ 11,290,800     $ 11,617,229  

    1 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
    2 Dividend amount represents dividend paid per common share subsequent to each respective quarter end.
    Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands)
     
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)       (unaudited)
    ASSETS                    
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,100,790     $ 651,837     $ 740,769     $ 629,063     $ 713,408  
    Debt securities, net     1,423,610       1,349,354       1,344,930       1,257,042       1,060,629  
    Other investments     71,257       75,885       76,788       76,238       80,869  
                         
    Loans held for sale (“LHFS”)     48,496       57,046       64,762       79,072       41,313  
    LHI, mortgage warehouse (“MW”)     630,650       568,047       449,531       377,796       390,767  
    LHI, excluding MW     9,028,575       9,209,094       9,249,551       9,206,544       9,237,447  
    Total loans     9,707,721       9,834,187       9,763,844       9,663,412       9,669,527  
    ACL     (117,162 )     (113,431 )     (112,032 )     (109,816 )     (109,831 )
    Bank-owned life insurance     84,776       84,233       85,359       84,833       84,867  
    Bank premises, furniture and equipment, net     114,202       105,222       105,299       105,727       106,118  
    Other real estate owned (“OREO”)     9,034       24,256       18,445              
    Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     32,825       35,817       38,679       41,753       44,294  
    Goodwill     404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452  
    Other assets     211,471       232,518       241,863       241,633       291,998  
    Total assets   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Deposits:                    
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 2,643,894     $ 2,416,727     $ 2,349,211     $ 2,218,036     $ 2,363,340  
    Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits     4,204,708       3,979,454       4,220,114       4,348,385       3,936,070  
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,625,920       3,744,596       3,486,805       3,191,737       3,403,427  
    Correspondent money market deposits     561,489       584,067       597,690       580,037       493,681  
    Total deposits     11,036,011       10,724,844       10,653,820       10,338,195       10,196,518  
    Accounts payable and other liabilities     168,415       180,585       186,027       195,036       229,116  
    Advances from FHLB                 100,000       100,000       200,000  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,536       230,285       230,034       229,783       229,531  
    Total liabilities     11,434,962       11,135,714       11,169,881       10,863,014       10,855,165  
    Commitments and contingencies                    
    Stockholders’ equity:                    
    Common stock     613       612       611       610       609  
    Additional paid-in capital     1,324,929       1,321,995       1,319,144       1,317,516       1,314,459  
    Retained earnings     493,921       473,801       457,499       444,242       451,513  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (40,330 )     (76,713 )     (71,157 )     (63,463 )     (107,833 )
    Treasury stock     (171,119 )     (171,079 )     (167,582 )     (167,582 )     (167,582 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,608,014       1,548,616       1,538,515       1,531,323       1,491,166  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
                                             
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    Interest income:                            
    Loans, including fees   $ 167,261   $ 166,979   $ 161,942     $ 165,443     $ 167,368     $ 496,182     $ 482,802  
    Debt securities     15,830     15,408     13,695       12,282       10,928       44,933       32,082  
    Deposits in financial institutions and Fed Funds sold     12,571     7,722     8,050       8,162       7,128       28,343       20,169  
    Equity securities and other investments     1,001     1,138     900       1,717       1,691       3,039       4,217  
    Total interest income     196,663     191,247     184,587       187,604       187,115       572,497       539,270  
    Interest expense:                            
    Transaction and savings deposits     47,208     45,619     46,784       46,225       39,936       139,611       102,750  
    Certificates and other time deposits     46,230     44,811     40,492       40,165       36,177       131,533       85,244  
    Advances from FHLB     47     1,468     1,391       2,581       8,523       2,906       38,443  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     3,116     3,113     3,114       3,100       3,118       9,343       9,252  
    Total interest expense     96,601     95,011     91,781       92,071       87,754       283,393       235,689  
    Net interest income     100,062     96,236     92,806       95,533       99,361       289,104       303,581  
    Provision for credit losses     4,000     8,250     7,500       9,500       8,627       19,750       33,012  
    (Benefit) provision for unfunded commitments             (1,541 )     (1,500 )     (909 )     (1,541 )     (541 )
    Net interest income after provisions     96,062     87,986     86,847       87,533       91,643       270,895       271,110  
    Noninterest income:                            
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts     5,442     4,974     4,896       4,800       5,159       15,312       15,448  
    Loan fees     3,278     2,207     2,510       1,200       1,564       7,995       5,148  
    Loss on sales of debt securities             (6,304 )                 (6,304 )     (5,321 )
    Government guaranteed loan income, net     780     1,320     2,614       4,378       1,772       4,714       15,604  
    Equity method investment (loss) income                   (29,417 )     (136 )           (1,172 )
    Customer swap income     271     326     449       258       202       1,046       1,380  
    Other income     3,335     1,751     2,497       989       1,113       7,583       5,810  
    Total noninterest income (loss)     13,106     10,578     6,662       (17,792 )     9,674       30,346       36,897  
    Noninterest expense:                            
    Salaries and employee benefits     37,370     32,790     33,365       30,606       30,949       103,525       91,464  
    Occupancy and equipment     4,789     4,585     4,677       4,670       4,881       14,051       14,681  
    Professional and regulatory fees     4,903     5,617     6,053       7,626       7,283       16,573       18,540  
    Data processing and software expense     5,268     5,097     4,856       4,569       4,541       15,221       13,970  
    Marketing     2,781     1,976     1,546       1,945       2,353       6,303       6,759  
    Amortization of intangibles     2,438     2,438     2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,401  
    Telephone and communications     335     365     261       356       362       961       1,195  
    Other     12,216     10,273     8,920       8,028       6,607       31,409       19,216  
    Total noninterest expense     70,100     63,141     62,116       60,238       59,414       195,357       173,226  
    Income before income tax expense     39,068     35,423     31,393       9,503       41,903       105,884       134,781  
    Income tax expense     8,067     8,221     7,237       6,004       9,282       23,525       30,019  
    Net income   $ 31,001   $ 27,202   $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
                                 
    Basic EPS   $ 0.57   $ 0.50   $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.56   $ 0.50   $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.92  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     54,409     54,457     54,444       54,327       54,300       54,437       54,233  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     54,932     54,823     54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
                                                         
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Assets                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Loans1   $ 9,184,182     $ 159,163   6.89 %   $ 9,344,482     $ 160,323   6.90 %   $ 9,267,366     $ 161,615   6.92 %
    LHI, MW     477,592       8,098   6.75       420,946       6,656   6.36       357,639       5,753   6.38  
    Debt securities     1,384,835       15,830   4.55       1,352,293       15,408   4.58       1,121,716       10,928   3.87  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     924,685       12,571   5.41       560,586       7,722   5.54       520,785       7,128   5.43  
    Equity securities and other investments     75,884       1,001   5.25       78,964       1,138   5.80       135,714       1,691   4.94  
    Total interest-earning assets     12,047,178       196,663   6.49       11,757,271       191,247   6.54       11,403,220       187,115   6.51  
    ACL     (115,510 )             (115,978 )             (105,320 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets     930,250               937,413               961,162          
    Total assets   $ 12,861,918             $ 12,578,706             $ 12,259,062          
                                         
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                                    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   $ 4,700,196     $ 47,208   4.00 %   $ 4,570,329     $ 45,619   4.01 %   $ 4,168,876     $ 39,936   3.80 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,678,718       46,230   5.00       3,591,035       44,811   5.02       3,151,704       36,177   4.55  
    Advances from FHLB and Other     3,261       47   5.73       106,648       1,468   5.54       725,543       8,523   4.66  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,393       3,116   5.38       230,141       3,113   5.44       229,389       3,118   5.39  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     8,612,568       96,601   4.46       8,498,153       95,011   4.50       8,275,512       87,754   4.21  
                                         
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     2,486,676               2,346,908               2,272,207          
    Other liabilities     179,273               192,036               203,173          
    Total liabilities     11,278,517               11,037,097               10,750,892          
    Stockholders’ equity     1,583,401               1,541,609               1,508,170          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 12,861,918             $ 12,578,706             $ 12,259,062          
                                         
    Net interest rate spread2           2.03 %           2.04 %           2.30 %
    Net interest income and margin3       $ 100,062   3.30 %       $ 96,236   3.29 %       $ 99,361   3.46 %
                                                     

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $54.3 million, $58.5 million and $28.3 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except percentages)
     
        For the Nine Months Ended
        September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average Outstanding Balance   Interest Earned/ Interest Paid   Average Yield/ Rate   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest Earned/ Interest Paid   Average Yield/ Rate
    Assets                        
    Interest-earning assets:                        
    Loans1   $ 9,270,510     $ 477,071   6.87 %   $ 9,231,814     $ 467,101   6.76 %
    LHI, MW     393,008       19,111   6.50       363,182       15,701   5.78  
    Debt securities     1,344,190       44,933   4.47       1,168,860       32,082   3.67  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     692,434       28,343   5.47       527,805       20,169   5.11  
    Equity securities and other investments     77,035       3,039   5.27       132,895       4,217   4.24  
    Total interest-earning assets     11,777,177       572,497   6.49       11,424,556       539,270   6.31  
    ACL     (114,576 )             (100,228 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets     930,605               950,369          
    Total assets   $ 12,593,206             $ 12,274,697          
                             
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                        
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   $ 4,636,889     $ 139,611   4.02 %   $ 4,079,436     $ 102,750   3.37 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,518,417       131,533   4.99       2,873,388       85,244   3.97  
    Advances from FHLB and Other     70,055       2,906   5.54       1,105,592       38,443   4.65  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,139       9,343   5.42       229,923       9,252   5.38  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     8,455,500       283,393   4.48       8,288,339       235,689   3.80  
                             
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                        
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     2,396,629               2,305,745          
    Other liabilities     188,007               182,040          
    Total liabilities     11,040,136               10,776,124          
    Stockholders’ equity     1,553,070               1,498,573          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 12,593,206             $ 12,274,697          
                             
    Net interest rate spread2           2.01 %           2.51 %
    Net interest income and margin3       $ 289,104   3.28 %       $ 303,581   3.55 %

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $55.5 million and $23.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Yield Trend
     
        For the Quarter Ended
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
    Average yield on interest-earning assets:                    
    Loans1     6.89 %     6.90 %     6.83 %     6.88 %     6.92 %
    LHI, MW     6.75       6.36       6.27       5.82       6.38  
    Total Loans     6.89       6.88       6.81       6.85       6.90  
    Debt securities     4.55       4.58       4.25       4.10       3.87  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     5.41       5.54       5.54       5.51       5.43  
    Equity securities and other investments     5.25       5.80       4.75       8.28       4.94  
    Total interest-earning assets     6.49 %     6.54 %     6.44 %     6.51 %     6.51 %
                         
    Average rate on interest-bearing liabilities:                    
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits     4.00 %     4.01 %     4.06 %     4.03 %     3.80 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     5.00       5.02       4.96       4.85       4.55  
    Advances from FHLB     5.73       5.54       5.54       5.60       4.66  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     5.38       5.44       5.45       5.36       5.39  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4.46 %     4.50 %     4.47 %     4.43 %     4.21 %
                         
    Net interest rate spread2     2.03 %     2.04 %     1.97 %     2.08 %     2.30 %
    Net interest margin3     3.30 %     3.29 %     3.24 %     3.31 %     3.46 %
                                             

    1Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $54.3 million, $58.5 million, $53.9 million, $31.2 million and $28.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    Supplemental Yield Trend

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2023
    Average cost of interest-bearing deposits   4.44 %   4.46 %   4.43 %   4.38 %   4.12 %   4.44 %   3.62 %
    Average costs of total deposits, including noninterest-bearing   3.42     3.46     3.42     3.37     3.15     3.43     2.03  
                                               
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
    LHI and Deposit Portfolio Composition
     
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    LHI1                                        
    Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”)   $ 2,728,544     30.2 %   $ 2,798,260     30.4 %   $ 2,785,987     30.1 %   $ 2,752,063     29.9 %   $ 2,841,024     30.7 %
    Real Estate:                                        
    Owner occupied commercial (“OOCRE”)     807,223     8.9       806,285     8.7       788,376     8.5       794,088     8.6       697,299     7.5  
    Non-owner occupied commercial (“NOOCRE”)     2,338,094     25.9       2,369,848     25.7       2,352,993     25.5       2,350,725     25.5       2,398,060     26.1  
    Construction and land     1,436,540     15.8       1,536,580     16.7       1,568,257     16.9       1,734,254     18.8       1,705,053     18.4  
    Farmland     32,254     0.4       30,512     0.3       30,979     0.3       31,114     0.3       59,684     0.6  
    1-4 family residential     944,755     10.5       917,402     10.0       969,401     10.5       937,119     10.2       933,225     10.1  
    Multi-family residential     738,090     8.2       748,740     8.1       751,607     8.1       605,817     6.6       603,395     6.5  
    Consumer     11,292     0.1       9,245     0.1       8,882     0.1       10,149     0.1       9,845     0.1  
    Total LHI   $ 9,036,792     100 %   $ 9,216,872     100 %   $ 9,256,482     100 %   $ 9,215,329     100 %   $ 9,247,585     100 %
                                             
    MW     630,650           568,047           449,531           377,796           390,767      
                                             
    Total LHI1   $ 9,667,442         $ 9,784,919         $ 9,706,013         $ 9,593,125         $ 9,638,352      
                                             
    Total LHFS     48,496           57,046           64,762           79,072           41,313      
                                             
    Total Loans   $ 9,715,938         $ 9,841,965         $ 9,770,775         $ 9,672,197         $ 9,679,665      
                                             
    Deposits                                        
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 2,643,894     24.0 %   $ 2,416,727     22.5 %   $ 2,349,211     22.1 %   $ 2,218,036     21.5 %   $ 2,363,340     23.2 %
    Interest-bearing transaction     421,059     3.8       523,272     4.9       724,171     6.8       927,193     8.9       739,098     7.2  
    Money market     3,462,709     31.4       3,268,286     30.5       3,326,742     31.2       3,284,324     31.8       3,096,498     30.4  
    Savings     320,940     2.9       187,896     1.8       169,201     1.6       136,868     1.3       100,474     1.0  
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,625,920     32.8       3,744,596     34.9       3,486,805     32.7       3,191,737     30.9       3,403,427     33.4  
    Correspondent money market accounts     561,489     5.1       584,067     5.4       597,690     5.6       580,037     5.6       493,681     4.8  
    Total deposits   $ 11,036,011     100 %   $ 10,724,844     100 %   $ 10,653,820     100 %   $ 10,338,195     100 %   $ 10,196,518     100 %
                                             
    Total Loans to Deposits Ratio     88.0 %         91.8 %         91.7 %         93.6 %         94.9 %    
                                             
    Total Loans to Deposit Ratio, excluding MW loans and LHFS     81.9 %         85.9 %         86.9 %         89.1 %         90.7 %    
                                                                 

    1 Total LHI does not include deferred fees of $8.2 million, $7.8 million, $6.9 million, $8.8 million and $10.1 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Asset Quality
     
      For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
      (Dollars in thousands)        
    NPAs:                          
    Nonaccrual loans $ 55,335     $ 58,537     $ 75,721     $ 79,133     $ 65,676     $ 55,335     $ 65,676  
    Nonaccrual PCD loans1   70       73       9,419       13,715       13,718       70       13,718  
    Accruing loans 90 or more days past due2   2,860       143       220       2,975       474       2,860       474  
    Total nonperforming loans held for investment (“NPLs”)   58,265       58,753       85,360       95,823       79,868       58,265       79,868  
    Other real estate owned   9,034       24,256       18,445                   9,034        
    Total NPAs $ 67,299     $ 83,009     $ 103,805     $ 95,823     $ 79,868     $ 67,299     $ 79,868  
                               
    Charge-offs:                          
    1-4 family residential $     $ (31 )   $     $ (21 )   $     $ (31 )   $  
    Multifamily         (198 )           (192 )           (198 )      
    OOCRE               (120 )     (364 )     (375 )     (120 )     (491 )
    NOOCRE         (1,969 )     (4,293 )     (5,434 )           (6,262 )     (8,215 )
    C&I   (2,259 )     (5,601 )     (946 )     (3,893 )     (1,929 )     (8,806 )     (6,520 )
    Consumer   (54 )     (30 )     (71 )     (33 )     (49 )     (155 )     (203 )
    Total charge-offs $ (2,313 )   $ (7,829 )   $ (5,430 )   $ (9,937 )   $ (2,353 )   $ (15,572 )   $ (15,429 )
                               
    Recoveries:                          
    1-4 family residential $ 3     $     $ 1     $ 1     $     $ 4     $ 2  
    OOCRE         120                         120        
    NOOCRE                           200             350  
    C&I   1,962       361       96       387       308       2,419       778  
    Mortgage Warehouse   46                               46        
    Consumer   33       497       49       34       14       579       66  
    Total recoveries $ 2,044     $ 978     $ 146     $ 422     $ 522     $ 3,168     $ 1,196  
                               
    Net charge-offs $ (269 )   $ (6,851 )   $ (5,284 )   $ (9,515 )   $ (1,831 )   $ (12,404 )   $ (14,233 )
                               
    Provision for credit losses $ 4,000     $ 8,250     $ 7,500     $ 9,500     $ 8,627     $ 19,750     $ 33,012  
                               
    ACL $ 117,162     $ 113,431     $ 112,032     $ 109,816     $ 109,831     $ 117,162     $ 109,831  
                               
    Asset Quality Ratios:                          
    NPAs to total assets   0.52 %     0.65 %     0.82 %     0.77 %     0.65 %     0.52 %     0.65 %
    NPAs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total assets   0.52       0.65       0.74       0.66       0.44       0.52       0.54  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO   0.70       0.85       1.06       0.99       0.83       0.70       0.83  
    NPLs to total LHI   0.60       0.60       0.88       1.00       0.83       0.60       0.83  
    NPLs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total LHI   0.60       0.60       0.78       0.86       0.69       0.60       0.69  
    ACL to total LHI   1.21       1.16       1.15       1.14       1.14       1.21       1.14  
    ACL to total loans, excluding MW and LHFS   1.30       1.23       1.21       1.19       1.19       1.30       1.19  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3   0.01       0.28       0.22       0.39       0.08       0.17       0.20  

    1 Nonaccrual PCD loans consist of PCD loans that transitioned upon adoption of ASC 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses and were accounted for on a pooled basis that have subsequently been placed on nonaccrual status.
    2 Accruing loans greater than 90 days past due exclude purchase credit deteriorated loans greater than 90 days past due that are accounted for on a pooled basis.
    3 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    We identify certain financial measures discussed in this earnings release as being “non-GAAP financial measures.” In accordance with SEC rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios calculated using exclusively either one or both of (i) financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and (ii) operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures.

    The non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. You should understand how such other financial institutions calculate their financial measures that appear to be similar or have similar names to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this earnings release when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share. Tangible book value is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (b) tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by number of common shares outstanding. For tangible book value per common share, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is book value per common share.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents our tangible book value per common share compared with our book value per common share:

        As of
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Tangible Common Equity                    
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515     $ 1,531,323     $ 1,491,166  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006     $ 1,098,376     $ 1,055,781  
    Common shares outstanding     54,446       54,350       54,496       54,338       54,305  
                         
    Book value per common share   $ 29.53     $ 28.49     $ 28.23     $ 28.18     $ 27.46  
    Tangible book value per common share   $ 21.72     $ 20.62     $ 20.33     $ 20.21     $ 19.44  
                                             

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity, less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; (b) tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) tangible common equity to tangible assets as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by tangible assets (as described in clause (b)). For tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is total stockholders’ equity to total assets.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period in common equity and total assets, in each case, exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets and presents our tangible common equity to tangible assets:

        As of
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Tangible Common Equity                    
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515     $ 1,531,323     $ 1,491,166  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006     $ 1,098,376     $ 1,055,781  
    Tangible Assets                    
    Total assets   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible Assets   $ 12,617,342     $ 12,256,259     $ 12,277,887     $ 11,961,390     $ 11,910,946  
    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets     9.37 %     9.14 %     9.02 %     9.18 %     8.86 %
                                             

    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity. Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles (which we refer to as “return”) as net income, plus amortization of core deposit intangibles, less tax benefit at the statutory rate; (b) average tangible common equity as total average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) return (as described in clause (a)) divided by average tangible common equity (as described in clause (b)). For return on average tangible common equity, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is return on average equity.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the return on common equity, exclusive of the impact of core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles have the effect of increasing total stockholders’ equity while not increasing our tangible common equity. This measure is particularly relevant to acquisitive institutions that may have higher balances in goodwill and core deposit intangibles than non-acquisitive institutions.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, average tangible common equity to average common equity and net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles, net of taxes to net income and presents our return on average tangible common equity:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Adjustments:                            
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles     2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,314  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate     512       512       512       512       512       1,536       1,536  
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles   $ 32,927     $ 29,128     $ 26,082     $ 5,425     $ 34,547     $ 88,137     $ 110,540  
                                 
    Average Tangible Common Equity                            
    Total average stockholders’ equity   $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868     $ 1,510,286     $ 1,508,170     $ 1,553,070     $ 1,498,573  
    Adjustments:                            
    Average goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Average core deposit intangibles     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )     (30,093 )     (32,540 )     (25,212 )     (34,939 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760     $ 1,075,741     $ 1,071,178     $ 1,123,406     $ 1,059,182  
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (Annualized)     11.33 %     10.54 %     9.52 %     2.00 %     12.80 %     10.48 %     13.95 %
                                                             

    Operating Earnings, Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings and performance metrics calculated using Operating Earnings and Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings, including Diluted Operating Earnings per Share, Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Loans, Operating Return on Average Tangible Common Equity and Operating Efficiency Ratio. Operating earnings, pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and the performance metrics calculated using these metrics, listed below, are non-GAAP measures used by management to evaluate the Company’s financial performance. We calculate (a) operating earnings as net income plus severance payments, plus loss on sale of debt securities AFS, net, plus M&A expenses less tax impact of adjustments, plus nonrecurring tax adjustments. We calculate (b) diluted operating earnings per share as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. We calculate (c) pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as operating earnings as described in clause (a) plus provision for income taxes, plus provision (benefit) for credit losses and unfunded commitments. We calculate (d) pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets as pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (e) operating return on average assets as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (f) operating return on average tangible common equity as operating earnings as described in clause (a), adjusted for the amortization of intangibles and tax benefit at the statutory rate, divided by total average tangible common equity (average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization). We calculate (g) operating efficiency ratio as noninterest expense plus adjustments to operating noninterest expense divided by noninterest income plus adjustments to operating noninterest income, plus net interest income.

    We believe that these measures and the operating metrics calculated utilizing these measures are important to management and many investors in the marketplace who are interested in understanding the ongoing operating performance of the Company and provide meaningful comparisons to its peers.

    The following tables reconcile, as of the dates set forth below, operating net income and pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and related metrics:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Operating Earnings                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Plus: Severance payments1     1,487       613                         2,100       1,950  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net                 6,304                   6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down                       29,417                    
    Plus: FDIC special assessment           134             768             134        
    Operating pre-tax income     32,488       27,949       30,460       33,684       32,621       90,897       112,033  
    Less: Tax impact of adjustments     307       166       1,323       2,059             1,796       1,544  
    Plus: Nonrecurring tax adjustments           527                         527        
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137     $ 31,625     $ 32,621     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
                                 
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     54,932       54,823       54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.56     $ 0.50     $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.92  
    Diluted operating EPS   $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.60     $ 1.63     $ 2.02  

    1 Severance payments relate to certain restructurings made during the periods disclosed.

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Operating Earnings                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Plus: Provision for income taxes     8,067       8,221       7,237       6,004       9,282       23,525       30,019  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments     4,000       8,250       5,959       8,000       7,718       18,209       32,471  
    Plus: Severance payments     1,487       613                         2,100       1,950  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net                 6,304                   6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down                       29,417                    
    Plus: FDIC special assessment           134             768             134        
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings   $ 44,555     $ 44,420     $ 43,656     $ 47,688     $ 49,621     $ 132,631     $ 174,523  
                                 
    Average total assets   $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042     $ 12,306,634     $ 12,259,062     $ 12,593,206     $ 12,274,697  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %     1.54 %     1.61 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
                                 
    Average loans   $ 9,661,774     $ 9,765,428     $ 9,563,372     $ 9,581,784     $ 9,625,005     $ 9,663,518     $ 9,594,996  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1     1.83 %     1.83 %     1.84 %     1.97 %     2.05 %     1.83 %     2.43 %
                                 
    Average total assets   $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042     $ 12,306,634     $ 12,259,062     $ 12,593,206     $ 12,274,697  
    Return on average assets1     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %     0.11 %     1.06 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Operating return on average assets1     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.02       1.06       0.95       1.20  
                                 
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                            
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137     $ 31,625     $ 32,621     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
    Adjustments:                            
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles     2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,314  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate     512       512       512       512       512       1,536       1,536  
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles   $ 34,107     $ 30,236     $ 31,063     $ 33,551     $ 34,547     $ 95,406     $ 116,267  
                                 
    Average Tangible Common Equity                            
    Total average stockholders’ equity   $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868     $ 1,510,286     $ 1,508,170     $ 1,553,070     $ 1,498,573  
    Adjustments:                            
    Less: Average goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Less: Average core deposit intangibles     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )     (30,093 )     (32,540 )     (25,212 )     (34,939 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760     $ 1,075,741     $ 1,071,178     $ 1,123,406     $ 1,059,182  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1     11.74 %     10.94 %     11.34 %     12.37 %     12.80 %     11.34 %     14.68 %
                                 
    Efficiency ratio     61.94 %     59.11 %     62.45 %     77.49 %     54.49 %     61.15 %     50.88 %
    Operating efficiency ratio                            
    Net interest income   $ 100,062     $ 96,236     $ 92,806     $ 95,533     $ 99,361     $ 289,104     $ 303,581  
    Noninterest income     13,106       10,578       6,662       (17,792 )     9,674       30,346       36,897  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net                 6,304                   6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down                       29,417                    
    Operating noninterest income     13,106       10,578       12,966       11,625       9,674       36,650       42,218  
    Noninterest expense     70,100       63,141       62,116       60,238       59,414       195,357       173,226  
    Less: FDIC special assessment           134             768             134        
    Less: Severance payments     1,487       613                         2,100       1,950  
    Operating noninterest expense   $ 68,613     $ 62,394     $ 62,116     $ 59,470     $ 59,414     $ 193,123     $ 171,276  
    Operating efficiency ratio     60.63 %     58.41 %     58.73 %     55.50 %     54.49 %     59.28 %     49.53 %

    1 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2024 Third Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHAMPAIGN, Ill., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE)

     Net Income of $32.0 million
    Diluted EPS of $0.55


    THIRD QUARTER 2024 HIGHLIGHTS

    • Adjusted net income1 of $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share
    • Noninterest income of $36.0 million, or 30.5% of operating revenue1
    • Record high quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment
    • Tangible book value per common share1 of $18.19 at September 30, 2024, compared to $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, a year-over-year increase of 20.7%
    • Tangible common equity1 increased to 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023
    • Announced transformative partnership with CrossFirst Bankshares

    For additional information, please refer to the 3Q24 Earnings Investor Presentation.

    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    Third Quarter Financial Results

    Net income for First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was $32.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, or $0.55 per diluted common share, compared to $27.4 million, or $0.47 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024, and $30.7 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted net income1, which excludes the impact of acquisition and restructuring expenses, was $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $29.0 million, or $0.50 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024 and $30.7 million or $0.55 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.06% and 12.80%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets1 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.11% and 13.41%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024.

    Third quarter results included $0.8 million in net securities gains, nearly all of which were unrealized, as well as immaterial follow-on adjustments from the mortgage servicing rights sale previously announced in the first quarter of 2024. Excluding these items, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023. Further adjusted net income1 was $32.9 million for the third quarter of 2024 with these items excluded, equating to further adjusted earnings1 of $0.57 per diluted common share.

    Pre-provision net revenue1 was $41.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $41.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $38.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.38% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.37% for the second quarter of 2024, and 1.24% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1 was $44.1 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $42.6 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $40.5 million for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.46% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.42% for the second quarter of 2024 and 1.32% for the third quarter of 2023.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Total noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments contributed $16.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively, to our noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024, representing 60.4% of noninterest income on a combined basis.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-operating pretax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses1 were $1.9 million in the third quarter of 2024. Busey believes that its non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 1) facilitate the assessment of its financial results and peer comparability. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures in tabular form, see Non-GAAP Financial Information.

    We remain deliberate in our efforts to prudently manage our expense base and operating efficiency given the economic outlook. Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1, which excludes the amortization of intangible assets and new markets tax credits, acquisition and restructuring expenses, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The year-over-year comparable period growth in adjusted core expense can be attributed primarily to the acquisition of M&M and general inflationary pressures on compensation and benefits and to a lesser extent certain other expense categories.

    Quarterly pre-tax expense synergies resulting from our acquisition of Merchants and Manufacturers Bank Corporation (the “M&M acquisition”) are anticipated to be $1.6 million to $1.7 million per quarter when fully realized. Quarterly run-rate savings are projected to be achieved by the first quarter of 2025. During the third quarter of 2024, we achieved approximately 79% of the full quarterly savings. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Planned Partnership with CrossFirst

    On August 26, 2024, Busey and CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which CrossFirst will merge with and into Busey (the “merger”) and CrossFirst’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, will merge with and into Busey Bank. This partnership will create a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 77 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas—and approximately $20 billion in combined assets, $17 billion in total deposits, $15 billion in total loans, and $14 billion in wealth assets under care.

    Under the terms of the merger agreement, CrossFirst stockholders will have the right to receive for each share of CrossFirst common stock 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock. Upon completion of the transaction, Busey’s stockholders will own approximately 63.5% of the combined company and CrossFirst’s stockholders will own approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Completion of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of both Busey and CrossFirst stockholders and the regulatory approvals for the merger and the bank merger. With approvals, the parties expect to close the merger in the first or second quarter of 2025. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name and the combined bank will operate under the Busey Bank name. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will merge with and into Busey Bank in mid-2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank. In connection with the merger, Busey incurred one-time pretax acquisition-related expenses of $1.3 million during the third quarter of 2024.

    For further details on the merger, see Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing the merger, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 27, 2024.

    Busey’s Conservative Banking Strategy

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. Our granular deposit base continues to position us well, with core deposits1 representing 96.5% of our deposits as of September 30, 2024. Our retail deposit base was comprised of more than 253,000 accounts with an average balance of $22 thousand and an average tenure of 16.7 years as of September 30, 2024. Our commercial deposit base was comprised of more than 33,000 accounts with an average balance of $97 thousand and an average tenure of 12.6 years as of September 30, 2024. We estimate that 29% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized2 as of September 30, 2024, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    Asset quality remains strong by both Busey’s historical and current industry trends. Non-performing assets decreased to $8.3 million during the third quarter of 2024, representing 0.07% of total assets. Busey’s results for the third quarter of 2024 include an insignificant provision expense for credit losses and a $0.4 million provision expense for unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses was $85.0 million as of September 30, 2024, representing 1.09% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 10.34 times our non-performing loan balance. Busey recorded net charge-offs of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, our commercial real estate loan portfolio of investor-owned office properties within Central Business District3 areas was minimal at $2.1 million. Our credit performance continues to reflect our highly diversified, conservatively underwritten loan portfolio, which has been originated predominantly to established customers with tenured relationships with our company.

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. In the third quarter of 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio4 was 13.78% and our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio4 was 18.19%. Our regulatory capital ratios continue to provide a buffer of more than $580 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Our Tangible Common Equity ratio1 increased to 8.96% during the third quarter of 2024, compared to 8.36% for the second quarter of 2024 and 7.06% for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. During the third quarter of 2024, we paid a common share dividend of $0.24.

    Community Banking

    In July 2024—based on their community involvement and academic achievements—Busey awarded 10 deserving students from across Busey’s footprint in Illinois, Missouri, Florida, and Indiana, a $2,500 scholarship to support their continuing education and bright futures. With 70 applications received, and a record number of eligible applicants, the students with the top scores, as determined by Busey’s Scholarship Committee, averaged a 4.16 GPA. Since the inception of the Busey Bank Bridge Scholarship program in 2022, Busey has awarded 30 scholarships to deserving students for a total $75,000. Full details on the scholarship’s eligibility criteria and application process can be found at https://www.busey.com/busey/busey-bank-bridge-scholarship.

    As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum and our strategic growth plans, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders. With our strong capital position, an attractive core funding base, and a sound credit foundation, we remain confident that we are well positioned as we move into the final quarter of 2024 and into 2025. We are mindful of the evolving economic outlook and remain focused on balance sheet strength, profitability, and growth, in that order. The pending CrossFirst transaction fits with our acquisition strategy and we are excited to welcome our CrossFirst colleagues into the Busey family.

        Van A. Dukeman
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
        First Busey Corporation
     
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    EARNINGS & PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.55       0.47       0.54       1.49       1.72  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.24       0.24       0.24       0.72       0.72  
    Pre-provision net revenue1, 2   41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Operating revenue2   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                       
    Net income by operating segment:                  
    Banking   33,221       26,697       31,189       86,410       98,689  
    FirsTech   (61 )     28       317       53       505  
    Wealth Management   5,618       5,561       4,781       16,177       14,571  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCES                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 502,127     $ 346,381     $ 252,730     $ 480,979     $ 237,370  
    Investment securities   2,666,269       2,737,313       3,148,759       2,769,862       3,254,054  
    Loans held for sale   11,539       9,353       2,267       8,585       1,955  
    Portfolio loans   7,869,798       8,010,636       7,834,285       7,826,741       7,767,378  
    Interest-earning assets   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
    Total assets   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                       
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   2,706,858       2,816,293       2,925,244       2,743,777       3,082,884  
    Interest-bearing deposits   7,296,921       7,251,582       7,217,463       7,292,884       6,886,277  
    Total deposits   10,003,779       10,067,875       10,142,707       10,036,661       9,969,161  
                       
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   132,688       144,370       190,112       151,835       207,014  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   7,731,459       7,725,832       7,864,355       7,762,867       7,748,218  
    Total liabilities   10,643,325       10,757,877       10,994,376       10,716,295       11,029,374  
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,364,377       1,331,815       1,208,407       1,324,119       1,195,858  
    Tangible common equity2   994,657       955,591       850,382       957,788       835,204  
                       
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1, 2, 3   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Return on average assets3   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Return on average common equity3   9.33 %     8.26 %     10.07 %     8.63 %     10.82 %
    Return on average tangible common equity2, 3   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Net interest margin2, 4   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Efficiency ratio2   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue2   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                       
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION                  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1, 2 $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
    Adjusted net income2   33,533       29,016       30,730       89,080       96,889  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share2   0.58       0.50       0.55       1.55       1.72  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2, 3   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %
    Adjusted return on average assets2, 3   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity2, 3   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %
    Adjusted net interest margin2, 4   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio2   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains and losses, less noninterest expense.
    2. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.
    3. For quarterly periods, measures are annualized.
    4. On a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 21%.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 553,709     $ 285,269     $ 337,919  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,818,117       1,829,896       2,182,841  
    Debt securities held to maturity   838,883       851,261       882,614  
    Equity securities   10,315       9,618       8,782  
    Loans held for sale   11,523       11,286       3,051  
               
    Commercial loans   5,631,281       5,799,214       5,824,800  
    Retail real estate and retail other loans   2,177,816       2,199,698       2,031,360  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
               
    Allowance for credit losses   (84,981 )     (85,226 )     (91,710 )
    Premises and equipment   120,279       121,647       122,538  
    Right of use asset   11,100       11,137       11,500  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   368,249       370,580       356,343  
    Other assets   530,548       567,036       588,212  
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 2,683,543     $ 2,832,776     $ 2,918,574  
    Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits   5,739,773       5,619,470       5,747,136  
    Time deposits   1,519,925       1,523,889       1,666,652  
    Total deposits   9,943,241       9,976,135       10,332,362  
               
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   128,429       140,283       183,702  
    Short-term borrowings               12,000  
    Long-term debt   227,482       227,245       243,666  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   74,754       74,693       71,946  
    Lease liability   11,470       11,469       11,783  
    Other liabilities   198,579       207,781       212,633  
    Total liabilities   10,583,955       10,637,606       11,068,092  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   279,868       261,820       224,698  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (170,913 )     (220,326 )     (290,730 )
    Other1   1,293,929       1,292,316       1,256,190  
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,402,884       1,333,810       1,190,158  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share $ 24.67     $ 23.50     $ 21.51  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net balance of common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    INTEREST INCOME                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 111,336     $ 109,641     $ 99,844     $ 320,302     $ 284,423  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities   18,072       19,173       21,234       57,182       62,360  
    Other interest income   5,092       3,027       1,591       14,590       3,890  
    Total interest income $ 134,500     $ 131,841     $ 122,669     $ 392,074     $ 350,673  
                       
    INTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Deposits $ 46,634     $ 43,709     $ 37,068     $ 134,311     $ 78,576  
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   981       1,040       1,327       3,393       3,772  
    Short-term borrowings   26       418       1,964       676       12,527  
    Long-term debt   3,181       3,181       3,528       9,767       10,631  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   1,137       1,059       991       3,185       2,849  
    Total interest expense $ 51,959     $ 49,407     $ 44,878     $ 151,332     $ 108,355  
                       
    Net interest income $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Provision for credit losses   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 82,539     $ 80,157     $ 77,427     $ 233,425     $ 240,374  
                       
    NONINTEREST INCOME                  
    Wealth management fees $ 15,378     $ 15,917     $ 14,235     $ 46,844     $ 43,594  
    Fees for customer services   8,168       7,798       7,502       23,022       21,560  
    Payment technology solutions   5,265       5,915       5,226       16,889       15,772  
    Mortgage revenue   355       478       311       1,579       871  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,189       1,442       1,001       4,050       3,682  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights   (18 )     277             7,724        
    Net securities gains (losses)   822       (353 )     (285 )     (5,906 )     (2,960 )
    Other noninterest income   4,792       2,327       3,018       10,550       8,349  
    Total noninterest income $ 35,951     $ 33,801     $ 31,008     $ 104,752     $ 90,868  
                       
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 44,593     $ 43,478     $ 39,677     $ 130,161     $ 119,867  
    Data processing expense   6,910       7,100       5,930       20,560       17,472  
    Net occupancy expense of premises   4,633       4,590       4,594       13,943       13,896  
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,647       1,695       1,638       5,155       5,065  
    Professional fees   3,118       2,495       1,542       7,866       4,573  
    Amortization of intangible assets   2,548       2,629       2,555       7,586       7,953  
    Interchange expense   1,352       1,733       1,786       4,696       5,509  
    FDIC insurance   1,413       1,460       1,475       4,273       4,483  
    Other noninterest expense   9,712       10,357       11,748       27,992       31,735  
    Total noninterest expense $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
                       
    Income before income taxes $ 42,564     $ 38,421     $ 37,490     $ 115,945     $ 120,689  
    Income taxes   10,560       11,064       6,824       30,359       23,873  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
                       
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Basic earnings per common share $ 0.56     $ 0.48     $ 0.55     $ 1.52     $ 1.75  
    Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Average common shares outstanding   57,033,359       56,919,025       55,486,700       56,458,430       55,441,980  
    Diluted average common shares outstanding   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                                           

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    Our balance sheet remains a source of strength. Total assets were $11.99 billion as of September 30, 2024, compared to $11.97 billion as of June 30, 2024, and $12.26 billion as of September 30, 2023.

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters, and this approach has impacted loan growth as predicted. Portfolio loans totaled $7.81 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $8.00 billion at June 30, 2024, and $7.86 billion at September 30, 2023.

    Average portfolio loans were $7.87 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $8.01 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $7.83 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Average interest-earning assets were $10.94 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.99 billion for the second quarter of 2024, and $11.12 billion for the third quarter of 2023.

    Total deposits were $9.94 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $9.98 billion at June 30, 2024, and $10.33 billion at September 30, 2023. Average deposits were $10.00 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.07 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $10.14 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Deposit fluctuations over the last several quarters were driven by a number of elements, including (1) seasonal factors, including ordinary course public fund flows and fluctuations in the normal course of business operations of certain core commercial customers, (2) the macroeconomic environment, including prevailing interest rates and inflationary pressures, (3) depositors moving some funds to accounts at competitors offering above-market rates, and (4) deposits moving within the Busey ecosystem between deposit accounts and our wealth management group. Core deposits1 accounted for 96.5% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024. Cost of deposits was 1.85% in the third quarter of 2024, which represents an increase of 10 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding time deposits, Busey’s cost of deposits was 1.50% in the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 14 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Non-maturity deposit cost of funds has increased as Busey Bank continues to offer savings account specials to customers with larger account balances, with the intention of migrating maturing CDs to these managed rate products. Pressure on non-interest bearing deposits along with some elevated balances of higher rate seasonal business and public funds accounts also contributed to increases in overall deposit funding cost during the quarter. Spot rates on total deposit costs, including noninterest bearing deposits, increased by 5 basis points from 1.75% at June 30, 2024, to 1.80% at September 30, 2024. Spot rates on interest bearing deposits increased by 1 basis point from 2.45% at June 30, 2024 to 2.46% at September 30, 2024.

    There were no short term borrowings as of September 30 or June 30, 2024, compared to $12.0 million at September 30, 2023. We had no borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) at the end of the third quarter of 2024, the second quarter of 2024, or the third quarter of 2023. We have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers. As of September 30, 2024, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $6.37 billion. We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the third quarter of 2024 had a weighted average term of 8.1 months at a rate of 4.18%, 67 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $81.1 million in the third quarter of 2024. For the remainder of 2024, cash flows from our securities portfolio are expected to be approximately $97.1 million with a current book yield of 2.18%.

    ASSET QUALITY

    Credit quality continues to be strong. Loans 30-89 days past due totaled $10.1 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $23.5 million as of June 30, 2024, and $5.9 million as of September 30, 2023. The decrease in loans that were 30-89 days past due is primarily attributable to a single commercial real estate loan in the second quarter that is no longer past due as of September 30, 2024. Non-performing loans were $8.2 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $9.1 million as of June 30, 2024, and $12.0 million as of September 30, 2023. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.11% as of both September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and 0.15% as of September 30, 2023. Non-performing assets were 0.07% of total assets for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 0.08% for the second quarter of 2024 and 0.10% for the third quarter of 2023. Our total classified assets were $89.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $95.8 million at June 30, 2024, and $59.6 million at September 30, 2023. Our ratio of classified assets to estimated bank Tier 1 capital4 and reserves remains low by historical standards, at 5.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 6.4% as of June 30, 2024, and 4.1% as of September 30, 2023.

    Net charge-offs were $0.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.9 million for the second quarter of 2024, and $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Charge-offs in the second quarter of 2024 were primarily in connection with a single commercial and industrial credit relationship that also experienced a partial charge-off during the first quarter of 2024. The allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans was 1.09% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1.07% as of June 30, 2024, and 1.17% as of September 30, 2023. The ratio was impacted in 2024 by the acquisition of M&M’s Life Equity Loan® portfolio, as Busey did not record an allowance for credit loss for these loans due to no expected credit loss at default, as permitted under the practical expedient provided within the Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-35-6. The allowance coverage for non-performing loans was 10.34 times as of September 30, 2024, compared to 9.36 times as of June 30, 2024, and 7.64 times as of September 30, 2023.

    Busey maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment.

     
    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
               
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   10,141       23,463       5,934  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   8,192       8,393       11,298  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   25       712       709  
    Non-performing loans $ 8,217     $ 9,105     $ 12,007  
    Non-performing loans, segregated by geography:          
    Illinois / Indiana $ 3,981     $ 5,793     $ 7,951  
    Missouri   3,530       3,089       3,747  
    Florida   706       222       309  
    Other non-performing assets   64       90       96  
    Non-performing assets $ 8,281     $ 9,195     $ 12,103  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 84,981     $ 85,226     $ 91,710  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.07 %     0.08 %     0.10 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.17 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 10.34 x   9.36 x   7.64 x
    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 247     $ 9,856     $ 293     $ 15,319     $ 1,842  
    Provision expense (release)   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
                                           

    NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME

    Net interest margin1 was 3.02% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.03% for the second quarter of 2024 and 2.80% for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin1 was 2.97% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.00% in the second quarter of 2024 and 2.79% in the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income was $82.5 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $82.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $77.8 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    After raising federal funds rates by a total of 525 basis points between March 2022 and July 2023, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) lowered rates by 50 basis points in September 2024. In anticipation of the FOMC pivot to an easing cycle, we limited our exposure to term funding structures and intentionally priced savings specials to encourage maturing CD balances to migrate to managed rate non-maturity products. During September we began lowering rates on special priced deposit accounts and other managed rate products to benefit from the FOMC rate cuts. In addition, approximately 6% of our deposit portfolio is indexed and immediately repriced with the rate cuts by the FOMC. With our short duration CD balances comprising only 15% of the deposit funding base, we also have the ability to quickly reprice the book at lower market rates. We continue to offer CD specials with shorter term structures as well as offering attractive premium savings rates to encourage rotation of maturing CD deposits into nimble pricing products. Components of the 1 basis point decrease in net interest margin1 during the third quarter of 2024 include:

    • Increased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed +3 basis points
    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting contributed +2 basis points
    • Reduced borrowing expense +2 basis points
    • Reduced time deposit funding costs contributed +1 basis point
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -11 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 2.1% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet restructuring strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the third quarter of 2024. Since the onset of the current FOMC tightening cycle that began in the first quarter of 2022, our cumulative interest-bearing non-maturity deposit beta peaked at 41%. Our total deposit beta for the completed tightening cycle was 34%. Deposit betas were calculated based on an average federal funds rate of 5.43% during the third quarter of 2024. The average federal funds rate decreased by 7 basis points compared to the average rate of 5.50% in the second quarter of 2024.

    NONINTEREST INCOME

    Noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and immaterial follow-on adjustments from the previously announced mortgage servicing rights sale, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024, and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023.

    Consolidated wealth management fees were $15.4 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $15.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $14.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Wealth management fees for the third quarter of 2024 declined by 3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024 primarily based on seasonal tax preparation fees. On a segment basis, Wealth Management generated $16.2 million in revenue during the third quarter of 2024, a 12.7% increase over revenue of $14.4 million for the third quarter of 2023. Approximately $0.8 million of revenue attributed to the wealth segment is reported on a consolidated basis as part of other noninterest income. Third quarter of 2024 results marked a new record high reported quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment. The Wealth Management operating segment generated net income of $5.6 million in both the third quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2024, compared to $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the third quarter of 2024 with $13.69 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.02 billion at the end of the second quarter of 2024 and $11.55 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2023. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark6 over the last three and five years.

    Payment technology solutions revenue was $5.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $5.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $5.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding intracompany eliminations, the FirsTech operating segment generated revenue of $5.6 million during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $6.2 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.7 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Noninterest income generated from our Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments comprised 60.4% of our total noninterest income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, providing a balance to spread-based revenue from traditional banking activities.

    Fees for customer services were $8.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $7.5 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Net securities gains were $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, comprised primarily of unrealized gains on equity securities.

    Other noninterest income was $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. Revenue associated with certain wealth management activities reported as other noninterest income on a consolidated basis was $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.2 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Fluctuations in other noninterest income are primarily attributable to increases in venture capital investments, referral fees, and swap origination fees, partially offset by decreases in commercial loan sales gains. Increases for the year also reflect the addition of Life Equity Loan® servicing income beginning in the second quarter of 2024.

    OPERATING EFFICIENCY

    Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million for the third quarter of 2023. The efficiency ratio1 was 62.1% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 62.3% for the second quarter of 2024, and 62.4% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1 was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The adjusted core efficiency ratio1 was 60.2% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.9% for the second quarter of 2024, and 60.2% for the third quarter of 2023. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses were $44.6 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $39.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating salaries, wages, and employee benefit expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the third quarter of 2024 over the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to performance metrics tied to bonus and equity compensation. Our associate-base consisted of 1,510 full-time equivalents as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1,520 as of June 30, 2024, and 1,484 as of September 30, 2023. The increase in our associate-base in the second quarter of 2024 was largely due to the M&M acquisition.
    • Data processing expense was $6.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating data processing expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees were $3.1 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $1.4 million of non-operating professional fees in the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $0.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million in the third quarter of 2023.
    • Other noninterest expense was $9.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $11.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.4 million of non-operating costs in other noninterest expense in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. In connection with Busey’s adoption of ASU 2023-02 on January 1, 2024, Busey began recording amortization of New Markets Tax Credits as income tax expense instead of other operating expense, which resulted in a decrease to other operating expenses of $2.3 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. Other items contributing to the fluctuations in other noninterest expense included the provision for unfunded commitments, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, fixed asset impairment, marketing, business development, and expenses related to recruiting and onboarding.

    Busey’s effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2024 was 24.8%, which was lower than the combined federal and state statutory rate of approximately 28.0% due to the impact of tax exempt interest income, such as municipal bond interest, bank owned life insurance income, and investments in various federal and state tax credits.

    Effective tax rates were higher in 2024, compared to 2023, due to the adoption of ASU 2023-02 in January 2024. Upon adoption of ASU 2023-02 Busey elected to use the proportional amortization method of accounting for equity investments made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits. The proportional amortization method results in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization of the investment and the income tax credits being presented net in the income statement as a component of income tax expense as opposed to being presented on a gross basis on the income statement as a component of noninterest expense and income tax expense.

    CAPITAL STRENGTH

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. On October 25, 2024, Busey will pay a cash dividend of $0.24 per common share to stockholders of record as of October 18, 2024. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    As of September 30, 2024, Busey continued to exceed the capital adequacy requirements necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory guidelines. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated4 to be 13.78% at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.20% at June 30, 2024, and 12.52% at September 30, 2023. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated4 to be 18.19% at September 30, 2024, compared to 17.50% at June 30, 2024, and 16.72% at September 30, 2023.

    Busey’s tangible common equity1 was $1.04 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $970.9 million at June 30, 2024, and $841.2 million at September 30, 2023. Tangible common equity1 represented 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair value adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    THIRD QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to the Q3 2024 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8-K on October 22, 2024, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of September 30, 2024, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was an $11.99 billion financial holding company headquartered in Champaign, Illinois.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation, had total assets of $11.95 billion as of September 30, 2024, and is headquartered in Champaign, Illinois. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.69 billion as of September 30, 2024. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the first time, Busey was named among the World’s Best Banks for 2024 by Forbes, earning a spot on the list among 68 U.S. banks and 403 banks worldwide. Additionally, Busey Bank was honored to be named among America’s Best Banks by Forbes magazine for the third consecutive year. Ranked 40th overall in 2024, Busey was the second-ranked bank headquartered in Illinois of the six that made this year’s list and the highest-ranked bank of those with more than $10 billion in assets. Busey is humbled to be named among the 2023 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2023 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    For more information about us, visit busey.com.

    Category: Financial
    Source: First Busey Corporation

    Contacts:

    Jeffrey D. Jones, Chief Financial Officer
    217-365-4130

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring noninterest items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    Below is a reconciliation to what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures—specifically, net interest income, total noninterest income, net security gains and losses, and total noninterest expense in the case of pre-provision net revenue, adjusted pre-provision net revenue, pre-provision net revenue to average assets, and adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets; net income in the case of adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, adjusted return on average assets, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average tangible common equity; net income and net security gains and losses in the case of further adjusted net income and further adjusted diluted earnings per share; net interest income in the case of adjusted net interest income and adjusted net interest margin; net interest income, total noninterest income, and total noninterest expense in the case of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted noninterest expense, noninterest expense excluding non-operating adjustments, adjusted core expense, efficiency ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio, and adjusted core efficiency ratio; net interest income, total noninterest income, net securities gains and losses, and net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights in the case of operating revenue and adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue; total assets and goodwill and other intangible assets in the case of tangible assets; total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible book value per common share; total assets and total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets; and total deposits in the case of core deposits and core deposits to total deposits.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue, Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue,
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets, and
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    PRE-PROVISION NET REVENUE                     
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Total noninterest expense     (75,926 )     (75,537 )     (70,945 )     (222,232 )     (210,553 )
    Pre-provision net revenue     41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     407       (369 )     13       (640 )     (357 )
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits                 2,260             6,740  
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue   $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
                         
    Pre-provision net revenue, annualized [a] $ 166,069     $ 165,106     $ 151,312     $ 172,538     $ 167,917  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue, annualized [b]   175,457       171,405       160,644       167,450       176,573  
    Average total assets [c]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [a÷c]   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Adjusted: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [b÷c]   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Return on Average Assets, Average Tangible Common Equity, Return on Average Tangible Common Equity, and Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR NON-OPERATING ITEMS                    
    Net income [a] $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Non-GAAP adjustments for non-operating expenses:                    
    Acquisition expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     73       1,137             1,210        
    Data processing     90       344             534        
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     1,772       731       79       2,688       91  
    Restructuring expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits                       123        
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Related tax benefit1     (406 )     (553 )     (15 )     (1,061 )     (18 )
    Adjusted net income [b] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
                         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE                    
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [c]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Reported: Diluted earnings per share [a÷c] $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [b÷c] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS                    
    Net income, annualized [d] $ 127,320     $ 110,029     $ 121,664     $ 114,323     $ 129,443  
    Adjusted net income, annualized [e]   133,403       116,702       121,918       118,990       129,540  
    Average total assets [f]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Return on average assets2 [d÷f]   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted: Return on average assets2 [e÷f]   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY                    
    Average common equity   $ 1,364,377     $ 1,331,815     $ 1,208,407     $ 1,324,119     $ 1,195,858  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (369,720 )     (376,224 )     (358,025 )     (366,331 )     (360,654 )
    Average tangible common equity [g] $ 994,657     $ 955,591     $ 850,382     $ 957,788     $ 835,204  
                         
    Reported: Return on average tangible common equity2 [d÷g]   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Adjusted: Return on average tangible common equity2 [e÷g]   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Year-to-date tax benefits were calculated by multiplying year-to-date acquisition and restructuring expenses by the effective income tax rate for each year-to-date period, which for 2024 excludes a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations and deductibility of certain acquisition expenses. Tax rates used in these calculations were 23.3% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Quarterly tax benefits were calculated as the year-to-date tax benefit amounts less the sum of amounts applied to previous quarters during the year, equating to tax rates of 21.0%, 25.0%, and 19.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Further Adjusted Net Income and Further Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted net income1 [a] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
    Further non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net securities (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Tax effect for further non-GAAP adjustments2     199       (19 )     (52 )     453       (585 )
    Tax effected further non-GAAP adjustments3     (605 )     57       233       (1,365 )     2,375  
    Further adjusted net income3 [b] $ 32,928     $ 29,073     $ 30,963     $ 87,715     $ 99,264  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4           1,446             1,446        
    Further adjusted net income, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment3 [c] $ 32,928     $ 30,519     $ 30,963     $ 89,161     $ 99,264  
                         
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [d]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [a÷d] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
    Further Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share3 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.53     $ 1.77  
    Further Adjusted, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment: Diluted earnings per share3 [c÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.77  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure. See the table on the previous page for a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure.
    2. Tax effects for further non-GAAP adjustments were calculated by multiplying further non-GAAP adjustments by the effective income tax rate for each period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the rate that we used excluded a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations. Effective income tax rates that we used to calculate the tax effect were 24.8%, 25.0%, and 18.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and were 24.9% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    3. Tax-effected measure.
    4. An estimated one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $1.4 million resulted from a change to our Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations.
     
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income     82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (1,338 )     (812 )     (277 )     (2,354 )     (1,093 )
    Adjusted net interest income   $ 81,599     $ 82,024     $ 78,067     $ 239,635     $ 242,897  
                         
    Tax-equivalent net interest income, annualized [a] $ 329,945     $ 333,165     $ 310,821     $ 323,241     $ 326,214  
    Adjusted net interest income, annualized [b]   324,622       329,899       309,722       320,096       324,752  
    Average interest-earning assets [c]   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
                         
    Reported: Net interest margin2 [a÷c]   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Adjusted: Net interest margin2 [b÷c]   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Operating Revenue, Adjusted Noninterest Income to Operating Revenue, Noninterest Expense Excluding Amortization of Intangible Assets, Adjusted Noninterest Expense,
    Adjusted Core Expense, Noninterest Expense Excluding Non-Operating Adjustments,
    Efficiency Ratio, Adjusted Efficiency Ratio, and Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income [a] $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income [b]   82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
                         
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses [c]   35,129       34,154       31,293       110,658       93,828  
    Further adjustments:                    
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Adjusted noninterest income [d] $ 35,147     $ 33,877     $ 31,293     $ 102,934     $ 93,828  
                         
    Tax-equivalent revenue [e = b+c] $ 118,066     $ 116,990     $ 109,637     $ 352,647     $ 337,818  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue [f = b+d]   118,084       116,713       109,637       344,923       337,818  
    Operating revenue [g = a+d]   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                         
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue [d÷g]   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                         
    Total noninterest expense   $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Amortization of intangible assets [h]   (2,548 )     (2,629 )     (2,555 )     (7,586 )     (7,953 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets [i]   73,378       72,908       68,390       214,646       202,600  
    Non-operating adjustments:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     (73 )     (1,137 )           (1,333 )      
    Data processing     (90 )     (344 )           (534 )      
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     (1,772 )     (731 )     (79 )     (2,688 )     (91 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense [j]   71,443       70,696       68,311       210,091       202,509  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (407 )     369       (13 )     640       357  
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits                 (2,260 )           (6,740 )
    Adjusted core expense [k] $ 71,036     $ 71,065     $ 66,038     $ 210,731     $ 196,126  
                         
    Noninterest expense, excluding non-operating adjustments [j-h] $ 73,991     $ 73,325     $ 70,866     $ 217,677     $ 210,462  
                         
    Reported: Efficiency ratio [i÷e]   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted: Efficiency ratio [j÷f]   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %
    Adjusted: Core efficiency ratio [k÷f]   60.16 %     60.89 %     60.23 %     61.10 %     58.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
     
    Tangible Book Value and Tangible Book Value Per Common Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tangible book value [a] $ 1,034,635     $ 963,230     $ 833,815  
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding [b]   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  
                 
    Tangible book value per common share [a÷b] $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
     
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets   $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible assets2 [a] $ 11,625,768     $ 11,608,523     $ 11,909,261  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible common equity2 [b] $ 1,041,813     $ 970,917     $ 841,169  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets2 [b÷a]   8.96 %     8.36 %     7.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net of estimated deferred tax liability, calculated using the estimated statutory tax rate of 28%.
    2. Tax-effected measure.
     
    Core Deposits, Core Deposits to Total Deposits, and Portfolio Loans to Core Deposits
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Portfolio loans [a] $ 7,809,097     $ 7,998,912     $ 7,856,160  
                 
    Total deposits [b] $ 9,943,241     $ 9,976,135     $ 10,332,362  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (13,089 )     (43,089 )     (6,055 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (338,808 )     (314,461 )     (350,276 )
    Core deposits [c] $ 9,591,344     $ 9,618,585     $ 9,976,031  
                 
    RATIOS            
    Core deposits to total deposits [c÷b]   96.46 %     96.42 %     96.55 %
    Portfolio loans to core deposits [a÷c]   81.42 %     83.16 %     78.75 %
                             

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) risks related to the proposed transaction with CrossFirst, including (i) the possibility that the proposed transaction will not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, stockholder, or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all, or are obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated (and the risk that required regulatory approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the proposed transaction); (ii) the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction will not be realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Busey and CrossFirst do business; (iii) the possibility that the merger may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events; (iv) diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; (v) the possibility that Busey may be unable to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies in the merger within the expected timeframes or at all, and to successfully integrate CrossFirst’s operations with those of Busey or that such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected; (vi) revenues following the proposed transaction may be lower than expected; and (vii) shareholder litigation that could prevent or delay the closing of the proposed transaction or otherwise negatively impact our business and operations; (2) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economy (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) changes in state and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies concerning Busey’s general business (including changes in response to the failures of other banks or as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election); (5) changes in accounting policies and practices; (6) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (7) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (8) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (9) the loss of key executives or associates; (10) changes in consumer spending; (11) unexpected results of other transactions (including the acquisition of M&M); (12) unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation, investigations, or inquiries involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (13) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio; (14) concentrations within Busey’s loan portfolio (including commercial real estate loans), large loans to certain borrowers, and large deposits from certain clients; (15) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (16) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (17) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (18) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; and (19) the economic impact of exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION AND WHERE TO FIND IT

    Busey has filed a registration statement on Form S‑4 with the SEC to register the shares of Busey’s common stock that will be issued to CrossFirst stockholders in connection with the proposed transaction. The registration statement includes a preliminary joint proxy statement of Busey and CrossFirst, which also constitutes a prospectus of Busey. The definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus will be sent to the stockholders of each of Busey and CrossFirst seeking certain approvals related to the proposed transaction. INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF BUSEY AND CROSSFIRST AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 AND THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS TO BE INCLUDED WITHIN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUSEY, CROSSFIRST, AND THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION. Investors and security holders may obtain a free copies of these documents, as well as other relevant documents filed with the SEC containing information about Busey and CrossFirst, without charge, at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of documents filed with the SEC by Busey will be made available free of charge in the “SEC Filings” section of Busey’s website, https://ir.busey.com. Copies of documents filed with the SEC by CrossFirst will be made available free of charge in the “Investor Relations” section of CrossFirst’s website, https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com.

    PARTICIPANTS IN SOLICITATION

    Busey, CrossFirst, and certain of their respective directors and executive officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction under the rules of the SEC. Information regarding Busey’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on April 12, 2024, and certain other documents filed by Busey with the SEC. Information regarding CrossFirst’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on March 26, 2024, and certain other documents filed by CrossFirst with the SEC. Other information regarding the participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction and a description of their direct and indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, will be contained in the joint proxy statement/prospectus and other relevant materials filed or to be filed with the SEC when they become available. Free copies of these documents, when available, may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

    END NOTES

    1 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    2 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand FDIC insurance limit, less intercompany accounts and collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits).
    3 Central Business District areas within Busey’s footprint include downtown St. Louis, downtown Indianapolis, and downtown Chicago.
    4 Capital amounts and ratios for the third quarter of 2024 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LEAWOOD, Kan., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (Nasdaq: CFB), the bank holding company for CrossFirst Bank, today reported operating results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    The third quarter earnings release can be viewed here: https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com/financials/quarterly-reports

    Investor Contact
    Mike Daley | CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc.
    913.754.9707 | mike.daley@crossfirstbank.com

    About CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc.

    CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (Nasdaq: CFB) is a Kansas corporation and a registered bank holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, a full-service financial institution that offers products and services to businesses, professionals, individuals, and families. CrossFirst Bank, headquartered in Leawood, Kansas, has locations in Kansas, Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas, Arizona, Colorado, and New Mexico.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Helium Evolution Announces Partner to Drill Joint Well

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Helium Evolution Incorporated (TSXV:HEVI) (“HEVI” or the “Company“), a Canadian-based helium exploration company focused on developing assets in southern Saskatchewan, is pleased to announce that its partner, North American Helium Inc. (“NAH”), has served the Company notice of its intention to drill a joint well in the Mankota area. This initiative is part of the previously announced development plan for up to nine wells in the Mankota area, as disclosed on April 2, 2024.

    The joint well is expected to spud before the end of October 2024 and is located at 7-2-4-9W3M (the “7-2 Well”). HEVI is pleased to confirm its participation in the drilling of the 7-2 Well, with the Company holding a 20% working interest. The estimated total cost for HEVI’s share in the 7-2 Well is approximately $0.4 million net and is supported by HEVI’s strong working capital position, which totaled $4.7 million as of June 30, 2024.

    “We are excited to announce the upcoming drilling of a joint well in the Mankota area, a significant step in our strategic development plan,” said Greg Robb, President and CEO of HEVI. “Our partnership with NAH underscores our commitment to harnessing the potential of helium resources in southern Saskatchewan. With our solid financial foundation and collaborative approach, we are poised to make meaningful advancements in our exploration efforts, ultimately contributing to the growth of the helium industry in Canada.”

    Stay Connected to Helium Evolution

    Shareholders and other parties interested in learning more about the Helium Evolution opportunity are encouraged to visit the Company’s website, which includes an updated corporate presentation, and are invited to follow the Company on LinkedIn and X for ongoing corporate updates and helium industry information. Helium Evolution also provides an extensive, commissioned ‘deep-dive’ research report prepared by a third party whose background includes serving as a research analyst for several bank-owned and independent investment dealers. In addition to recent media articles, HEVI maintains a profile on the Investing News Network platform, where further information, editorial pieces and industry reviews are available.

    About Helium Evolution Incorporated

    Helium Evolution is a Canadian-based helium exploration company holding the largest helium land rights position in North America among publicly-traded companies, focused on developing assets in southern Saskatchewan. The Company has over five million acres of land under permit near proven discoveries of economic helium concentrations which will support scaling the exploration and development efforts across its land base. HEVI’s management and board are executing a differentiated strategy to become a leading supplier of sustainably-produced helium for the growing global helium market.

    For further information, please contact:

    Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

    This news release contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements.” Such forward looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements, or developments in the industry to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical facts and are generally, but not always, identified by the words “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “potential” and similar expressions, or that events or conditions “will,” “would,” “may,” “could” or “should” occur.

    Forward-looking statements in this document include statements regarding the anticipated spud date of the 7-2 Well, the cost to drill the 7-2 Well, the anticipated nine well drilling program, the Company’s expectations regarding the Company becoming a leading supplier of sustainably-produced helium, the Company’s strong working capital position, the Company’s beliefs regarding growth of the global helium market and other statements that are not historical facts. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or other future events, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors and risks include, among others: NAH may be unsuccessful in drilling commercially productive wells; drill costs may be higher or lower than estimates; NAH may defer, abandon or accelerate the drilling of the 7-2 Well and the nine well drill program; new laws or regulations and/or unforeseen events could adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations; stock markets have experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the performance of companies and such volatility may adversely affect the price of the Company’s securities regardless of its operating performance; risks generally associated with the exploration for and production of resources; the uncertainty of estimates and projections relating to expenses and the Company’s working capital position; constraint in the availability of services; commodity price and exchange rate fluctuations; adverse weather or break-up conditions; and uncertainties resulting from potential delays or changes in plans with respect to exploration or development projects or capital expenditures.

    When relying on forward-looking statements and information to make decisions, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and risks other uncertainties and potential events. The Company has assumed that the material factors referred to in the previous paragraphs will not cause such forward-looking statements and information to differ materially from actual results or events. However, the list of these factors is not exhaustive and is subject to change and there can be no assurance that such assumptions will reflect the actual outcome of such items or factors. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking information. Such information, although considered reasonable by management at the time of preparation, may prove to be incorrect and actual results may differ materially from those anticipated. Forward-looking statements contained in this press release are expressly qualified by this cautionary statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are made as of the date of this press release. The Company does not intend, and expressly disclaims any intention or obligation to, update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PIMCO Canada Corp. Announces Monthly Distributions for PIMCO Canada Closed End Funds

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — PIMCO Canada Corp. (“PIMCO Canada”) is pleased to announce today that it has declared monthly distributions on its Class A Units (the “Units”) of the PIMCO Canada closed end funds (the “Funds”). The distributions will be paid on November 15, 2024 to the holders of record at the close of business on October 31, 2024.

    Details of the distribution amounts are as follow:

    Fund Name Ticker Cash Distribution per Unit Change from Previous Month Percentage Change from Previous Month
    PIMCO Global Income Opportunities Fund PGI.UN $0.05688
    PIMCO Tactical Income Fund PTI.UN $0.05580
    PIMCO Tactical Income Opportunities Fund PTO.UN $0.05709
    PIMCO Multi-Sector Income Fund PIX.UN $0.06538

    Unitholders are reminded that each Fund offers a distribution reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) which will provide unitholders with the ability to automatically reinvest their distributions. Eligible unitholders are encouraged to contact the institution through which they hold their Units to confirm enrollment procedures and timelines. A copy of the DRIP is available at http://www.pimco.ca.

    The Manager, PIMCO Canada, retains Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), to provide investment management services to the Funds.

    About PIMCO

    PIMCO is a global leader in active fixed income with deep expertise across public and private markets. We invest our clients’ capital across a range of fixed income and credit opportunities, drawing upon our decades of experience navigating complex debt markets. Our flexible capital base and deep relationships with issuers have helped us become one of the world’s largest providers of traditional and nontraditional solutions for companies that need financing and investors who seek strong risk-adjusted returns.

    This is not an offer to sell Units and not a solicitation of an offer to buy Units in any region where the offer or sale is not permitted. Before you invest, you should carefully read the Funds’ disclosure documents and consider carefully the risks you assume when you invest in the Units. There can be no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objectives or be able to structure its investment portfolio as anticipated. Copies of the Funds’ disclosure documents may be obtained from your financial advisor.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements included in this news release constitute forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those identified by the expressions “expect”, “intend”, “will” and similar expressions to the extent they relate to the Funds. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts but reflect each Fund, PIMCO Canada and/or PIMCO’s current expectations regarding future results or events. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current expectations, including, but not limited to, market factors. Although the Funds, PIMCO Canada and/or PIMCO believes that the assumptions inherent in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and, accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements due to the inherent uncertainty therein. The Funds, PIMCO Canada and/or PIMCO undertakes no obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statement or information whether as a result of new information, future events or other factors which affect this information, except as required by law.

    You will usually pay brokerage fees to your dealer if you purchase or sell Units on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”). If the Units are purchased or sold on the TSX, investors may pay more than the current net asset value when buying Units and may receive less than the current net asset value when selling them. There are ongoing fees and expenses associated with owning Units. An investment fund must prepare disclosure documents that contain key information about the fund. You can find more detailed information about the Funds in these documents. Investment funds are not guaranteed, their values change frequently and past performance may not be repeated.

    Each Fund is a closed-end exchange traded investment fund. The material presented here is only to provide information and is not intended for trading purposes. Closed-end funds, unlike open-end funds, are not continuously offered. After the initial public offering, units are sold on the open market through a stock exchange. Closed-end funds may be leveraged and carry various risks depending upon the underlying assets owned by a fund. Investment policies, management fees and other matters of interest to prospective investors may be found in each closed-end funds annual and semi-annual report. For additional information, please contact your investment professional.

    For a summary of the risks of an investment in each Fund, please see the Funds disclosure documents. Units of closed end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value, which may increase risk of loss. Distributions are not guaranteed and are subject to change and/or elimination.

    PIMCO as a general matter provides services to qualified institutions, financial intermediaries and institutional investors. Individual investors should contact their own financial professional to determine the most appropriate investment options for their financial situation. This material contains the current opinions of the manager and such opinions are subject to change without notice. This material has been distributed for informational purposes only and should not be considered as investment advice or a recommendation of any particular security, strategy or investment product. Information contained herein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but not guaranteed. No part of this material may be reproduced in any form, or referred to in any other publication, without express written permission. PIMCO is a trademark of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC in the United States and throughout the world. ©2024, PIMCO

    The products and services provided by PIMCO Canada Corp. may only be available in certain provinces or territories of Canada and only through dealers authorized for that purpose.

    PIMCO Canada has retained PIMCO as sub-adviser. PIMCO Canada will remain responsible for any loss that arises out of the failure of its sub-adviser.

    PIMCO Canada Corp. 199 Bay Street, Suite 2050, Commerce Court Station, P.O. Box 363, Toronto, ON, M5L 1G2, 416-368-3350

    Contact:
    Agnes Crane
    PIMCO – Media Relations Phone: +212 597.1054

    The MIL Network